UC-NRLF

D21 E7Q

VOL.

1 1 A.

'

>

XII.

THE

LANGUAGES OF THE NORTHERN

-^
HIMALAYAS,
BEING

STUDIES IN THE

TWENTY

SIX

GRAMMAR OF

HIMALAYAN DIALECTS.

BY

THE REV.

T.

(IRAHAMEIbAILEY,

B.D., M.A., M.R.A.S.

LONDON
PUBLISHED BY THE ROYAL ASIATIC SOCIETY,
22,

ALBEMARLE STREET, W.
1908.

>

>

,,u^

PREFATOKY
A

FEW words
Mr. Grahame
appears in

necessary

are

1905

was brought

it

Council of the Royal

notice

spoken

then

Gazetteers

District

Each

officials.

was intended

sketch

independent section

which would not

of

prepared

being

printed

volume

appropriate

the

be

easily be accessible to students

the

represented

suggestion

number
it

facts

that,

the type were

if

use

of

as

an

in

Europe

series
;

a con-

in

value,

scientific

Panjab Government, with the

the

to

little

local

of

and the Council, considering that their publication

nected shape would form a book of no

the

in

the

for

to

Panjab

the

in

between Simla and Murree, for insertion

hills

the

of

he had prepared

that

dialects

of

the

to

Society

Asiatic

number

of

monographs

of

collection

how

explain

to

present form.

its

In the year

sketches

order

in

valuable

Bailey's

^J^'^^^

N^OTE.

standing, a sufficient

still

of copies should be struck

oft'

As

for that purpose.

happened, some of the type had been broken up, but the

Panjab Government most liberally supplied the Society not

work, reprinting what was

only with sheets of the entire

by

necessary, but also with sets of several sketches prepared

Grd,hame Bailey on other occasions, the whole being so

Mr.

arranged

that,

with

Author's

the

Preface,

forms

it

one

convenient volume.

Owing

to

some

the

sections of

was decided
pagination of the volume
off before it

book having been printed

to publish
is

not?

them

in

it

form,

the

continuous from end to end,

but the Table of Contents g-iven in the Preface

as to render

this

is

so arrano-ed

easy to find the particulars of any

required

dialect.

The

scientific

Bailey

for

Government
in

the

world owes a debt of gratitude to Mr. Grahame

preparation

of the

printed

of

Panjab for

form,

at the

these

sketches,

its liberality

disposal

in

of

the

G.

A.

and

to

the

placing them,

Royal

Asiatic

Society.

5^9 4 4G

GRIERSON.

aj

aj

/]

PREFACE.
This volume
lias

not

been

is

a collection of studies printed at various times.

have continuous pagination.

Himalayan Dialects was the first to be written it

possible,

Studies in Noftliern

It

therefore,

to

was privately printed in 1902. Sketches of ten dialects were printed

in 1905 with a view to their being incorporated in the forthcoming
Gazetteers of the Simla States, Camba State and the States of Mandi
and Suket. Lastly, notes on seven dialects in Kulu and JammS State
together with a Sasi Vocabulary have been printed in 1906.
It will
be noticed that notes on the Padari dialect of JammS State occur in

two

different parts of the volume.

This is due to the fact that the

type of the Studies mentioned above had long ago been broken up,
and I was unable to cut out, as I should have wished, the couple of
pages on Padari, printed in 1902.
to stand.

much

found in Part

They have

perforce been permitted

fuller account of this interesting dialect will

The following Table

volume

will

show

a glance

the

Simla Hills and Kulu, pp.

i-iii,

at

contents of the

Page.
I.

be

III.

Dialects of the

1-65.

Introduction to the Simla Hills Dialects

Grammar

of

Baghati

KiSthali

...

...

,,.

...

,..

...

11

...

...

21

...

...

23

...

...

25

Notes on Eastern KiSthali

Kot Khai
...
of Kot Guriii
...
Introduction to the Kulu Dinlects
Gi'am mar of Outer Siraji ...

...

Grammar

...

...

35

...

...

37

Inner Siraji

...

...

...

,,

Sainji

...

...

52

Kului

..,

,.,

,,.

57

II, Dialects of

Mandi

State, pp.

i, ii,

1-17.

Introduction to the Mandi Dialects

Grammar

Mandeali
Notes on North Mandeali
Chota Baijghali

of

1
...

11

...

16

n
III. Dialects of

Camha and Jammu

aries,

i-vi,

pp.

Grammar

1-108.

Camba

Introduction to
of

States and Sasi Gloss-

Dialects

Cameali

17

Bhateali

,,

Cuiahi

27

,,

,,

Laliull

37

...

53

Inti'oduction to Bhadrawalii, BlialesI and Padain

Grammar

57

of Bhadrawalii...

,,

Bhalesi

68

,,

,,

Pad^iri

76

85

Introduction to Slsi Glossary

Glossary of Original SIsi Words

Borrowed and Disguised S^si Words

,,

,.

91
...

Appendix

Grammar

97

100
101

of Parjgwali

IV. Studies in Northern Himalayan Dialects, pp. 1-72

Prefatory Note

Grammar

of

Gujuri

Notes on Tinaull

12

Grammar

15

of
,,

Dhundi or Kairali
Punch!

24
33
36
46

Notes on Padari

Grammar

(Doda

of Siraji

Siraji)

,,

Rambani

Pou:uli

...

51

Kisbtawari

61

Note on tbe grammatical resemblance

of SIsi to

70

other dialects

V. Dialects

"

of Karjgra District, pp.

i,

1-53.

Introduction to Kaggri and Gadi or Bharmauvi

...

Grammar of Kaggri

...

...

...

Karjgri and Gadi Songs

...

...

...

12

...

...

19

...

42

Grammar

Gadi
...
Karjgri and Gadi Glossary
of

...

'

It will be seen that these twenty-six dialects cover a considerable

portion

of tlie northern

All but two of

not confined

them are

and

nortli-westei'n

in the strictest sense hill

to the mountains,

Himalayas.
Gujuri is
dialects.
the plains have a

part of

but as Gujurs in

tlie

Ill

teudencj to speak the language of the people among

whom they dwell
we must go to tl,e hills if we wisl, to study their dialect
in its purity
Gujurs in the hills, however widely separated, all
seem to speak the

same

dialect.

Sgsi is spoken in the plains, but it seemed

advisable to print here
the Sssi Glossaries.
They are of great philological interest, as indeed
are all secret vocabularies.
There are many such vocabularies i.i the
Panjah, some of them frankly criminal, but it
is not easy to get any

knowledge of them. The tribes who speak them

are often migratory,
and in any case it is difficult to attain to
such terms of intimacy
with them as will induce any of their
members to impart the secret
of their speech.
That friendship with the.n will ultimately lead to

the
breaking down of the barrier of concealment
one may readily believe.
As a case in point I may mention that for two
or three years I have known
a trihe of monkey-trainers, conjurers
and bear-dancers (Qalandar and
Ma.lari).
Qnite recently they have laid aside their
reserve and
initiated me info their language
and rites and customs.

The hill dialects, twenty-four in all, give

a somewhat comprehensive view of the speech of the
Himalayas from the south of Sinda
to beyond Murree.
Three of them, with two sub-dialects, belong
to
ti.e S.mla States
region, four to the Kulu sub-division
of Kanora
one with two sub-dialects to Mandi
State, two to Kaijgra proper, one
ot these, Gadi or Bharmauri,
being extensively spoken also in Caraba
tour belong to ^Camba State
(excluding Bharmauri just mentioned)'
eight to Jammu State (including
Punchi), and, lastly, two to the
country round about the hill station
of Murree.
It should be noted that
Siraji in JammS State has no connection
with S^aji in Kulu. The word
Siraj means simply Ull, and Sirnjl
me.uBbelougm^^ to Ue hills or Ully. The
JaramS Siraji might be called

P^.deaUor Dodl or Doda Simji fi-om

D.da, a large village in the Sirai'
he headquarters of a
Naib Tahsildar.
It is picturesquely situated'
high up above the Ciuab.
This work has been almost
entirely pioneer work.
I do not
know that a grammar of any
of tl.ese dialects ,has previously been
published.
In Cameali portions of the Bible
have been printed (see
Oamba Introduction, p. vi) a Mandeali
reading book lithographed

ma

form

otti.e

Book

of the

Takri character was issued some years ago

Dr
Jukes, the Medical Missionary
in Kot Gurii, tells me that a portion

Jiot Gurui.

of

Common

Prayer was printed a considerable time ago

I have, however, failed to obtain

a copy.
In the case of Kaggpi
and Gadi, I have

in

contented myself with

thoroughly revising the late
Mr. O'Brien's notes, and adding to the

IV

grammar and
is

from

different
It

I regret that the

vocabulary.
tliat of

the lest.

be seen that

will

type of these two dialects

all

the dialects treated of in these pages are

This dialect
with the one exception of Camba Lahuli.
very closely resembles MancatI, spoken furtlier up the Cinab between
the border of Camba and the junction of the Candra and Bhaga
rivers.
I sent the MS. proof of the grammar and vocabulary and prose

Aryan

specimen of

"I
writes:

Camba

Dr. Sten

to

Laliu.ll

Konow

of

Christiania.

Be

Tibeto-Burman
language, if you except the use of pronominal suffixes with verbs."
'It canhe Aryan, but I think it more probable
Of this feature he says
that it is to be explained by tlie supposition of an old Munda substratum.'
The greatest possible interest attaches to the linguistic process
This process
by which one language shades off into another.
fully
phenomena
of the
by the grammatical
is illustrated very
Several of the Jammft dialects show the steps
dialects under review.
between Kashmiii and Panjabi, those between Camba and Simla
show a number of Rajasthani affinities. Various dialects show connecIn addition to all this there are
tions with Hindi, Urdu or Lahnda.
gradual changes by which a dialect merges into the one geograLahuli

think that

is

a characteristic

phically next to

amply exemplified in the chain of dialects

Maudl totheBanihal Pass or Kishtawar. The

This

it.

is

from Simla via Kulu or

whole subject is fascinatingly interesting.
I have endeavoured to make the representation

This has entailed considerable labour.

rigidly accurate.

who have

of pronunciation

tried to reproduce

with

absolute

Only those

accuracy the nuances of

has never been reduced to

writing can understand wliat it means. In order to catch exactly
the sounds produced by various speakers not only must one listen with

pronunciation found in a language which

unfailing care, but one

must

study of other dialects.

a

word

in

any new

speaker of a

hill

It is

dialect.

language

lay aside all prepossessions derived

is

from a

d^mgerous to uifer the pronunciation of

The value

of

the

services

a literate

of

often lessened by his unconscious tendency

words to some better-known literary form of speech.

A word or two must be said about the system of transliteration.
In the Kaijgri and Gadi dialects the system adopted by Mr. O'Brien was
adhered to, and it was not possible later on to alter it. It is the
common Hunterian system as found, for example, in Platts's Grammar,
In the rest of the volume the practice of British Oriental Societies has
been followed c stands for the sound of ch in child, and the corresponding aspirate is represented by ch, a doubly curved line above a vowel
rj represents the sound of ng in singing
sh and zh
is used for nasal n
to assimilate his

stand for sh in shout and

pronounced separately.

z in azure.

In sh and zU

tlie

two

letters are

few additional signs have been adopted i is the sound half way
between i and I; u italicised in a word in ordinary print, or left in ordinary print in an italicised word is the sound lialf way between u and
:

v.

eu

under similar conditions stands for the shortened form of the eu in

the
French douloureux ; at under similar conditions is a shortened ai
in
;

turn

a mixture of

ai

English a in man and ai in aisle; eu (under ordinary type conditions) is long eu, and eu represents two distinct
vowels e
and 71.
is

tlie

It should be

mentioned that the words Knrmir and Kngmhl have been

transliterated as they are generally pronounced, Kashmir and
Kashnnrz.
Dhuadi or Kairali, found round al)out Murree and in the adjoininoparts of tne

Hazara

North West Frontier Province, is a

spoken widely over the Western Panjab

distiict in the

dialect of Lalinda, a language

and North West Frontier Province.

but
of

poorly

represented

To Lahnda

also l)elong Tinauh",

in

these pages, and Punchi, the speech

probably at least 150,000, possibly 200,000, people in Punch
Stnte,

which

Jammft and Kashmir. Many of the summer inhabitof Murree come from Punch, and a number of
Punchi coolies
were employed in connection with the Tibetan Expedition.
Four dialects are connected with Kasdimiri and deserve very
is

subject to

ants

close

study.

KishtHwari on the S.E. of Kashmir proper greatly resembles

Kashmiri; and Kashmiri is well understood in Kishtawar.
Poguli,
south of the Banihal Pass, a few miles south of the
head wateis of
the Jihlam River, is not intelligible to Kashmiris;
nevertheless the
resemblance between Kashmiri and Poguli is considerable.
Further

removed is Rambani, which is contiguous to Poguli on the south.

When
we come to Doda Siraji, which lies between Kishtawari on the
east and
Poguli and Rambani on the west, we are in doubt as to
whether we
should class it with Kashmiri or connect it with the group
of dialects
next to the south which belong to the Dogri or Panjabi
system.
On
the whole it is better to consider it as belonging
to Kashmiri.
Bhadrawahi, Bhalesiand Curahi form an interesting group and
have
much in common with each other. They are intermediate forms
of speech
bridging the gulf between Panjabi or Dogri and the
Kashmiri system.
Curahi gives place on the east to Paggwali, a dialect which
f greatly
regret not having had opportunities of studying.
Paggwali
is

allied to Padari.

(See

III, p. 101).

On

Cameali and Bhateali, the latter of which

itself, spoken by people in Jamma State,
Panjabi.

Cameali

is

the south Curahi gives

is a dialect of Dogri.

closely

way

to

Dogri
one of the main dialects"of
replaced by Bharmauri or Gadi on the east, while
is

VI

south of
east of

Camba

Sfate

we have

the Kai)gri and Mandeali dialects, to

them the Kulu group, and

the dialects of the Simla States.

Simla dialects and also

in

Gujuri and the S^si dialect that

Rajasthani

that interesting similarity to

close historical connection

and south-west of
Cameali and the Kulu and

to tlie soutii
It is in

byyfone

in

tlie

them

which points

centuries.

We

to

we

notice

some very

may hope

that

ere long philologists will be in a position to shed light on these ancient

national and tribal movements.

Of the man}?- linguistic tasks in the Panjab which await accomplishment two appeal specially to me. One is the completion of the
study of hill dialects in the province. Towards this end I have written
notes, which are at present in manuscript, of about a dozen dialects
and half a dozen sub-dialects, all in or near the Simla States, and hope,
The second task is
as opportunity offers, to go on working at others.
the compilation of a Panjabi Dictionary to be supplementary to existing
This, however, is a task which will redictionaries of the language.
quire the enthusiastic toil of

many

collaborators.

All philologists interested in the Panjab will look forward with

eager expectation to the appearance of the Panjab volumes of the monu-

mental

Survey

of the

G. A. Grrierson, C.I.E,
cally a

new country

Languages

When

of India

being brought out by Dr.

those appear the Panjab will be linguisti-

to us.

Mr. H. A. Rose, C.S., I am under a deep

debt of gratitude for their unfailing interest and encourngement in my
Without their encouragement it would never have been underwork.

To Dr. Grierson and

to

taken.

In pioneer
mistakes.

effort of

shall

this description

one cannot hope to avoid

be very grateful to anyone

who

will indicate to

me

any errors that may have occuired.

In conclusion, may I express the hope that those whose work or
leisure gives them opportunities of con>ing in contact with unknown or
little

known forms

of speech will not only

use

their opportunities for

the study of such dialects as they ruay hear spoken, but

minister to the advancement of })hilology by

Not a few Govei'nment

will also

printing notes of the

and others have

retired with valuable notes in their possession, notes which have never
seen the light and are now lost beyond recall.
information obtained.

T.

officials

Grahame Bailey,
Waztrdbad,

June 18th, 1908.

'

'

ERRATA.
P.

I.

line

20 for

except

'

21 delete

"
iii,

4,

omit

for

17

last para.,

line

17

19

18

1]

19
II.

P.

n
III.

ii,

i',

))

,,

iii

!,

line

14

26

IV.

V.

nrna.

cheori

'

'

clieori.

lautifi

'lannil.'
'

tharaa

,,

before.'

'

tliaran.'

'

Dahr.'

'

hattiwale

'

'

read

'

hattiwale.'

preceding an accented vowel.'

appears' '{before an accented vowel).'

'

'

'eu' read

,,

'

,,

kiidha

gH.'

'

rearf

'

kudha.'

2 from foot /or 'khand' read

>

last

line

10,

line

17

11,

last

line

headings

29,

line

'

33,

P.

rend

'

13 for 'light' read -nearly.'

22

n 38-51,

rirnd

4th para.

'

11 after h insert

17-26,

after

dhiiu:

'

III, vi,

Dhar'
2 from foot for

vi

'

'

'

12. 21

10

p.

dhUld'

and see

fi

line

lenving untouched.'

'

'Nahan' read 'Nahan.'

'

16 for

read

'

with.'

'

line

9,

line

'

banana

read

'

'dhai' read

.,

on

'

Bhatedli' read

rend

5 for

'

Jammu

'

'

'

LdhuW

ox.'
'

kidheo

read

'

Bhatedli.'
'

read

,,

LdhulV
'dawn' read 'down.'

..

'ber.ki'

13

15

33

16

41

11

'

bi

'

read

read

rend

'

kidheo.'

'

'

betki.'

bl.'

KARIALI'

read

'

KAIRALI.'

ghora' (2nd time) read

hens read maize.'
'

'

Jammtt.'

12

khdnd.'

dhai.'

'

'

'

'

bandnd.'

'

,,

6 from foot for

headings

40.

for

'

gliore.'

'

Introdnctiou last two lines should rend-' The

fondness of Gaddls for

is

the

DIALECTS OF THE SIMLA HILLS.

BY

The Revd.

T.

Grahame

Bailey, B.D., M.R.A.S.

INTRODUCTION.
In tbe Simla States west of Long. 78 there is a congeines of
They are at predialects not differing very widely from one another.
sent classed as belonging to the Western Pahari Language of the
Northern Group of the Sanskrito- Aryan Family. East of Long. 78 there

which belong to the Indo-Chinese

At present we knowFamily. They are found only in Bashahr State.
very little about the Simla States languages, with the exception of
Tibetan in the extreme east, and any contribution to our knowledge is
la the notes which follow I have endeavoured
peculiarly desitable.
Baghati, the centre of which
to give an idea of three main dialects
is in the two portions of Baghat State and in the piece of Pateala which
lies between them
Kiftthali, which is spoken in Kiuthal State and the
surrounding districts, and the dialect of the British district of Kot Guru
are Tibeto-Himalayan languages

(frequently, but erroneously, referred to as

Kot Garh).

To these are
whose centre

added brief notes on two sub-dialects Eastern Kiathali,

is the eastern detached portion of Kisthal, and the dialect of the British
tract of country known as Kotkhai.
These two sub-dialects differ very
The above-mentioned dialects,
slightly from the main Kiutliali dialect.
then, represent fairly well the speech of all the northern and central
Simla States, except those of Bilaspur, Nalagarh, Jubba] and Bashahr,
These four States still require to be investigated, as with also Nahan
or Sirmaur which lies immediately to the south.
These three dialects have some interesting points in common. They
have a separate feminine form in the Sing. Oblique of the 3rd Pei's.
Pron. Kot Gurui has in addition a neuter form ietth, which is almost
identical with the Kashmiri tath.
The presence in all three dialects of what appears to be an organic
Passive Participle, and the peculiarity of usage connected with it, have
been alluded to in the Notes on the Verbs under each dialect.
They have also a special form for the Pres. Auxiliary used in negative sentences, and this form is in every case indeclinable.
In Baghati,

11

I am

not is

nth atM,

in Kinthali it is nth dnthi (or anfhl),

and

in

Kot

Gurui nfh ainthi. It would be very instructive to know how widely the
It is found in the Gujarat! language and also
negative form is spread.
in Kulu, and a negative auxiliary, not however indeclinable, ia common
in dialects of Laihnda.

Another common feature of the three dialects lies in the fact that
In each
the singular of nouns is almost identical with the plural.
Vocative
case,
dialect the plural is the same as the singular except in the
This peculiarity is also
and in nouns ending in -a the Nominative.
found in Kulu and in the Curahi dialect of Camba and the Gadi dialect
of Camba and in Kaijgra.
Baghati-speaking people seem to avoid using the letter h, nearly as
much as Italians thus we have aind return, for Hindi hatnd, aul, plough,
for hal.
Frequently, too, when in Hindi there is a consonant compounded with h, in Baghati it is separated from the ^ by a vowel, as in
;

may

be omitted as in dilld lazy,

The extreme faintnesa of the enunciaHindi dhlld, Panjabi dhllld.
tion of h makes it very difficult in some words to say whether there
gohrd horse, for ghord

or

the h

should be an h or not. What one wants to know is how exactly the

people pronounce a word, not how people in another place pronounce it,
It is difficult, for example,
or how it is pronounced in Urdu or Hindi,

and or ohnd, or the verb remain rauna.

or rauhnd.
The Stative Participle, as nrddd, in the state of having
fallen,' is of the same form as in Bhateali, spoken in the south-west of
Camba, Thus gdddd, in the state of having gone,' roddd (rohddn) in the

to say where the verb

'

be

'

'

is

'

'

'

having remained,' correspond to Bhateali goddd, rehddd.

Kiuthali has most of the grammatical features of Baghati. The fact
that it is spoken so far east as Kot Khai, the variations there being very
slight, leads one to suppose that it is employed over a considerable tract
It is spoken also in the Simla (Shimla)
of country all round its centre.
municipal area. Its word for speak, dzopnu, is interesting in being like
state of

Poguli, zapnu,

Jammu

We

Kashmiri, daptm.

separated from the Siraj Tahil of Kulu by the Satlaj

find, as we should expect, a considerable resemblance

Kot Guriii
river.

Siraji zahno, Kishtawari, zahunu,

is

between Kot Gurui and Outer Siraji,

Jubbal is said by its inhabitants to have two dialects Barori and
Bishsau. These two. are, however, extremely like one another and may
be considered one. It is not a little remarkable that they resemble
Baghati more than they resemble any other of the dialects treated of
above, notwithstanding the fact that geographically Baghati is the most

distant from them.

In the Census of 1901 most of the inhabitants of the Simla States

returned themselves as speaking Pahari, without specifying the dialect.

Ill

Nearly

the rest claimed to speak Panjabi, except iu

Bashahr, where
Kanawari and 2,300 speakers of Bhotia,
which may be the same as Tibetan. In Nahan (Sirmaur)
104,000 persons were entered as speaking Sirmauri, a dialect
which
all

there are over 19,000 speakers of

to

have considerable

will be found
affinity to the dialects specially
dealt with in the

following pages.

Kanawari is a Tibeto-Himalayan language which has

with Tibetan, with Kanashi, the language of
a single isolated
village in Kula called Malana, and with
Lahuli, a language which has
four dialects three spoken in British Lahul and
one in Camba Lahul.
The transliteration employed is that of the Asiatic
Society of
Bengal.
One or two additional signs had to be made use of.
u is a
long sound as eu in French douloi^retix (the
rest of the word being in
ordinary type).
f is a sound midway
between z and l. Similarly n
?
italicised, occurring in a word in ordinary
type, denotes the sound halfway between u and u. Printing difficulties account
for the clumsiness
affinity

of

some

of these signs

T.

January 30th, 1905.

Graham E

Bailey,

Wazlrabad.

Baghnti.

BagJi^ff.

Adverbs.

When

Most Adjectives can be used as Adverbs.

so used tliey

agree with the subject of the sentence.

The following
Adjectives

is

list of

the

most important Adverbs, other than

{Time.)
tes wakt,

kabbe,
jabbe,

(Place.)

now

hibbi,

etthi, here

then

when
when

tetthi, there

where ?
jefcthi, where
etthi khe, up to here
etthi de, from here

kei, ketthi,

az, to-day

kalka, to-morrow

the day

cauthe, the day after that

hubba, up
hunda, down

kal, yesterday

nore, near

p5ishii,

after

to-

[terday

porshu, the day after yes-

dur, far

cauthe, the day before that

aoka, in f tont

kabbhe, ever, sometimes

pachka, behind

kabbhe na, never

kabbhe kabbhe, sometimes

bihtre, inside

Others are

ha or

[morrow

aho, yes

Tcannf khe or
nth, na,

no

bahre, outside

M^, why

sulle, well

?
;

ia hatd ri turl, for this reason

stdbt, quickly.

Prepositions.

The commonest
Subjoined

nouns.

prepositions have been given in the declension of

is

a brief

list of others.

The same word

is

fre.

quently both a preposition and an adverb.

pore, parle kanare, beyond
orle kanare,

on this side

about thee
jisha, like us

teri turi,

hamma

pande, pande, upon

tinna re kanare, towards them

hethe, below

tes de picche, after or

turi,

mi

up

tesre girde,

to

sathi, with

me
me

tesri turi, for

him

kae, beside

round

behind

it

it

tari barabbari khe, equal to

mande sawa, apart from me

you

Bayhnli.

Conjunctions.
te,

and

par but

je, if

cahe although

yd, or.

Verbs.
Auxiliari/.

oasu osso osso.

am, &c.

ossu. osso osso

Pres. Neg. I

am

nfh athi, indecl.

Past

was

Pres.

not, &c.

tha

(/. thi)

tha tba the

(/. thi)

the the.

Intransitive Verbs,

rirna

fall.

Fut.

rfr-ue -la (/. -li) -la -ue or

Imperat.

rfr

-me

Impf.

-o -(5 -u -o -6.
Pres. with tha (/. tin) in Sing, and the

Cond.

Pres.

rfr

Plupf.

rfr

-a

(/. -i)

rtr

-a

tha

Participles, &c., rirero,

oirada,

hua;

-a

-a

fl. lire

-e
the,

having fallen
f.

-e

(/. -i)

rirde

or

-de

Plur.
(/.

-di) Plur.

-e.

rWe

on falling

sar,

having fallen

Urdu, girS

while falling; rirnewala, faller or about to

verbs have slight irregularities.

Ona, be or become.
Fut.

(/. -li) -le.

&c.

rii^dl in the state of

rirde,

(/. thi) in

fallen, rij-da (/. -di) Sing.

fall.

Some

-mi) -le

-u

would fall or have

Past

(/.

rifo

Bdghati.

Bay ha (i.

The

difference of cases in the Impf.

the following

me,

and the Past

is

illustrated in

8S mdkJa
by him

iippo tha,
I

lit.

he was beating me, but tenne au

was beaten.

When

a noun

is

t^ppcl, he beat
the object, the case with

allowed with both forms of the verb.

When the participle of the form rakkhada, having been placed, is
used instead of the past participle, the possessive case, and not the
agent case, of the subject is used, e.g., tesrS kitah rakkhidi dsso
ya nth
dthi, has he placed the book or not ?
Kdsre Dili rakkhidi, someone
will have placed it, but kunie rakkhi dlli, someone will
have placed it
hammS, dui janB ri kitaba rakkhidi osso, we two men have placed
the
khe

is

books.

bapu, father.

rich, bear,

ammS, mother.

sih, leopard,

bajja, brother.

gad ha,

bobbs,

sister

(older

person referred

than

to).

sftr,

murg-a, cock,

baihn, sister (younger than

person referred
^

bager, son.

di,

'

<

to).

daughter.

ass.

pig.

-i,

hen.

bara-1, cat. (male),

(female),
camel,
-li,

fit,

malik, husband.

gijja, kite,

cheofi, wife.

hathi, elephant,

jana, man.

hath, hand,

woman.

juanas,

lat, foot,

bager, boy.

nak, nose,

munni,

akkhi, eye.

choti, girl.

gual, shepherd.

mfih, face,

cor, thief.

dand, tooth,
kan, ear.

g5hr-a, horse,
-i,

mare.

bold, ox.

mund, head,

gae, cow.

mhaish,

bal, hair,

buffalo.

bakr-a, goat.
-i, she-goat.

jibh, tongue,
pet, stomach,

pith, back,

pinda, badan, body,

chiltu, kid.

kitab, book,

chel-ti,-li, (female).

kalam, pen,

bed, sheep.

maiija, bed.

kutt-a, dog.

gaur, house,

-i, bitch.

daryao, river.

Baghnli.

8
khola, stream.

ncca, high.

tibba, bill.

sohna, beautiful,

mada",

bura, ugly.

plain.

bagti, field.
rotl,

bread.

thanda, cold.
tatta, hot.

pani, water.

mittha, sweet.

kanak, wheat.

saf, clean,

kukkri, maize.

tSar, ready,

dal, tree.

kamti,

gao, village.

bhauta, more.

town,

sliaihr,

less,

ona, be,

baun, jungle.

auna, come,

raacchli, fish.

jana, go,

bat, path.

bethna,

phal, fruit.

launa, take.

shakar, meat.

dena, give.

dudh, milk.

rfrna, fall.

anda, egg (large).

uth^a,

anni,

tel, oil.

khara ona, sfand.

dekhna, see.
khana, eat.

cha, buttermilk.

pina, drink.

din, day.

bolna, say.

rat, night.

suttna, sleep,

suraj, sun.

karna, do.

(small).

giu, ghi.

jun,

moon.

sit.

rise.

lie

down.

rauna, rauhna, remain.

tara, star.

tipna, beat.

paun, wind.

marna,

barkha, rain.

pachanna, recognise.

daii,

sunshine.

kill.

paiitsna, paucna, arrive.

andhi, storm.

danr deni, run.

bara, bojh, load.

matthna, run away.

bi], seed.

banana, make.

loha, iron.
caijga, sohna, good, fine.

rakkhna, place.
bulauna, call.

bura, bad.

milna, meet.

bad da,

sikhna, learn.

big.

ch5ta, small.

parhna, read.

dilla, lazy,

likhna, write.

akalwala, hushyar, wise.

marna,

sidda, foolish.

sunna, hear.

paiiina, sharp.

atna, turn.

die.

Baghdti.
atSr5 aunS, return,

aul bana, plough,

baihna, flow,

khlana, feed,

larna, fight,

plana, give to drink,

jitna, win.

arna, be defeated,

sunana, cause to hear,

cugna, graze,

bijna, sow.

tsarna, cause to graze.

Numerals,
Cardinal.

1 k.

40

2 do.

47

4 car.
5 panj.
6 che.

49
50
51
52

onunja.

8 ath.

panj ah,
akunjah.
banjah.
55 pacunjah.
57 satunjah.

59

uujlhatli.

tin.

sat.

nau,

60

giara.

bara.
13 tera.
14 Cauda.
15 pandra.
16 sola.
17 satra.
18 athara.
19 unni,
12

sattar.
77 satattar.
79 unasi.
80 ashshi,
87 satasi.
89 nianwe.
90 nabbe.
70

assi.

20 bish.
27
29

97
99

satai.

unatti.

39

satanw.
narinwe.

100 shau.

30 tish.
37

santali,

shath, sath.
67 satahatb.
69 unhattar.

10 das.
11

call.

1,000 bazar.
100,000 Jakh,

saiti.

untali
Ordinal.

paihlka, 1st.

chatua, 6th.

dujja, 2nd.

sattia, 7th.

tijja, 3rd.

dasua, 10.

cautha,

paihlki bare,

4tli.

panjwa, 5th,
2

first

time.

dujji bare, second time.

10

BayhSli
Ordinal.

addha,

half.

paune

do, If.

contd.
dai, 2\.

dedh, 1|.

savva do, %\.

sadde car, 4^.

ek paia,

What is thy name

ummar olli ? What

1.

Tera kah nau osso

2.

Es gohre

ri

Etthi

Kashmira

horse

kitni

will be the age of this

3.

de

Kashmir how
4.

many
5.

far will

ifc

be

is
7.

tUri kitna

sons are there

khe dur
?

Mahre

horse's saddle

From here

to

In thy father's house

how

All az bari diira de handero aya.

married to his

olla ?

Tere baua re gare ko bete osso

from very far.

6. Mere cace ra bager
son

|.

tesri

To-day

have come walking

bobbo sathi biahda osso

My

ancle's

sister,

the safed gohre ri jin osso.

In our house the white

is.

On its back fasten the saddle.

khe bara tippa. I beat his son very much.
10. Se ucce tibbe pande gai aur bakri lagroa tsarne.
He on the
high hill is grazing cows and goats.
11. Se tes dala hethe gohre pande bethroa, or bethada osso.
He
under that tree is seated on a horse.
12. Tesra bayya apni bai^a de baja osso.
His brother is bigger
8.

Tesri pitthi pande jin guro.

9.

Moe

than his
13.

tesre bagera

sister.

Tesra (tyesra)

dam

dai rupayye osso.

Its price is

two and a

half rupees.
14.

Mera bapu

tSs

jane chote gara manjhe rau.

My

father lives in

that small house.

15.
16.

Teskhe (tyeskhe) eh rupayye dedeo. Give him these rupees.

Se jane rupayye tesde lau laune. Take those rupees from him.

17. Tesklie ain tippero rashshi sei

18.

him with ropes.

Kile manjhe de pani

19.

Mande agge agge

22.

Gawa

banhdeo.

Having beaten him

well, bind

Draw

water from the well,

cal.
Walk before me.
20. Kosra bager tan picche aune lagroa ?
Whose boy is coming behind you ?
21. Se tumme kosde mulle loa ?
From whom did you buy it ?
nikalo.

re ekki baale de.

From

a shopkeeper of the village.

II.

KIUNTHALI.

[Kifithali.]

Nouns.
Masculine.

Nouns

in -a.

Sing.

N.
G.

Plur.

D.A.

-e khe or Lage

Loc.

-e da
- da or hago

Ab.
Ag.
Voc.

-e, &c.

&c.

-e
-ea

da, of the Loc. agrees

other, fern,

-g

gobr-a, horse
- ro or ra

with

e 5
subject, the thing

its

which

is iw

dl, pi. de.

Nouns

in a Consonant.

N.

gauhr, horse

gauhr

G.D.A.L. Ab.
Ag.

gaur -6

gaur-o, &c.

ra, &c.

-e

Nouns
N.
G.D.A.L. Ab.
Ag.

ro, &c.

hathi-e

Ab.
Ag.

&c.

-au
in

-ii.

-cfi

-en ra, &o.

-cu

-cu

ba-o, father.

G.
L.

bfu-cu, scorpion.

G.D.A.L. Ab.
Ag.

D.A.

hathi.

hathi-

-a

Nouns

N"-

in -i.

hathi, elephant

Voc.

N".

-e

-o ra

-a khe, ba hage
-a da
ba hago, baa da

bawo
nS,

name

is

indecL

ra, &c.

-cue
bao, &c., as Sing.

the

12

Ag.

N.
G.

D.A.
L.

Ab.
Ag.

13

KiUfhall.

kun,
jo,

who

who,

kol,

hah,

obi. kds, ag. ktin'ie, ag. pi. knnne.

obi. jos, ag. junle.

anyone, aqmeone, obi. kds, ag. kunie.

what

obi. konni.

Other pronouns are

kie, kuch,

anything, something jo
;

kol,

whosoever;

jb kuchf whatsoever.

Adjectives.
Adjectives used as nouns are declined as nouns, but adjectives quaAll adjectives ending in

lifying nouns have the following declension

any

letter other

than -a are indecl.

Those ending in -a have

obi. -e,

Fem. -I or -i or -e indecl.
Comparison is expressed by means of da, than, from, used with the
The adjective ts5zzero, good, has a comp. form beh, tsozzeio,
positive.

pi.

-B indecl.

good, esda beh, better than this, sobbt da tsozzero, better than

all,

best.

much or many.
much or many.
Interrogative, kishu, like what ? kitii-o,-a, how much or many.
jitn-o,-a, as much or many.
Relative, jishu, like which
The genitive of nouns and pronouns is declined like adjectives
Demonstrative, ishu, like that or this
Correlative, tishu, like that or this

itn-6,-a, so

titn-6,-a, so

in -a.

For numerals see

list of

words.

Adverbs,

Most adjectives can be used

as adverbs.

They then a^ree with the

subject of the sentence.

The following
adjectives

is

list of

the most important adverbs other than

(Time.)
5bi,

now,

tes wakt,

kodde,
jodde,
aj,

then

when
when

to-day

to-morrow
poshue, day after to-morrow
tsauthe, cauthe, day after that
dote,

liijo,

(Place.)
itia, ethia,

yesterday.

phredz5, day before yesterday

here

tetia, poria,

there

where ?
jetia, where
gtthe, tai, up to here
ethiau, from here
ubha, up
undha, down
ketia,

neure, near
dur, far

14

KiuihalL
(Time.)

gaiika, in front

kobbe, ever, sometimes

pichauka, behind

kobbe na, never

kobbe kobbe, sometimes

withku, inside

Other
no

(Place.)

tsauthe, cauthe, day after that

are koe,

why

baindku, outside

etthrl tet, for this reason

ah, yes

nih, na,

shiga, quickly.

Prepositions.

The commonest
nouns.

prepositions have been given in the declension of

The same word

Subjoined

is a brief list of others.

both a preposition and an adverb.

pandku, beyond
andku, on this side

tesri tai, for

tai,

him

about thee
hamo jeha, like us
tina re kanare, towards them
tes pichauka, after or behind it
tesre ale duale, round about it

mule, below

manj
up to

frequently

teri tai,

pande, upon
bice,

is

the, within

mae go khe, beside me

mae sathi, with me

tumahre barabar, equal to you

mandea bina, apart from me

Verbs.
Auxiliary.

Pres.

am,

&c., oss'u or u,

ossu or

am

osse or

osso or 6

ai,

or a

n!h anthi indec.

Pres.

Negative, I

Past.

I was, &c., Sing, thia or tha

not, &c.,

osso or au

osso,

ft

or

thi) Plur. the or thie (/. thi)

/.

Intransitive Verbs.

rlrnu

fall.

Pres. Cond.

If I fall, &c., rir

Put.

rir

-u%

Impr,

rir

rira,

Pres. Ind.

-u -e -5 -u -6 -o
The same with tha in Sing, and the

Impf.
Past Cond.
Past Indie.

-ela

-ii

-61a

-e

-time

-u.

-ole

-5

-o

-ole

rir

should

rir

-a,

fall,
/.

rir

-i.

pi.

-da,
'6,

/.

-di, Plur.
/

in Plur,

-de,

/.

-d!

15

Kiuthali.

rira,

Plupf,

rira tba,

Participles

rireau,

Some

with

&c.,

Pres. Perf.

ii

ai

ai

ai

rin thi, &c.

/.

having fallen
having fallen, rlrde,
or about to fall.

hunda, in the state of

rira

v^hile falling

rirnewalo, faller

verbs have slight irregularities.

ahnu, be or become.

Fut.

oh-umi

Cond. Past

hunda.

-ua

or

-ela

-la

-m

-le

-le

aunu, come.
Fut,

aum

Irapr.

aume

aola

aole

aol

Pres. Ind.

aii

Past Cond.

aunda
Sya

Past

awela

deunUf go.

Fut.

Impr.
Pres. Ind.

Past Cond.

Past

deuS
de deau
deu
deunda
deua
rauhnu, remain,

Fut,

Impr.
Past Cond.
Past

rauhtimi rohela
rauh rauh

rauhla

rauh-ume

-1

-le

rauhnda
roha
janu, go.

Fut,

jaum

Past

goa

jaola, &c.

jela

Transitive Verbs.
katelnU, plfmo, beat, almost exactly like rtrnu.

Impr.

katil

katelau.

Past.

katela, with agent case of subject,

Pres, Perf.

with the object,

agent case with katela a

Plupf.

The Passive

katela

/. kateli

au,

katela agreeing

PI. katele ai.

tha, &c.

formed by using the past participle katela with tlie

required tense of janU, go katela janu, be beaten.
But it should be
is

observed that the passive

is

not at

all

common.


Kinihalt.

16

The following are

slightly irregulai'

Past khayd

khSnu, eat,

plnU, drink

denU, give,

Fut.

piyyd'

deUma

launU, take, Fut. laiimoi.

holnUy

or dema.

Past dittd

Past Ida

Past hold with agent case

kdmu,

,,

keU

j'dnnU, know,

leaunu,

bring

Past ^araa
laul janu, take away, are conjugated like

aunUjctnil.

Compound

Verbs.

Habit, Continuance.

am in the habit of falling, a rlre Mru (compounded with kdmu, do).

He continues to fall, keeps on falling, se rirdd rohd Idge hunda (com-

pounded with rauhmi, remain,

laggnii, stick, ohnU, be).

Notes on Verbs.

deunu, go, denotes the act of going, yans is used in composition. As

in Urdu and Hindi, the word go enters very largely into the formaIn such cases jdnuy not deunu is used.
tion of compound verbs.
*

kateld jdnU, be beaten

The

d^ivi jdnii,

Infinitive in -nil,

'

go away.

when used

as a gerundive, becomes an ad-

-a in agreement with the object, mere rupayyd tifh dend, I

have not to give a rupee tesre clsh pinl, he has to drink water.
The Negative form of the auxiliary is noteworthy a nth anthl, I
am not moe nth keu anthi ai, I have not done toe n%h ehru or ehrd

jective in

thou has not done.

Two constructions with the genitive case where we should expect
the agent or ablative are remarkable.
With the Infinitive mere bde re nth denU, my brother has not to
(i)
give, = in Pan jabi -Urdu, mere bhdi ne neh% dend ^ tesre cish pinl, he has

Snthi,

to drink water.

mdhre nth dendo, we cannot give, = ^am se

neh% diydjdtd ; tere nth deundo dnthz, thou canst not go meri bauhne re
kitdb nth porhdi, my sister cannot read the book.
These forms of the
participle appear to be passive this is confirmed by the variations which
we meet with in the eastern portion of Kiftthal State deimdo there becomes deiotdo, dendo detdo, porhdi porhldl.
If these are really passives we have a linguistic phenomenon of
considerable importance. The organic passive is found to a slight
extent in Paijjabi and is fully developed in Laihnda.
(ii)

With a

participle,

17

KiuilmU.

and other tenses may

difference of case foi\the object in the Past

The

be seen in the following examples: aj'anu tes (for tes khe) I know him,
but mae jana se, I knew him, lit. by me he was known. Wlien a noun
is

the object the case with

like is

allowed with the past tense.

In the short form of the Present Auxiliary (I am, &c.) consisting

generally of a single vowel sound, the vowel to be used seems to be

chosen on euphonic principles, depending apparently rather upon tlie

vowel or letter which happens to precede than upon the noun or pro-

noun which

is

the subject.

The ending

of the infinitive is either

r or r (or rh or rh)

is

usually changed to

indifferently.

mother,

7i.

brail i,

,,

(female).

camel,

bae, brother,

lit,

beuhu,

panchi, bird.

sister,

JLidh -e, -i, kite,

bagehr, son.
beti,

daughter,

hatlii,

elephant,

kliosm, husband,

hath, hand,

cheoii, wife,

lat, foot,

thind, man.

nak, nose,

cheori,

woman,

akkhe, e^e.

bagehr, boy.

mSh,

beti, girl,

dand, tooth (front).

gual shepherd,

dar,

cor, thief,

kan,

gohf -a, horse.

bal, hair,

-i,

face,

(back),

ear.

mund, head,

mare,

bold, be^ld, ox.

jibh, tongue,

gaui, cow.

pet,

me^ash, buffalo,

pith, back.

bakr -a, goat

(he).

kitab, book,

-i,

(she),

kalam, pen.
manja, bed.

behd, sheep,

kukk

stomach.

-ar, dog.

gauhr, house.

-ri, or -re, bitch,

daryao, river,

banae, rich, bear,

nau, stream.

sih, leopard,

pahr?

gadha,

jubar, plain,

ass.

sor, pig.

khec, field

nauz, naudzo
zo 1

-a, cock,

-e, -i, hen,

roti,

,
'

hill,

kukkr
3

After

ginda, cat (male),

bao, father,
iji,

-nu or nu

tuk^uka
ca J

bread, food.

KixL'.hall.

18
cish, water,

sholla, cold.

gihn, wheat.

tato, hot.

kukkri, maize.

gudla, sweet.
tear, ready.

dal, tree.

thoro, little.

gao, village.
bir, city.

bhauri, much.

bauhn, jungle.

ohnu, be, become.

maclii, fish.

aunu, come.

hat, way.

janu, go.

pba], fruit.

bethnu,

dalki,

meat

dagga,

(for eating).

other,

e.g.,

of cow,

horse,

sit.

lauuii, take.

deuu, give.
rirnu, fall.

dndh, milk,

uthnu,

anda, egg.
gihu, ghi.

khara rauhnu, remain.

dekhnu, see,

tel, oil.

rise.

khaiiu, eat.

chah, buttermilk,

pinu, drink.

theu, thing,

bolnu, say.

daihru, day.

dzopnu, speak.

rat, night,

suttnu, sleep,

suraj, sua.

kornu, do.

jiihn,

moon,

lie

down.

rauhnu, remain.

pani, rain

marnu, kill.
pachannu, recognise.
jannu, know.

dau, sunshine,

pujnu, arrive.

tuath, stormy wind,

daurnu, run.

tara, star,

bagur, wind,

bahra, load.
pajahr, load of grass, firewood,

banaunu, make.
rakkhnii, place.

bij, seed.

bidnu,

loha, iron,

phabnu, meet.

tsozzaio, good, beautiful, clean,

shikhnu, learn.

kutsodzo, kutsadzo, bad, ugly,

porhnu, read.

Ignorant,

call.

likhnii, write.

mhatho, small,

mornu, die.
shunnu, hear.

dalidri, lazy,

otnu, turn.

akleala, wise,

nre otnu, return.

shiga, swift,

paueno, sharp,

bauhnu, flow.
godnu, fight.

uc^a, high.

jitnu, win.

boro, big.

19

Kiutliall.

harnu, be defeated.
due jauu, go away,

aulil

bijnu, sow.

tsugaunu, cause to graze.

bahnu, plough,

tsuqgnu, graze.

20

Kinthali.

Mere

6.

uncle's son

tsatse ra

bagehr

married to his

is

Gaulire safed g5hre

7.

tesri

bauhue sathi

belia

hunda

u.

My

sister.
ri

dzin au.

In the house

is

the white

horse's saddle.

Tesri pitthe pande dzin kosho.

8.

On

his back bind the saddle.

Tesra beta m.oe beghe kfitela. I beat his son veiy much.
Se e?so dahro paude mheMishe gaui dzagau. He on that
grazing buffaloes and cows.
9.

10.

is

Se

11.

tree

if

tes dalo

mule gohre pande betha hunda

a.

He

hill

under that

seated on a horse.

Tesra bae apni bewene da bodra.

12.

His brother

is

bigger than

his sister.
13.
14.

mol dabe rupoja. Its price is two and a half rupees.

Mero bao tes mhathre gauhro da raub5. My fatlier lives in
fisro

that small house.

15.
16.
17.

much

tie

18.

19.

20.

Give him these rupees.

Se rupoyo es hago nre lau. That rupee take from him.
Teskhe blye pite.iu roshi sathi bannho. Having beaten him
him with ropes.
Kiie da cish ana.
From the well draw water.
Maude gaoke tsalo. Walk before me,
Kosio bagehr tS deau pachSka hando ? Whose boy is walking
Lsklie eh rupo^'e deau.

behind thee ?
21.
Toe kos hagc se molle loa ? From whom didst thou buy that?
22.
GS da ekki dukandaro da. From a shopkeeper of the village.

Eastern kiunthali
Nouns

[Ki^thaii.]

are declined as in KiSthali proper.

Pronouns.

The following

N.

slight differences are found

Piur.

Sing.

1st.

2nd.

3rd.

ae

tug

Cr.

tSai'6

D.A.
Ag.

ao kbe, a
ae

1st. pers.

hun,

who

pron. sing. Las

/. teo

ra

tno khe, tuo

tue

mU

tenne/. te

for ma.

Ag. kune.
Verbs are almost identically the same.
aunu, come, makes past djja.
heshnu,

sit,

past hesha.

pifnu, beat, pres. perf. pifu o or pita

an.
khana, eat, past, khSya or kheu.

dena, give, past, ditta or dim.

dzopnu, say, speak, past, dzopu.

In the constructions with the gen.

case given under Notes on
Verbs on p 16 for mahre nU dendo
(Kiathali), Eastern KiSthali bas
mahre mh de^do, for tere nU deundo anthl,
tere nih detvUo anthl, for
men bauhne re kitah nih porhdl, men hauhnB
re kitdb nth rdrhidl see
i

note, p. 16.

Tbe following Numerals

^P^^j-

37-saTtis^.

39-untalls.

^^S^^o.

49-uncag.
50-paias.

27-satai,sh.

29 nottish.

how

are different:

,f~^^^10-daus_h.

3.

Efchau

far

is it ?

30 tis_h.

^-^'^^^-

The sentences

40~tsalis_h.

which there is any difference are subjoined

Kasjimira tai ketno dur au ? From here
to
in

Kashmir

Eastern Kiutliall.

22
4.

Tere bao re gauhre ketne (or kau) tshote au

many sons are there ?

Adz a bare duro dau bandeau

la thy father's

house how
5

ajja u.

To-day

from very far

have walked.
6.
Mere tsatse ra tshoto tesri bauhne sathe beba honda a. My
uncle's son is married to his sister.
On his back bind
Tesri pitthe pande (or gaihra) dzin kosho.
8.
the saddle.
Tesra beta
9,

moe beghe

His son I beat much.

10
Se eo dahro gaihra mettish gao dzagau. He on that hill is
grazing buffaloes and cows.
Tesra bae apni beaene dau bora. He is bigger than his sister.
12,
Teskhe biye pi^eau roshi bannbo. Having beaten him well
17.
tie him with ropes.
Kiie dan cish talo. Draw water from the well.
18.
Made gaoke tsalo. Walk before me.
19.
20.
KosrO tshotu tSdeau pach5 hando ? Whose son walks behind

you?

pita.

KOTZHAI.

few paradigms will give an idea of the Kotkhai dialect; only

It is distinct from, but very

the points of difference will be mentioned.

much

resembles Kiftthali.

Nouns.

The declension
is

is

the only difference

almost the same as in KiSthali.

Sing.

D.A.
Ab.

Plur.

gohf-e ke

as Sing.

-e agS

ke being used for khe and

S,go

for hcigo.

The following

au

III.

KOTGURU.
Nouns,
Masculine.

Nouns

^'

in -a.

^^9'

Plur,

gohr-a, horse

_a,i

^'

-eo,/. -eai

^'^'

-e

^'

-e de, di
-e ka

Ab.
Ag.

lai
ft

-ejai

V.

-6a

Nouns
^'
^

as Sing,

in a

Consonant

gauh-r, house

as Sing,

-ro

D.A.L. Ab.

_r.-ra Ui
lai,

A.
&c.
II

-rai

V.

-ra

Nouns

in

-rd
-i,

^**^-J. elephant

p'

as Sing.

-io
r).A.L. Ab.

Ag.
V,

.i,

&e.

-iai

-ia

Nouns_ in -u, such as Uncu, scorpion

nouns in -.

id
,

66, father, is declined like

gauhr,
fiad

name

is

mdec.

e.i, Hindu, are declined

like

but has habh in the Voc

"^I'lg.
Sin^

Feminine.

Nouns
^'

"

D.A.L.Ab.
^g-

in -i.

tshoHigirl

as Sing.

-io

.i,&^.
-iai
-

"

Kofgtir^.

26

Nouns

in a Consonant.

nf

baih-n

as Sing,

-n5

G.
D.A.Lv Ab.

-ni, &c,

V.

-nai

>

-OS

5T

COW, bas G. gmvo, Ag. gawaL

^flo,

Plnr.

tl^e

same.

Pronouns.
Singular,

mS

N,

oerau
D.A. mulai

G.

L.

Ab.
Ag.

3rd (be, she,

2nd
tn

Ist

jau,

tliat)

it,

iau

sau

terau
tS lai

tliis.

i
r
tetthau eh.au, /. a;aa
tebrS, tettau,/. laiau, e.(.
eu la_, /. a,a la.
tetth la.
lai, /. taia lai, ,...
,

tea

made tSde
mukS ka

mal

tini

tal

ds

dS,

k&

kS,

de

..
)>

..
)>

.-

..

"

ai

eue>

tai

..

Plural.

2nd

1st

hame
N,
Biabro
G.
D.A. hamS lai
1*.
d
Ab.
Ag.

sai

jai

tinau

inau

tuma

tin a lai

ina lai

lai

de

de

>)

d&

ka

ka

>5

ka

ine

tins

tume

ham!

(jau, tbis.)

tume, tiime
tbaro

ka

ard

Plur.

Sing.

Tcdl,

anyone, someone

Jcai,

what

G.

kun

dzun

dzauro

kaur5

dzauro-

dzaua, &c.

kaua, &c.
kuuiyai

dzaua, &c.

dzun,

kuQ, wbo ?
N.
kauro
G.
D.A.L. Ab. kaua, &c.
kuni
Ag.

wbo

dzuni
;

G.

Mmi,

dzumyai

Ag. hum.

IciUWd.

,
i
.Ur.arw
dzun kuni, v^hosc^
something-,
anytbing,
Mch,
Other pronouns are
erer dzun Tcich, whatsoever.
;

27

Kotgurti.

Adjectives.
Adjectives used as nouns are declined as nouns, but adjeofcives
qualifying nouns have the following declension
All adjectives ending
in any letter other than -a -o -au are indecl. Those ending in these
letters have Obi. -e or -ai, PI. -e indecl. /. -i indecl.
It should be
:

remembered that the genitives of nouns and pronouns are adjectives

coming under this rule.
Comparison is expressed by means of ha or thaku, used with the
positive

good

hatsau,

hatsau, better than

all,

Demo7istrative.

eh thaka hatsau, better than this

Interrogative.

taino, like this or

that

much

sobkt

kS,

Relative.

what?

kaiuo, like

dzaino,

that
or

like

which

much
many

or tetrau, so

many

best.

Correlative.

aino, like this or,

etiau, so

how much
many ?

ketrau,
or

much
many

jetrau, so

or

Adverbs.

Most adjectives can be used as adverbs. When so used they agree

with the subject of the sentence.
The following are .the most important adverbs other than
adjectives

{Time.)
eblii,

{Place.)

now.

indhi, here,

tebhi, then,

when

keblii,

ttdhi, there,

kfdhi

where

kii,

jebhi, when,

jiddhi, where,

az, to-day.

indlia taf

kalle,

to-morrow,

,,

le,

up

to here,

hither,

porshe, day after to-morrow,

indha, from here,

cauthe,

that.
hidzG, yesterday.

hnblii, gash, up.

phoroz, day before yesterday,

neddhi neai\

tliat.
thanoroz
,,
kebhi, sometimes, ever,
kebhi na, never,

dur, far.

patsha, behind,

kebhi ua kebhi, sometimes.

bitre, inside.

hundi,

down

agde, in front,

bahre, outside.

Others are
giUhi, well

kilai,

why

shlgre, rapidly

etthl ta^,

o,

yes

for this reason

nU, no.

hatse Jcore or JidtsS

28

Kofgurvl.

Prepositions.

The commonest

prepositions have been given in the declensions

The same words are

Subjoined is a brief list of others.

frequently both prepositions and adverbs.
of nouns.

parsha, beyond,

tgri tat,

about thee,

arsha, on this side,

hama

mandzha, manjha, within,

tinau

gae, upon,

tetthau phere, after that.

tal,

mS

up

to.

kae, beside me.

soijghe,

teii le, for

with me.

him.

tuma

mS

sahi, like us.

bile,

towards them,

pher, round about that,

barabari, equal to you,

chadeau, apart from me.


29

Kotgurn.

Some common

verbs have slight irregularities.

atinau, auhnau, be, become (the h is generally omitted).

aundaa, auhndau.

Past Cond.
Past

fihau (nau)

&c.

/. uhi,

Snau, come.
Pres. Cond. or Indie,

Fut.

an
amS,

ao

ai

a.

&c.

a ao or aau.
andau.

Imperat.

Past Cond.
Past

aau,

PI. ae,

/. ai

or ae.

(J,eunau, go.

Pres. Cond. or Indie,

deu

Fut.

deinS

Imperat.

de5

Past Cond.
Past

deuudau

dewa,

&c.

deo

deiiau,

PI. deuai, /. deui.

rauhnau, remain.

Past Cond.

rauhndau.
janau, go.

Past Cond.
Past Indie,

jandau.
gau,

PI. gee,

/. get,

/. gei.

Transitive Verbs.

mflmau, beat, conjugated almost exactly like loinati.

Imperat.
mar marau.
Past Indie, mar -au, (PI. -ai, /. -i), with agent case of subject
marau agreeing with object.
Plupf.
marau tau, with agent case of subject, marau tau
agreeing with object.

The Passive

is

formed by using the past participle mSrau, with

marau janati, to be beaten but the use

the required tense oij'anau, go

of the passive voice is rare.

The following

are slightly irregular

denau, give,
kornau, do.
j'annau,

know

annau, bring

khanau, eat

away, are regular.

Past, dinau.
kiau.

,,

janau.
onau.

,,

plnau, drink

lainati,

take

holnau, say

nlnan, take

KotgufU,

dO
'

'

Compound Verbs."

'

^.

Continuance, State.
I continue

to fall,

w8

loldau rohu or rauhu, (compounded with

rauhna remain).
I

am now

with laggna,

in the act of falling,

mU

lotdau

lag.d

aunditu,

(compounded

and aiman, be).

stick,

Notes on Verbs.
j'anau, go, is used only in composition,

janau, go away.
The Negative auxiliary

is

marau jdnau, be

killed; deui

found as in other dialects in the Simla

States and in Kulti.

noteworthy construction with the possessive when we should

expect an ablative is illustrated in the following : jau kitab teuB neht
porhdt, he cannot read this book mere neht deundaii, I cannot go. See
;

note under KiSthali.

bakr-au, he-goat.

bab, father.

she-goat,

mother.

-i,

bae, brother.

behr, sheep,

i,

(older

sister

dai,

than

-ri, bitch,

speaker)
cei,

beihn,

kuk-ar, dog.

sister

(younger

rich, rikh, bear,

slh, leopard,

than speaker),
chot -u, tshot -u, son.
-i, daughter.
-i

gadhau,

rand -n, husband.

murg-au, kukkhr-au, cock.

-i, cheori, wife,

dzona, mord, man.

cheori, tsheSri,

woman,

chot-n, boy.
-i, girl,

phual, bakrala, shepherd,

ass.

sSr, suijgar, pig.

-i

-i,

hen.

bfail-a, cat (male).

female.
Qt, camel.
-],

ciukh-u

(/-i), little bird,

cakrai, kite,

tsor, thief,

shailta, /. shail, fox.

gohr-a, horse,

hathi, elephant,

-i,

mare,

hatth, hand,

bold, ox.

lat, foot,

gao, cow.

nak, nose,

mhiiish, buffalo.

akkh, eye.

Kofgurii.

31

mfth, face,

bagur, wind.

jat,

mouth,
dand, tooth,

pani, rain.

kan, ear.

dau, sunshine.
dzoie bagur, stormy wind.
bahrtau, load.

shral, hair,

mund, head.

bedzau, seed.

dzfbh, tongue.
p5t,

loha, iron.

stomach,

hatsau, bitau, good, beautiful.

pitth, back,
jiu,

riau, bad, ugly.

body,

boddaa, big.
mhatrau, hoknau,

katab, book,
kolm, pen.

manja, bed.

hoshewajau, wise.

gauhr, house,

murakh, ignorant.

daieo, river,
galir,

madan,
khec,
roti,

painau, sharp,

stream,

parbat, dahr,
plain.

utstau, high.
bill,
'

field,

bread,

paai, water.

gih3, wheat,
tshali, maize,

but, tree,
grail, village,

shaihr, citj.

baun, jungle,
matshi, fish,
bat,

way.

paindau, path
phol, fruit,

mass, meat,
dttddh, milk,
pinni, egg.
geo, ghi.
tel, oil.

tshah, buttermilk,
daihfo, day.
rac, night,

daihro, sun.

dzoth, moon,
taiii, s(ar.

little.

sust, lazy.

shelau, thandau, cold.

naitau, hot.

gulaau, sweet.
saphau, clean.
can, ready.

hoknau,

little.

bauhri, much.

aunau, be, become.

anau, come.
cleunau, go.

bshnau,

sit.

denau, give.
lotnau, fall.
lainau, take.
iiznau, rise.

khorau aunau, stand.

dekhnau, see.
khanau, eat.
pinau, drink.
bolnau, say.

suttnau, sleep,

lie

down.

koinau do.
rauhnau, remain.
marnau, beat.
jannau, know, recognise.
pujnau, arrive.

32

Kotguru.

baubuau,

bagnau, rnu.
bage deunau, run away,

jbetnau, lornau, figbt.

make,

caniiau,

flow,

jitnau, win.

danau, place,

arnau, be defeated,

bednau,
pbabnau, inilnau, meet,

deui janau, go away,

call,

porbnau, read,
likhnau, write,

baunau, sow.
aul jScnau, plougb.
kheunau, cause to eat.
paneunau, cause to drink,

mjrnau,

shunaunau, cause to bear,

ghikbnati, learn,

die.

sbunnau, bear,

tsornau, graze.

otnau, turn,

tsuraunau tsarnau, cause

graze.

oteo anau, return.

Numerals.
Cardinal.

17sottra.
18 tbara.
16

1-ek.

2 do5.

caun.
tsar.
5 panj.

19 nl.
20 bi.

4
6

solft.

cbau.

27

satai.

7 sat,

29 ;iotti.

8 attb.

30-^

37

39
40

untali.

nau.

10 dosh.
11

gaira.

14
15

saiti.

cali.

100 shau.

12bara.
13

ti.

tera.
tsauda.
pondra.

1000

'

bazar.

100,000 lakkh.
Ordinal.

2nd time,

paiblau.

dujji pbere,

dnsrau, dujjau.

adbau, balf.

ciau.

tsautbau.

paune dOe, If.

sawa doe, 2f

paojiau.

daiie, 2|.

cbauiau.

deorb, If.

satiau.

sadhe tsar, 4|.

ek pao, i.

doshiau, lOtb.
paibli bera, 1st time.

to

33

Kotgnru.

As
is

and so

3rd,

Even in dates it
month the second, the 23rd tlie

a rule the jjeople do not count beyond twenty.

common

&c., or the

22nd day

to call the

of the

Forty, sixty, eighty, &c., are doe

on.

word

caun

hie,

hie, tsar hie,

kori, score, is used.

Sentences.

Tero

1.

is it

What

naii ke a ?

is

thy name

umar a (asa) ? What is tlie age of tliis horse ?

Inda ka Kashmira tai ketro dur asa (a) ? Fi-oni here how far
3.
to Kashmir ?
2.

Eu

4.

Tliaie babe gauhra di ketre tshotu asa?

golireai kai

house how many

MS

5.

az

sous are there

duro handeo.

bari

In your father's

to-day

from very far have

walked.

More caceau

6.

My

uncle's son to his sister

is

Gauhra de shukle

7.

horse's saddle

g5hriai zlu asa.

In the house the white

is.

Teiii (tehrl)

8.

baihni sogge baiuau aundau asa.

married.

tshstii tehii

pitthe gae zin kosho.

Upon

his

back bind the

saddle.

MaT teiie tshotu de bauhri toe lag. I have beaten his son much.
Sau dahra gae dogai bakii tsara. He on the hill cattle and

9.

10.

goats

is

grazing.

Sau

11.
ti-ee

iea.

buta pare gohre gae beshau aundau

on a

liorse is seated.

12.

Teuaa bae apni balhne ka boddau

than his

asa.

asa.

He

under that

His brother

is

bigger

sister.

13.

Tefiau m5l dalie rupayye asa.

Its price is

two and a half

rupees.

the

14.

Merau bab mhatre

little

house

15.

Eu rupayye

16.

17.

well bind
18.

19.

gauhra

di

raulia.

My

father in

These rupees to him give.

Sai rupayye teu ka 5rd lai au.
Those rupees from him bring.
Teu hatse gidhi piteo roshi gidhi kosho. Having beaten him

him with

teu

lai dai.

ropes.

Kue ka pani garau. Take

Muka agdi (agde) handau.

out water from the well.

Walk

before me.

Kauro tshotu tumS pa andau lago aundau

?
Whose son behind
walking ?
Sau tume kaua ka mol laio ? From whom did you buy that ?
21.
22.
Graue 5k banie ka. Fi^om a shopkeeper of the village.

20.

you

(hoktie)

lives.

is

THE DIALECTS OF KULU.

BY

The Revd.

T.

Grahame

Bailey, B.D., M.R.A.S,

INTRODUCTION,
Kulu

a portion of Kaijgra District, but

almost entirely separated from Karjgra proper, being connected with it only by a narrow
neck of country in the north-west, while it is bounded on the west by
is

the states of Suket and Mandi.

On

is

the north and east Kulii proper

is

bounded by Lahul and Spiti or Piti respectively. These two tracts, while
distinguished from Kulu proper, form part of the Kulu subdivision
On the south Kulu is bounded by the River Satlaj across
of Kaijgra.
which is the British District of Kot Guru. The dialects treated of in
the following pages are the dialects of Kulu proper, and are all Aryan.
In Spiti and Lahul the dialects spoken are Tibeto-Himalayan.
In
Mandi, Suket, Kaijgra proper and Kot Guru the dialects are all of the
same general type as those here dealt with.

Kulu proper may be

said to contain four dialects

Outer Siraji

spoken in Outer Siraj, that is in the southern portion of the Siraj

Tahsil
Inner Siraji spoken in Inner Siraj or the northern part of the
Siraj Tahsil
Sainji spoken in the Sainj Valley which enters the Beas
Valley from the east; and lastly Kului, which is spoken in the northern
;

part of

Kulu

proper.

There

is

Kanashi, spoken in the village of

Tibeto-Himalayan dialect called

Malana in North Kulu and nowhere

also a

else.

The four Kulu. dialects are closely allied to dialects of Rajasthani

found in Rajputana, and indicate close connection in the past between
the peoples of Rajputana and the Himalayas north-east of Simla. The
four dialects have several points in common, such as the existence of a
form of the Present Auxiliary used in negative sentences, and of a

feminine form for the Oblique Sing, of the

3i'd

Pers. pronoun, and the

similarity of the Oblique Sing, to the Oblique Plural in Nouns.

In Outer Siraji ability is expressed by the genitive case of the

subject with a form of the Present Participle which may be Passive in
;

Inner Siraji the ordinary Present Participle seems

to

be used.

36

Outer Siraji very closely resembles Kot Gurui, the notes on which
(in the Appendix to the Grazetteer of the Simla District) should be
eau, the Dative in lai, the Ablative
It has the Genitive in
consulted.

in ke,

leva

and the Locative

in dS.

In Inner Siraji the forms are rd for the Genitive, be for the Dative,
for the Ablative, and mbnje for the Locative.
The Genitive is in
er, the
Sa'inji has very interesting forms.

dga.

has two forms for the

Future, one of them having endings in & and r which suggest interestThe Sainji dialect generally resembles Inner Siraji.
ing problems.
Dative in

is

dialect

the

Ablative in

It

word hhl, in the sense of the Hindi

noteworthy inasmuch as the same word is found in the criminal
The contraction of the
of the SSsis with the same meaning.

The use
phir,

ab,

in Inner Siraji of the

Present Auxiliary to
Kuliii

in

several

should be noted.

respects closely

resembles

Inner Siraji.

Its

n for the
nominal inflections are almost identical, but it has na or
It has an interesting form for the Pres. Indie, and Imperfect
Ablative.
a being added to the root before the Auxiliary. The polite Impera-

tive in

elt

should be noted.

The system
of

of transliteration

Bengal with some additions,

ch being the aspirated c

u italicised
and u.
i ;

in a

employed
c

is

that of the Asiatic Society

stands for the sound of ch in

represents the sound mid-way between

word printed

in ordinary type is

T.

March

3rd, 1905.

clvild^

and

half-way between u

Geahame Bailey.

OUTER
The Outer

Siraji

it

will not therefore

SIRAJi.

dialect resembles

which has been treated

in raany

respects

Kot Gurui

iu considerable detail

be necessary

to treat

in the Simla Gazetteer

Outer Siraji with the same

fulness.

Nouns.
Masculine.

Nouns

in a.

Singular.

N.

Plural.

ghor-a
-eau /, ee

G.
D.A.

-e

Loc.

-e de

Ab.

-e ke

Ag.

-e

Nouns
N.

-e
as Sing.

lai

in Consonant.

G.

ghor
ghor-o

D.A.L.Ab.

ghor-a

as Sing.

lai,

&c.

Feminine.

Nouns
N.

in -i.

shor-i

as Sing.

G.

-id

D.A.L.Ab.
Ag.

-i lai, &c.
-i.

Nouns

in

Consonant.

N.

bhed, sheep

G.

bhedo
bheda

D.A.L.Ab.
baihn, however,

is

lai,

&c.

declined as follows

N^'

baihn, sister

G.

baihn-io

D.A.L.Ab.
Ag.

-i
-i

baihn-i
as Sing.

lai,

&c.

38


Outer Siraji

with the subject of the seBtence.

mon

adverbs, other than adjectives

(Time.)

3d

The following are a few very com:

Outer

40

Sird,ji.

ichi^o,

come.

Regular except in Past.

Past Ind.

ao

/.

PI. ae

ai

deTiuvi, go.

Put.

deu

desva

Imperat.

deu

dewa

Past Cond.

deundau

Past Ind.

deuo

/.

dewa, &c.

dewe

PI.

dewe

janu, go.
Fut.

jati

Imperat.

ja

an da

Past Cond.

Past Ind.

gau

/.

gaui

PI.

gaue

ranhqiUy remain.
Put.

Past Cond.
Past Ind.

rauhu or rauha
rauhndau
rauhau ( i -.)
baithuu, baishi^u,

sit.

Regular.

Imperat. has baishi,

thou, as well as the other forms.

sit

Transitive Verbs.

tsiknu, beat, like poruu.

Past Ind.

Agent case

of subject with tsikau

khaau,
Past Cond.

Past Ind.

obj.

eat.

khandau
khaau
deno,

Past Ind.

which agrees with

give.

dennau
lenu, take.

Put.

lain

Past Ind.

laiau

komu,
Past Ind.
Ability

do.

kiyau
is

often expressed by

means

of

the present part, with the

genitive of the subject.

mSre neh% dSundo or mSre bhdle nehf deundo, I cannot go.

mere eh kitab neh% porhdi, I cannot read this book.
This participle, it will be observed, is given a passive sense.


Outer SirSji.

The
The

we
in

used to express necessity, as

Infin. is

mu

41
:

kalld deunu, I have to go to-morrow.

Infinitive ends in nau, nu, nu, no or na.

find the vowels au,

o,

In other words also

a interchangeable.

The feminine forms of the 3rd pers. pron. and

other Kulu dialects, found in Outer Siraji.

of

e,

eh, this, are,

cjsunu, go, is used to express the idea of going, janu, go, is

used

composition.

bab, father,
ij,

kkh-li, hen.

mother,

brail -au, cat (male).

bhai, brother,

-i,

(female),

baihn, sister,

ut,

dai, elder sister.

hotthi, elephant,

cei,

younger

sister,

shor-u, son.
-i,

camel,

bath, hand,

khur, foot,

daughter,

nak, nose,

randu, husband,

akkhi, eye.

cheori, wife,

muh,

jona, mord,
betli,

man.
woman,

shor -u, boy.

-i, girl,

face,

mouth.
khakkh, corner of mouth,
dand, tooth.
jat,

kann, ear.

phual, shepherd.

shral, hair,

ts5r, thief,

mund, head,

ghor -a, horse.

-i, mare.

dzibh, tongue,

dhan,

pet,

stomach,

bojd, ox.

pitth, back,

gao, cow.

dziu, dehi, body,

matghi, buffalo

katab, book,

bakr-au he-goat.

kolm, pen.

-ri,

she

mandzau, bed.

bhed, sheep,

ghor, house,

kuk-ar, dog.

daryao, river,

-ri, bitch,

gahd, stream,

bhahi, banae, bear,

dzot, hill-top, pass,

barag, leopard,

dhar,

sit,

sorlau, dol, plain,

gadhau,

ass.

sur, pig.

kttkh-lai, cock.

khec,
I

oti,

hill,

field.

bread,

pani, water.

as

in

Outer Sirojt.

42
konak, wheat,

sulai, lazy,

tsholli, maize,

oklealau, wise,

but, tree,

nikammau, ignorant,

grau, village,

tshekaa, swift,

bazar, town,

ticchau, sharp,

baun, jungle,

uchtau, lofty.

dzorki, machli, fish,

sh5bhlau, beautiful,

bat,

shelau, dzadau, tliandau,

way.

cold,

phol, fruit,

mass, meat,

naitau, tatau, hot.

duddh, milk,

guluau, sweet,

pinni, egg.

ramlau, clean,

gheo, ghi.

thorau,

little,

much.

kliassau,

tel, oil.

tshah, buttermilk,

ichno, come.

dhair, da}',

deunu, ja^u, go.

rac, night,

betlmu, beshnu,

dhairo, sun.

leno, take.

dzuth, moon,

deno, give,

tara, star.

pornu,

fall,

baguri, paun, wind,

khanu,

eat.

sit.

jhiitn.au, drink,

pan.!, rain,

dhuppo, sunshine,

bolnii, .speak, say.

bhaiau, load,

kornu, do.

bedzau, seed,

rauhnu, remain.

lohau, iron,

tsiknu, beat,

dzannu, know,
dewe janu, go away,

bitau, good,

nikkau, bad.

annu, bring,
ninu, take away.

borau, big.

hotshau,

little.

Numerals.
Cardinal,

I ek.
2 doe.
3

10

nau.
doss.

caun.

11-

tsar.

12

panz.

13 tera.

4-

tshau,

7 sat.
8 atth.

giara.

baia.

tsauda.
15 pondra.

14

16 sola.

Outer

Numerals

43

Siraj'i.

continued.

Cardinal.

satara.

17

60 shath.

18 thara.
19 ni.
20 bi.
27

67

satatli.

unhottnr.
70 sottar.

69

77

satai.

aatottav.
unoshi.

29 notti.
30 ti.
37 salti.
39 nutali.
40 call.

79

47

97

80 o.shshi.
87

satoshi.

89

nanne.

90 nobbe.

49 nunja.
50 padza.
57
59
satali.

satanue.

100 sbau.
200

doe sbau.

1,000 bazar.
100,000 lakkb.

satiinja.
Tiatb.

Ordinal.
1st, paihlo.

6tb, tsbauian.

2nd, dujjo.

7tb, satian.

3rd, ciyo.

lOtb, dossiau.

4th, tsautho.

50tJ),

5tli,

podzariau.

panjio.

Sentences.

The following

five

sentences

will suffice to give

an idea of the

between Outer Siraji and Kot Guriii. Tbey sbould be compared witb the sentences in the Notes on Kot Gurui.

difference

6.

Mere babuo

uncle's son
7.

saddle

is

shorn, teiie baibni sagge

married with bis

Gbora de

baibuo aundau asa.

My

sister.

sbitte ghoree zin asa.

In tbe house the white liorse's

is.

Teu sbobblo kore tsiknu

and bind bim with ropes.
17.

19.

Mu

20.

Kauro

ag5 band.
sborii

Before
ta

behind thee walking comes

me

pitshu
r

rasbi kore bandbnu.

Beat bini well

walk.

banddo lago aundo

Whose

son

O'


45

Iimer Siroji.

ma

L.

ta luouje

raoDje

tea inunje,

tessa

/.

uionje,

io.

era

lera.

lera,

tessa

/.

lera,

,,

ti

tai

rnai

iu/.

tesse

f.

/.

essa

lera

lera

Ag.

svsa

monje

moiije

Ab.

/'

esfje

Fliiral.

N.

hamme

tomnje

tea

G.

m)) a rail

tharau

ra

ra

D.A.

haraa be

torn

be

be

be

nionje

monje

monje

lera

lera

lera

L.

Ab.

hamme

Ag.

ma

tomme

la

tea

,,

lera

Plural.

knn,

G.D.A.L.Ab.
Ag.

kas ran, &c.

dziu ra, &c.

kas

kimi

d'/AU.

kuni

who

ilziin,

r^

what

ke,

nionje

ia

Singular.

Others are

,,

kitsh,

who

kdaa

d/.ea

&c.

I'au,

ra, &(i.

dzeae

anything, something.

Adjectives.

When

Adjectives used as nouns are declined like nouns.

ing nouns they are not declined exce[t

when

their

Nom. Sing. Masc.

and -I for the

nouns and pronouns are adjectives coming

ends in

-ci.

In this case they take -e for the Obi. Masc.

Fern,

The

genitives of

under this rule.

Comparison
kd, rnniro,

is

expressed by means of ka, than

better than this, sobbhi

Demonstrative.

etrau,

so

much

kd,

or

tetrau, so

much

all,

best.

Interrogative.

tera, tehra, like that

kera, kehra, like

ketrau,

or

many

many

good, lH

as, rdrnro,

rnmro, better than

Correlatioe.

iera, lehra, like this

qualify-

what?

how much

or

many

Adveriss.

Many

adjectives are used also as adverbs.

When

The following
commonest adverbs other than adjectives

agree with the subject of the sentence.

of the

used they

list

of a

few

{Time.)
iebba,

is

so

{Place.)

now

indi, indhi,

tebbe, tebre, then

kebre, kodds,

when

here

par, there, on the other side

?

kondi, kaul, where ?

46

Inner Sirajl.
{Time.)
jebre, joddo,
az,

{Place.)

when

where
indhi tani, up to here
indha ka, from here
ujhe, up
jauT,

to-day

to-morrow
porshi, day after to-morrow
tsautbe, day after that
shui,

undhe, down

hidz, yesterday

jelia,

pharz, day before yesterday

patsheS, behind

tsauthe,

day before that

in front

whitar, inside

kodhi, sometimes, ever

bage, outside

kodhi ua, never

kodhu kodhu, sometimes

Others are

why

klle,

? haii, yes, n?/i,

ramre

no, cheke, quickly,

kori,

well, &c.

Prepositions.

The commonest prepositions have been given in the declension of

Subjoined is a brief list of others. The same word is frequently
nouns.
both a preposition and an adverb.

mae

sorjgha, with

on tliat side
war, on this side

Juri tani, for

raonje, within

t-eri

par,

ml

ma!

below

about thee (or for

jeliau, like

iari tani,

depe, beside

him

thee)

up to
parauude, upon
taini, tani,

thai,

tani,

me

me

towards them

me

Verbs.
Auxiliary.

asa

asa

Pres.

am, &c.
Neg.

nlh ado

/.

Past.

I was, &c.

thi

thi

Pres.

asa

nih adi
thi

asa
PI.

thi

Intransitive Verbs.

poruau
-u

Pres. Cond.

por

Put.

poful

Imperat.

por

Pres. Ind.

pofdau

Pabt. Cond.

the same

-au

-au

fall,

-u -a -au
-au -e
e

poj-a
/.

pordi

PI.

porde

-e

asa

asa

nih ade
thi

thi

47

Inner Siraji.

Impf.

pordaa

Past

poru and purau

Iiid.

thi, &c.
/.

PI. pori

pori

Pres. Perf.

poru asa

Plupf.

poffi thi

Participle

porikori, having falleu, pornivala, fallur, about to fall

Some

verbs show alight iiTegularities.

Ii5n.au, be,

Fat.

holau

Pies. lud.

hunda
hoa PI.

Past Ind.

become.

hoi

ihno, come.
Px'es.

iha

Coud.

iliSlau or ihlau (or iSlau, ilaa) ihlau ihlau

Fut.

ihle

ihale or ihle

Pres.

Ind.

icha

ich

Iniperat.

.,

Past Cond. P^'''^^''

Past lud.
ao
Participle

ihnvvala, comer, about to

come

nana, go.
Fut.

Imperat.
Pres. Ind.,

Past lud.

nafilau, &g.

uaa or uash,
&g. nandau
uatliau

PI.

naa

ihle


Innar Siroji.

48

Some
Pres

I lid.

of tLe following

common verbs arc

khana eat.

slightly irregular

Inner

49

Sirflj'i.

ghon, mare,

pani, water,

bold, ox.

kank, gihu, wheat,

gS, cow.

tshain, maize,

iiiiha^i, buffalo,

butta, tree,

bakr-a, he-goat.

grg, village,

-i, she-goat,

bazar, citj.

bhed, sheep,

bun, jungle,

kutt-au, dog.

m acchi,

bat, way.

-i, bitoh.

phol, fruit.

ghai, bear,

bareag, leopard,

gadha,
.sur,

danna, egg.

pig.

ghi, ghiii, ghi.

kukk-ar, cock.

tel, oil.

hen.

bareal-au, cat (male).

-i,
ut,

(female),

camel,

hathi, elephant,

hath, hand,
pair, foot,

nak, nose,
acchi, eye.
rafth, face,

dand, tooth.
kanet, ear. (lobe of ear ?)
shreal, hair,

raund, head,
dzibh, tongue,
pet,

mass, meat.
d?fddli, milk,

a.ss,

-ri,

fi.sli.

stomach,

pith, back.
sarir, dehi, dziu, body,

tshai, buttermilk,

diharo, day.
rac, night,

diharo, suraj, sun.

dzoth, tsanani, moon,

tara, star,

bagur, wind,
paui, rain,

dhuppa, sunshine,
bhara, load,
bedza, seed,
loha, iron.

shobhla, ramra, good, beautiful,

bura, bad.

borau, big.

hotsbau,

little.

katab, book,

sust, nist, lazy,

kalam, pen.

sataz, wise,

mandzau, bed.

marau,

ghar,

tsheka, swift,

liou.se.

foolish, ugly.

darja. river,

ticcha, sharp,

gahd, naue, stream,

uchta, lofty,

saraj, hill,

.shela, cold.

nihal, plain,

niata, niggha, tata, hot.

khec,

field,

mtttha, sweet,

rotti,

bread.

shittau, white, clean.

Inner SirSji.

50
thora,

kbana,

little,

ihutna, drink.
gal ana, speak, say.

bauhu, much,
cittha, black,

bolna, speak, say.

bhetna, be obtained,
ilino, come,

koma,

tsikna, beat.
sit.

dzanna, know.

launa, take,

anna, bring.
n!na, take, take away.

d'lna, give,

pornan,

do.

raubna, remain.

nana, go.
beshna,

eat.

fall.

Numerals.
Cardinal.

391antnall.
40 tsali.

J ek.

2 dui.

47sattali.
49 anunja.
50- padza.
57- sataunja.
59 anat.
60 sbatb.

cen.
4
5 pandz.
6 tsbau.

tsar.

7 sat.

8 atb.

67-sateat.
69- unbattar.

nau.
10 doss,
11 giara.
12 bara.
13 tera.
9

70--sottar.
77--satettav.
79--aneasbi.
80--osbsbi.
87--satSasbi.

tsauiida.
15 pondra.

14

89--nauue.
90--nobbe.
97--sateann
99--naukra.

satara.
18 thara.

16

sola.

17

19 nib.
20bib.
27

100--sbaukra, sbau.
200--dui sbau.

satai.

1,000--badzar.

29 notri.
30 tri.
37

lakh.

lOO.OOO

satotti.

Ordinal.
Ist, paiblo.

2nd, diiij5.
3rd, ciyo.
4tb, tsautbo.

5tb, pandzau.

6tb, tshothua,
7th, sotua.

oX

Inner Sirnji.

Sentences.

horse

1.

Tera nau ke

2.

Eu ghOre

What is

ri ketrl

thy name

uinmar hoi

How much

the age of this

is

?
3.

Indha ks Kashmir tani

dur

ketra,

From

here

how

far

is

Kashmir?
4.

Thare haba

how many boys

5.

HI

marriage
7.

are there

your father's house

to-day from very far have

Mere cace
is

Tii

az bauhfi dura kS handi ao.

walking come
6.

re ghore ketre shohrfi ?

re sh5liru

rfi

biah

My uncle's son's

iuri beti soijglia.

with his daughter.

Cxhore shitte ghore

ri zin.

In

tlie

house

the white horse's

is

saddle.
8.

Iuri pitthl paraunde (uppur) zin kosha.

On

his

back bind the

saddle.
9.

10.

top

MaT iuro beta bauhu tsikii. I beat his son much.

So saraja re dzata uppur bhera tsaraundo. He on the

hill's

grazing sheep.

is

11.

So in bute thai

tree on a horse
12.

is

glioj-e

paraunde betha hundo.

He

under this

seated.

Teuro bhal apni hhina kl baurau.

His brother

is

bigger than

his sister.

mul dhai

13.

Eiiia

14.

Mero bab

little

iii

i"apaui.

Its price

is

hotshe ghore rauhnda.

two and a half rupees.

My

father lives in this

house.

15.
16.
17.

Eu be ea rapaui de. Give these rupees to him.

Eu lej-a ea rapaui laui lau. From him take these rupees.
Eu ramre korl tsiki lau lashi korl bondhi lau. Beat him

well

and bind him with ropes.

18.
K5a ka pan! karha. Di^aw water from the well.
19.
Mi ka jeha tsala. Walk in front of me.
20.
Kasra shohru toma patsheS ao? Whose son is coming behind
you?
21.

thing

Eo

clj

kasa lera mulle ani

From whom

did you buy this

22.

Gri

re

dukandara

lera.

From

the shopkeeper of the village.

52

SAINJI.
The erammar
Inner Siraji

of Sainji beai s a considerable

resemblance

to that of

in the following notes, therefore, chiefly those points will

be mentioned in which the dialects differ.

Sainjl.

53

54

Sainji.

55

Sainji.

nahu be, nahu he, nahu be, naKu be, nHhi be, nd,hi be, or ndhU, nnhii,
nahu, nakume, nliJn, nahu {nahi ?)
Like Inner Siraji Sa'inji has a
feminine form for the 3rd per. pronoun and for eo, this.
The following words are those in which a difference between the
two dialects is observable. Probably however some of these also may be
found in Inner Siraji. In the other words of the list Sainji does not
either

diifer

from Inner

Siraji.

baba, father,

grau, village.

bhai, elder brother,

gahr, bun, jungle.

bhau, younger brother,

shikha, meat.

tshor-u, son.

tshah, buttermilk.

-i

daughter,

dihara, sun.

joe, jo, dzoe, wife,

dzotth, moon.

bauild, ox.

bagur, wind.

mheshi, buffalo,

sliobhla, beautiful.

blier, sheep,

ramra, good.

kutta, dog.

badda, big.

kttkkar, cock,

halka, hotsha, small

bareala, cat.

dalji, lazy.

pair, foot,

sutuaz, wise,

akkh, eye.

nikamma, ignorant,

tsora, hair,

tanda, swift.

mund, head,

t<jje,

kaya, body,

mara, ugly,

dzot, hill, pass.

nigha, hot.

Sana,

chet, held,

muhra, sweet,
bohu, much,

roti, bread.

lotna,

giha (not kaiik), wlieat.

iedzna, come,

tsholli, maize.

jhiitna, drink.

{)Iain.

uthla, high.

fall,

Numerals.
Cardinal.

] iek.
2 dui.
3

cin

tsar.

tshau.

pauz.

satt.

8atth.
9

nauu.

dass.
11 giara.
12 bara.
10

56

Sainji.

Numerals

continued.

Cardinal.
18

14
15
J

tsauuda.

satara.
thara.
19 nib.
17

teia.

18

pondra.

6 sola.

20 bih.
Sentences.

Tera nS kes ? What is tby name ?

Eo gborei' ketri am bar ? How much is this horse's age ?
Ekkha kahs Kashmira tagg ketra dur hola ? From here

1.

2.
3.

Kashmir how

it

be

to

Tere babur ghare ketre larke

4.

many

far will

In thy father's house

how

sons are there ?

Haii adz bare dura zoqghe handi avva.

6.

to-day from very far

on legs walking came.

Mere

6.

son

is

tsafcser

beta ear beahni saqghe bea hou.

My

uncle's

mai'ried to his sister.

Gliare shitte ghorer zin.

7.

In the house

is

the white horse's

saddle.
8.

Eur

9.

Moe eur

Upon

pitthi upre zin bonnha.

beta bara tsiku.

its

Dzotar tsore upre tsara so ga bakri.

grazing cows and goats.
10.

Eo

11.

back bind the saddle.

beat his son much.

butte hethe so betha gh5re upre.

On

the hill's top he

Under that

tree he

is

is

seated on a horse.

Eur bhai apni

12.

bau'ibni kS badda.

His brother

is

bigger than

his sister.
13.

14.

Eur mul dhae rupayya. Its price is two and a half rupees.
Mero babii eo hotshe ghare rauhs. My father lives in that

small house.
15.

16.
17.

Eub rupayya dea. Give him rupees.

Ea rupayya eu. aga moijga. Those rupees ask from him.
Eu ramre kori tslka rashie bi bonnha. Beat him well and

bind him with ropes.

you

18.

Kue

kauhaii pauni kaddba.

19.

Mau

jehS

20.

Kasra layka ta pitshe awa

tsal.

Walk

From

the well draw water.

before me.
?

Whose boy

is

coming behind

mul moggu ? From whom hast thou bought ?

dukannadara aga. From the shopkeeper of the village.

21.

Kasu aga

22.

Grraiir

tal

lUIiUi.

N.
G.

D.A.
L.

Ab.

As.

N,
G.D.A.L.Ab,

Ag.

N.

G.D.A.L.Ab.
Ag.

N.

G.D.A.L.Ab.
Ag.

[Knlui].

Kului.

58

Plural.

eh

te

N.

asse

tusse

G.

assa ra

tussa ra, tUsra tinha ra

D.A

be

assan, assa

Ab.

tussa be

tussan, tussa

,,

na

inba ra

be

be

na

na

iia

asse

nbf

tinbe

tusse, tusse

tbe Dative and Accusative ice is also used

A^. kunie.
G. kos ra Ab. kosan
kwn. wbo?

Fo!' be in

Others are

k'f.

what

kick, soiuethinor, anythino^.

Adjectives.
Adjectives qualifyAdiectives used as nouns are declined as nouns.
end in n, in which case the
iiio- nouns are not declined unless they
Oblique Singular and all the Plur. take -e. Fem. Sin^. and Plur -i.

Comparison

is

expressed by means of na, from, than,

va shohhla, more beautiful than

shobhln, more beautiful than all, most beautiful.
o-ood,

beautiful,

&c., el

ainda, like this

etra so

much

or

much

ketra,

or

many.

many.

na

this; sehhhi

kainda, like what

tainda, like that

tetra, so

shobhla,

Interrogative.

Correlative.

Demonstrative.

as,

how much
many ?

or

Adverbs.

Adverbs when so used they agree

with the subject of the sentence as above mentioned. The following is
a list of the most important Adverbs other than Adjectives

Most Adjectives may be used

as

(Place.)

(Time.)
aibbe, ebbe, now,

okkhe, here

tebbe, then

tokkhe, there

kebbe,

when

kokkhe, where

porshi, day-after-to-morrow

okkhe tai, up to here

okkhan, from here
ujjhe, jhau, bheti, up

tsouthe, day after that

bhiaS, bun, beure,

auj, to-day

shni,

hidz,-

to-morrow

yesterday

pharidz, pharaz, day

yesterday.

before

ner,

near

diir,

far

agge, in front

down

59

Kuliii.

(Time.)
tsouthe,

clay

Place.

picohe, behind

before that

kadhi, sometimes, ever

bandar, inside

kadhi na, never

baliar, outside

Others are

why

kibe,

ho, yes,

tsheka. tsheke, quickly.

Prepositions.
iveii in the declension of

The chief prepositions have been

Subjoined

is

a brief

list of others.

teiri tai, for his sake, for

puie, on the other side

him

ware, on this side

monjhe, bhittre, within

up

tai,

hetlie,

mS
mS

teii tai,

mere

upon

below

me

sahi, like

towards them

tinlia ri dliire,

me
with me

round, about

teire orie poiie,

aj?ge, beside

saijghe,

about thee (for thee,

&c.)

to

pandeli,

Nouns.

it

Verbs.
Auxiliary.
Pres,

am, &c.

sa

sa

sa

sa

sa

(/.

sa)

sa

sa

si

si

si

(/.

he)

he

he

he

ha

ha

sa

or

sa

or

he

Pres. Negative

athi

Past

tha

was, &c.
or

neh

iiidecl.
(/.

tha

thi)

ti

ti

am

athi,

tha

not,

is

the(/'. thi)

ti

ti

(fern,

si)

not, &c.

the
ti

the
ti

Intransitive Verba.

dzhaurnu, or jhaurnu,
Put.

dzhaur

Imperat.

dzhaur

Pres. Ttid.

Impf.

-aii or -iiu

-la

-la

fall.

-au or -nu

-le

-le

dzhaura
dzhaura sa. dzhaura is not inflected, set is sometimes
uninflected and sometimes changed to .si as above.
dzhanra ti or tha. tha inflected ns above.
For these two tenses

rfs7ia?tr(Za (f.-

tha are sometimes found.

neh dzhaufda

athi.

pi

-e) sa

The Neg.

of

and dzhaujdd
dzhaura sa

is

Kului.

60

Past Ind.

dzhaurda
dzhauru

/.

Pres. Perf.

dzliauru

sa

Plupf.

dziiaurd

ti

Participle

dzhaurike, having fallen

Past Cond.

having

Some

dzhauri
or tha

dzhauru hundn.

fallen.

verbs show slight irregularities.

bo^u,
Fut.

dzhanre

})1.

be, become.

in

the state of

Knliti.

pina, drink.
Fut.

61

Kului.

62

sure of the meaning of tl.ese sufThey will well repay investigation, and doubtless there are more
fixes.
which one may use
re, appears to be some particle of address,
of thera.
which is used by men
to a man, but not to a woman; cf. Panjabi 6e,
The ne in tine is apparently a suffix having the
in speaking to men.
employment of tmsej ef.
force of iiLe, and rendering unnecessary the
Sainji
be the same as Hindi re ; cf. also the r in the

addressing a woman.

Panjabi

do not

feel

may

re

je.

Future tense.

Of the two verbs meaning go, jana

other verhs. i^oshm is used alone for

is
'

used in composition with

going,'

though

it

also enters

into composition.

List of

Common Nouns, Adjectives and Verbs.

gaddha, goddha,

bab, babu, father,

am ma, ya, mother,

k?tkk-ar, cock,
-ri,

bhai, brother,

bhau, younger

-i,

sister,
at,

beta, son,

bird,

hathl, elephant,

khasm, husband,
lahfi, dzoi, jo, wife,

both, hath, hand,

dzoqga, foot,

mard, man.

woman,

nak, nose,

shohr-u, boy.

occhi, eye.

betrl,

(female),

,,

camel.

01 ru,

daughter,

beti,

hen.

bral-a, cat (male).

dai, elder sister,

behn,

muh,

-i, girl,

face,

puhal, phual, shepherd,

dond, tooth,

guala, cowherd.

koiin, ear.

shir, hair,

ts5r, thief.

ghor-a, golir-a, horse,

-i,

-i,

mare,

mund, head,
dzibbh, tongue,

stomach,

bold, bauld, ox.

pet,

gai, cow.

pitth, back,

maishi, mhaishi, buffalo.

jea, body,

bokr-a, goat (he).

kagad, book,

-i,

(she).

kalam, pen.

bhed, sheep

mandza, bed.

kutt-a, kutt-a, dog.

ghor, house,

_i,

-i,

ass.

bitch.

naui, river,

gahi, ghai, rich, bear.

ual, stream,

barag, leopard.

dag, dhog,

hill.

Kului.
List of

63

Common Nouns, Adjectives and Verbs

poddhra, plain.

continued.

niara, ugly.

chef., field.

thonda, cold.

rotti, bread.

totta, hot.

pani, water.

niittha, sweet.

konak, wheat.

shetta, white.

choHi, maize.

cittha, cfttha, black.

biitta, tree.

thoru,

eri3, villnore.

bohO, much,

little.

shaihr, city.

bona, be, become,

bon,

ena, come.

jnnjj[le.

mofcbi,
bott,

fish.

way.

jana, dzana, go.

noshQa, go, run.

phol, fruit.

beshna,

shikha, meat.

lena, take.

duddh, milk.

deaa, give.

danna, danna, eg^.

dzhaurna, jhaurna,

ghl, ghi.

utthna,

tel, oil.

khara bona, stand.

chah, buttermilk.

hei'na, see.

dhiar, day.

khana,

rat, rao, night.

pina, drink.

.sit.

fall.

rise.

eat.

dliiara, sun.

galana, bolna speak, say.

dzoth, dzuth, moon.

sauna, sleep.

tara, star.

kerna, do.

biiinna,

wind.

rauhna, stay, remain.

gash, rain.

main a,

dhuppa, .sunshine.

pacheanna, recognise.

bhrotu, load.
beja, seed.
Iflha, iron.

beat.

pMJjna, arrive,

noshi jana, run away,

banana, make,

lamro, shoblila, khara, good

shadna,

bura,

dhunna, melna. meet, be ob-

biid.

bodda, big.

hotsha, lioccha. .small,

iilsi,

lazy,

gandu, wise,

call.

tained,

sikkhna, dzanna, learn,

porhiia, read,

likhna, write.

nikamiiia, alsi, foolish,

TMfirna, die.

tslieka, takra, swift,

shunna, hear,

ticcha, sharp,

nthra, high,
shoblila, beautiful, clean.

phirl ena, retui-n.

bnuhna,

flow,

lorna, fight.

64

Knlui.

Common Noons,

List of

Adjectivfjs Ai\d

Verbs

continued.

jurna, win.

plana, give to drink,

hama, be

shineana, cause to hear,

defeated,

shetna, throw, sow.

tsorna, grjize.

bold jnndne, plough,

tsarna, cause to graze,

khiaaa, give to eat.

lumma

down.

pauiia, lie

Numerals.
Cardinal.

1-ek.

12

bara.

2 diii.

13

telira.

14

couda,

4 tsar.

15

5 ponj.

16

pandra.
sola.

cin.

chau.

satara,
18
1

.satt.

tliara.

8 otth.
9

]9 nib.
20 bih.

uou.

10 dosh.
11

100

shauu.

jjiara.

Enumeration

by twenties up to a hundred.

is

Sentences.

horse

1.

Tera nS ki

2.

Ei ghore

What

re ?

ri

ketri

is

umbar

thy name

sa

How much

is

the age of tins

Okkha na Kashmir

3.

Kashmir

TCisre babbe re

how many

sons are there

Havi auj

5.

from very

liere

how

far

is

ghore ketie bete be

r*

In your father's bouse

dura na bondi

ao.

have come walking to-day

far.

Mere

uncle's son
7.

From

4.

6.

ketni dur be

tsatse (cace) re bete teiri behni

made

sagge biah keru.

My

a marriage with bis daughter.

Ghora na shette ghore

ri

kathi he.

In the bouse

is

the white

horse's saddle.
8.

Tei

ri

9.

MaT

teire bete be

pittbi

pandeh kathi kosha.

Bind the saddle on his

back.

bohu marn.

beat his sou much.

Kulm.

65

San bare dhauga na goru bher cara

grazing cows and sheep.
10.

is

11.

Sail butte

sa.

He

on the big

hill

He under

heth ghore pandeh bettha hundabe (saK

that tree was seafed on a horse.

12.

than

Teiia

bliai

apai baihni na bodda he(sa).

Hisbiotheris

biggei-

his sister.
13.

Teiraraul dhai rapayye sa.

14.

Mera bapa hocche ghora narauhas.

Its price

is

two and a half rupees.

My

father lives in a

little

house.

16.

El be eh rupayya del deii.

Teina rupayya moiji^i ana.

17.

Toibe ramre marike roshie bonuha.

15.

Give this rupee to him.

Ask and bring rupees from him.

Having beaten him well

bind him with ropes.

18.
19.

20.

Draw water from the spring.

Mere agge tsol. Walk before me.
Taun piclie kosra sholiru enda sa ? Whose boy
Bai na pani korha.

behind thee

is

walking

21.

TaT kosan raulle

22.

Grant

re eksi

shopkeeper of the

leii ?

From whom

dukandaia na

village.

leu.

didst fchou

buy

took (bought)

it ?
it

from a

THE DIALECTS OF MANDI AND SUKET,

BY

The Revd.

T.

Qrahame

Bailey, B.D., M.R.A.S.

INTRODUCTION.
Mandi and Sukefc are two important states lying between Simla
and Kaqgra proper with Kulu for their eastern boundary. They form
part of the central linguistic wedge between Camba and the Simla States,
being noticeable that north of Kaijgra and south of Suket certain
linguistic peculiarities are found which are not observed in the central

it

The future in I alluded to in the Introduction to the Camba

Dialects (see Appendix to Grazetteer of Camba State) is a good example
In the central wedge the future is in g or gh, whereas to the
of tliis.
area.

north and south and east

The main Mandi

it is

in

I.

dialect is rather widely spread.

It is

found with

change overall the western and northern portions of the State.

spoken in the capital, and extends without much variation
southwards into Suket. In tlie following pages a grammar of this
dialect is given, followed by brief paradigms to illustrate the northern
dialects.
The centre of North Mandeali may be taken to be Jhatir)very

little

It is also

half-way between Sultanpur and Palampur.

Chota Baijghali, as
alluded to in the following pages, is spoken in that portion of Chota
Baijghal which lies in the extreme northern portion of Mandi State. In
gri

the south-east portion of the State called

is still

Mandeali, but

it

of the nortliern half of

Mandi

Siraj the dialect spoken

shows resemblances to Inner

the Siraj Ta^sil of Kulu.

In Mandeali the genitive

is

Siraji, the dialect

formed by the postposition m, the

and the Ablative by ge or the.

Although the dialect shows many traces of the influence of Panjabi, it keeps clear of that influence in the Plural of nouns, which is in
the Oblique generally the same as the Singular except in the Vocative
In parts of the State we have the special Fem. Oblique form for
case.
3rd Pers. Pronouns so characteristic of Kula and the Simla States.
Dative by

jo,

rjg or declinable in
The future is either indeclinable in
gha.
The Pres. Part in composition is indeclinable, as harU

doing, which reminds us of the Kashmiri participle karnn.

hct,

is

Another

11

resemblance to Kashmiri is in the confusion between e and ye. Thus we

find tes used interchangeably with tyes, es with yes, etthi with iettJii

The interchange

{yetthi).

the hill states,

e.g.,

of

in the

and h

finds frequent exemplification in

Auxiliary ha and sd or dsd.

Pres.

See the

dialects passim.

Mandeali

a Stative Participle in

lias

thus paird, in the state

irn,

having been drunk. The peculiarity of the verb hdhnd, beat, has been alluded to under the Verb in
Mfindeali and Chota Bagghali, and under the latter dialect will be
found a reference to an interesting undeclined participle used in the
of

having

fallen, pitird, in the state of

Passive to give the sense of

ability.

In Suket there are said to be three dialects

Bahal, but this

obviously an over-refinement.

is

portunity of studying them at

first

Paliar,

Dhar and

have not had an op-

hand, and therefore

make

the

following remarks with some reserve.

nouns is practically the same as in Mandeali, but

a.
in the Plural Panjabi influence is shown in the Oblique termination

tlie
in
for
Ablative
however,
ends
the
is
used
Plural,
I.
f
The Agent
generally
kept
for
the purpose of comparison of
being
ge
postposition,
The pronouns are almost the same as in Mandeali.
Adjectives.
In Verbs we find that the Dhar dialect resembles Panjabi in its
ed.
The Bahal dialect
dd, and in its Past Part, in
Pres. Part, in

The Singular

has

of

its Pres. Indie, like

Mandeali,

9.s

mdra

hd,

but in the Imperfect has

the peculiar double form, mdra, hd thd, he was beating, mdra he the,
they were beating. The Suketi dialects make their future in gh and

and have the Stative Participle in ird, as mdrlrd,

having been beaten. The Auxiliary Present and Past

possibly g or

the state of

ijg,

in
is

the same as in Mandeali.

The system

of transliteration is

that of the Asiatic

Society of

and i, u italicised in a
word printed in ordinary type is half-way between u and u eii similarly italicised represents the sound of e in French /e ; c is the sound
Bengal,

denotes the sound half-way between

of ch in child, ch is the corresponding aspirate.

T.

25th February, 1905.

Grahame Bailey.

MattfleRli.

PI. -5, indec.

Fem. -i

It

indec.

shonld be noted that the genitives of

nouns and pronouns ai'e adjectives coming under this rule.

Comparison is expressed by means of ye, from, than, as A;^ara, good,
es ge khara, better than this, sabbhi ge khara, better than all, best.
Demonstrative.

Interrogative.

Correlative.

kerha, like what

terha, like that

erha, like that

Relative.
?

jerha, like

which

or this

or this

much
many

itna, 80

titna, so

or

or

how mnch
or many ?

much

kitna,

many

jitna,

or

much
many
as

Adverbs.

Most adjectives can be used as adverbs. 1'hey then agree with the
subject of the sentence. The following is a list of the most important
adverbs other than adjectives

Place.

Time.
ebbe, hun,

now

here
tetthi, there
etthi,

tebbe, then

kebbe,
jebbe,
aj,

when
when

where ?
jetthi, where
etthi tikki, up to here
ietthi te, from here
iipra, up
ketthi,

to-day

to-morrow
dothi, to-morrow morning
parsi, day after to-morrow
cauthe, day after that
kal,

bun,

down

nede, near

kal, yesterday

dur, far

day before yesterday

cauthe, day befoie that
kadhi, sometimes, ever
kadhi na, never

agge, in front

parsi,

picche, behind
bhittar, inside.

bahar, outside

kadhi kadhi, sometimes

Others are

ki,

why, idhi

re katthB,

for this reason,

ha, yes, sitSbi

quickly.

Prepositions.

The commonest

prepositions have been given in the declension of

Mande&li.
nouns.

Subjoined

a brief

is

The same word

of others.

list

is

often

both a preposition and an adverb.

par, beyond

teie katthe, about thee

war, on this side

ma

wliittar,manihe, manjh, within

like us.

tinba bakkha, towards them

upon
heth, below
tika tikki, up
pralle,

tetage prant, after tliat

saijgi,

tesjo, for

idhi re ore pave, round about

to

ni nede, beside

mS

sahi, assa sahl, like me,

with

me
me

it

tussa barabar, equal to you

him

mathe

parteg, apart from

me

Verbs.
Auxiliary.

Pres.

am

Past

was &c.

&G.
'

Sing, ha,

/. hi,

Sing, tha,

/. tlii

Plur. he,
Plur. the

/. thi.

Intransitive Verbs,

pauna,

Put

Sing, paiigh -a

Imperat.

pau

Pres. Indie.

paii indec.

Impf. Indie.
Past Cond.
Past Indie.

>>

>

paund-a

PI. -e

/.

hi.

tha,

>>

thi,

Participle

paizke,

having

state of

fallen,

having

faller or

paunde

fallen,

about to

hi,

PL

paugg

indecl.

he, hi

the,

thi

fall.

Pres. Ind.

hona, be become.
hSgha or hngg
hua ha

Past Cond.
Past Indie,

hunda
hua
anna, come.

Put.

aiigha or augg

Pres. Indie.

au ha

on

falling,

falra, in the

paunde, while falling, paunewaln,

verbs have slight irregularities.

Put.

-i, also

/.

(-i -e -i)

Plupf.

Some

-i

paua
with ha,

pea/, pei
pea ha, &c.
pea tha, &c.

Pres. Perf

f.

fall.


"

Mandeali.

Past Cond.

Past Indie,
Participle

aunda
aya
aike,

having come, alra, in the state

of

having come.

jana, go.
Imperat.

ja

Pres. Indie,

jaha ha

Past Cond.

janda

Past Indie,

gea

Participle

joike,

ja.

having gone

gelra, in the state of

having gone.

raih^a, remain.
Fut.

raharjgha or rahaqg

Imperat.

raih

Pres. Ind.

rahi ha
reha

Past

raha

baithna,

Fut,

baithgha or baithaijg

Past Cond.

baithda

'

sit.

Transitive Verbs,

marna,

beat, strike, in general like

paund.

Past Cond.

margha or maraqg
raaia ha
marda

Past Ind.

marea, with agent ease of subject, marea agreeing with

Fut.
Pi'es. Indie,

object.

Plupf.

ha, with agent case of subject, marea ha agreeing

with object.
marea tlia, with agent case of subject, marea tha agreeing

Participle

with object.
marira, in the state of having been beaten.

Pres. Perf.

marea

The passive

formed by using the past part, mdred, with the

required tense oi jdna, go, mdred jdnd, be beaten.
The passive is not
very common.
is

The following

are slightly irregular

khana,

eat.

Fut.

khagha or khagg

Pres. Indie.

khaliS ha

Past Indie,

khadha

Participle

khadhira, in the state of having been eaten.


Mandeali.

8
List op

Common Nouxs, Adjectives and Verbs

Continued.

?<cca, higli.

bujjlma, know.

gora, khara, beautiful.

pwjjna, arrive.

kubliadra, ugly.

daurna, run.

tlianda, cold.

nhassi jana, run away.

tatfca, hot.

banana, make.

eudla, mittlia, sweet.

thaina, place.

haccha, clean.

sadna,

ghat,

niilna, meet.

little.

call.

babut, much.

sikkhna, learn.

bona, be, become.

parhna, read.

aana, come.

likhna, write.

jana, go.

marna,

baithna,

sunna, hear.

sit.

die.

laina, take.

hatna, turn.

dena, give.

hati aana, return.

paunap, fall.

bewhna, flow.

uthna,

larna, fight.

rise.

kharna, stand.

jittna, win.

dekhna,

harna, defeated.
calejaoa, go away.

khana,

see.

eat.

bahna, sow.
hal bahna, plough.

pina, drink.

bolna, say.

sauna, sleep,

lie

down.

khuana, cause to

eat.

karna, do.

plana, cause to drink.

raihna, remain.

sunana, cause to hear.

bahna,

mama,

cugna, graze.

beat.

carna, carana, cause to graze.

pachanna, recognise.

Numerals.
Cardinal.

] ek.
2 dui.

10 das.

trae.
4 car.

12

5 panj.
8 ath.

Cauda.
15 pandra.
16
17 satara.

18

6
7

chau.

sat.

nau.

gyara.

11

bara.

13 tehia.
14

sola.

tbara.

MandeHli.

Numerals

continued.

Cardinal.

19

unni.

Mandealt.

10
7.

Ghara sufeda ghore

ri

jin

hi.

In the house

is

the white

horse's saddle.
8.

Esri pitthi pralle jin kasi dea.

9.

Mai

10.

tesre

gabhru

Uppur dhara

or carauda lagira ha).

and goats

jo

bauht bahi.

On

his back bind the saddle.

I beat his son

very much.
karS ha

re sire par gae bakri cara ha (or carae

Above on the top

of the hill

(or is in the habit of grazing, or is

now

he

is

grazing cows

grazing).

Se tes dala heth ghore pralle baithira. He under that tree

seated on the horse.
12.
Tesra bhai apai baihni ge badda. His brother is bigger than
11.

is

his sister.
13.

14.

Tisra mul dhai rupayya he. Its price is two and a half rupees
Mera bab tes halke ghara whittar (manjh) raha ha. My

father lives in that small house.

15.

Tisjo inha rapayje dei dea.

16.

Tinha'dhabbe testi lei la.

Tisjo bauht marike rassi

17.

well bind

him with

Give him these rupees.

Those pice take from him.
ke bannha. Having beaten him

ropes.

Take out water from the

18.

Khue

19.

Mathe agge cala. Walk before me.

Kesra gabhru tuddh picche aunda lagira

20.

ge pani kaddh.

behind you ?
21.
Se tusse kiste
22.

Grawa

muUe

lea ?

re hattiwale ge lea

a shopkeeper of the village.

From whom
asse

muUe.

well.

Whose son

is

coming

did you buy that

We

bought

it

from

NORTH

MA]^TPEALi.

Only those points arc noted in which North Mandeali

Mandeali proper.

differs

Nouns.

The Ablative

is

formed with

dedf sister, is thus declined

ge,

from.

Singtdar.

N.
G.D.A.L.Ab.
Ag.

ded
dedd -a
-

Plural,

dedd -a
ra, &c.

-a, &c.

from

North Mattdedli.

12

Adverbs.

day after to-raorrow

or day before yesterday.
etthi taS, up to here
etthi ge, from here
porshi,

uphrau, up
bunhe,
ner,

down

Dear

bhittar

North Man^eSli,

14

Numerals.
Cardinal.

naha^.
60 shatth.
69nhattar,

S trai.

59

chia.
7
13
29
39 antuali.
6

satt.

satattar.
79 nnasi.
77

tera.

nattri.

nabba.
shau, saikpa.

90
100

nunja.
57 satunja.

49

100,000 lakh.
Ordinal,

5th, panjfia.

10th, dasna.

6th, chauua.

50th panjahM.

7th, sattna.

deddh, If.

The following sentences are very slightly different from those

under Mandeali proper, but when they happen to have another turn of
expression they are worth recording

Es ghore rl ketri umar hi ? What

Etthige Kasmira taS ketra dur ha

2.
3.

how

is

the age of this horse ?

From

here to Kashmir

far is it ?

Thare babba re ghare ketre lapke he? In your

4.

house

how many sons are there ?

Hau bare dura ge handi kanne
5.

from very

married to his

is

esri

have come walking

beuhni kanne biaha hoa.

My

uncle's

sister.

Ghara manjhe hacche ghoje

7.

aya.

father's

far.

Mere cace ra beta

6.

son

ri

kathi

In the house

hi.

is

the

white horse's saddle.

ml

On

8.

Esri pitthi

9.

Mai esra beta bara mareS.

10.

the hill
11.

jin kos.

his back bind the saddle.

much.
gaia bakri caranda. He on the top
I beat his son

Se pahara ri c5ti ml
is grazing cows and goats.
fis dala heth ghoje upphar batthira.

Under

of

this tree he is

seated on a horse.
12.

Esra bhai apni beuhni ge wadda.

His brother

is

bigger than

his sister.
14.

Mera bab

es

halke ghara

ml

rahnda.

My father

lives in this

small house.
15.
16.

shj6 eh rupayya dei dea. To him this rupee give.

Esge rupayya lei lau. From him take the rupee.

North MandeSU.
17.

Eshjo bahiS rashie bannho.

15

Having beaten him bind him

with ropes.
18.
19.

20.

Bai ge pani kaddb. From the spring take out water.

Ma? ge aggecal. Walk before me.
Kesra larka tussa piccbe ae. Whoso boy is coming behind

you?

From whom did you buy it ?

dukandara ge. From a shopkeeper

21.

Tusse kesge mul lea

22.

Grau5

re ek

village.

r-v<^vr

w^

-^

'

of

the

CHOTA BANGHALI.
The following grammatical forms

are those in which the Mandeali

spoken in that portion of Chota Baijghal which

differs from North Mandeali generally.

Pronoons.
Singular.

lies in

Mandi

State,

17

Chofn Banqhnli.

ja^a, go.
Fut.

jaijgha
raihi^a, remain.

Past

reha
Ill

thus

Chota Bagorhal

also

is

found that pecirliar

past of hshn/l

fern,

mat

tisjo

do trai bahl, I struck

trai thapre rl bahl, I struck

him two or three blows ma? tisjo

him two or three blows or slaps.
;

In expressing the idea of ability with

the passive voice, and in

the participle or infinitive

ceitain othei- cases

rlo

is

very strangely kept

undeclinerl, as

eh

Icitah

ma>jge nth parked j'andi, I cannot read this book.

rotl marjije

nth khdyd jdndi,

kharxar nth

mh

phulke

rridrjge

roked jdndi, I cannot stop the mule.

min/o onde pakdnd,

not come to

me

cannot eat bread.

I

cannot cook phulke,

{lit.

phulke do

to cook.)

In these cases on the analogy of

Urdu and Panjabi we

should expect

parhi, khni, roki, pakdne.

The following words taken from the

slightly

Chota Baijghali

happa, father,
ij,

mother,

bhau, brother,

differs

beginnini; of the

from N. Mandeali.
bakr-i, she-goat,
bhed, sheep,

kutt -a, dog.

bebbe, baihn, sister.

munnu,
betti,

son.

daughter,

bitch,

-i,

ricch, beat
rairg, leopard,

khasm, husband.

gadha,

ISri, wife,

SUV, pig.

mahnu, man.
janana, woman,

kukk

chohr -u, boy.

bill -a,

-i, girl,

ass.

-ar, cock.
-ri, hen.

-i,

cat (male).

(female.)

gualu, shepherd,

ut, camel,

cor, thief,

hathi, elephant,

ghor -a, horse.

-i, mare,

hath, hand,

mhaih,

nakk, nose,

buffalo,

bakr -a, he-goat.

list

pair, foot,

hakkhi, eye.

show how

CHAMBA DIALECTS.
BY

The Rev.

T.

Qrahame

Bailey, B.D., M.R.A.S.

INTRODUCTION.
From a

view the State of Camba

linguistic point of

interesting.

Situated, as

it is,

entirely in the hills,

pei-petuation of diverse dialects.

the Candra-Bhaga

it

is

intensely

lends itself to the

It is traversed fiora east to

west by
or Cinab River in the north, and the Ravi in the

south, which for part of their coarse through the State are no

more
To the north and west lies the State of
.TammS, to the east British Lahul (frequently pronounced by Europeans
Lahaul), to the south the British district of Kaqgra.
The area of

than twenty miles apart.

Camba
of

is

just over 3,000 square miles, yet there are six distinct

speech found within

them

as follows

its

borders.

Speaking roughly we

may

forms

allocate

in the north-w-est Curahi, in the north-central portion

of the State Paijgwali, in the north-east

Camba

Lahull, in the south-

west Bhateali, in the south-east Bharmauri or Gadi while round about

Camba city, which lies in the south-west (but further north and east
;

than the Bhateali area) the dialect spoken is Cameali. Of these all,
except Lahull, belong to what is at present called the Western Pahipri
language of the Northern Group of the Sanskritic Aryan Family, while
Lahu]i is classed as belonging to the Tibeto-Himalayan branch of
(See Census of India 1901, Chapter on
the Indo-Chinese Family.
Languages.)

very much what we should expect

from its geographical position. It makes its Genitive in ra, its Dative in
jo, its Future in -la, it has a Stative Participle in ora, thus tirora, in
the state of having fallen, marora, in the state of having been beaten,
for the pai'ticipie with having, it uses hart, as tiri kari, having fallen.

The grammar

of

Cameali

is

Biiateali has, in consequence of its position, affinities with Dogri,

spoken in Jammft State, and with Karjgri, spoken in Kaggra. In the

Genitive it has da, in the Dative ki or l-ed, in the Future ga or ghd.
(The dialects of Kaggra, Mandi Stsite and Suket State have also a
Future in g or

gh.).

Like Cameali

it

uses karl for the participle with

11

Its Stative Participle

having.

very interesting

is

it

has two forms

feha or peada, in the state of having fallen, dhyd or ayada, in the

A form very similar to peha or ahya is found
state of having come.
form
in -ada we have to go all the way to the
in Kaggra, but for the
State of Baghat, south of Simla, where we find ayada, rirada, with the
same meaning as Bhateali ayada, pedda. Similarly geddd, rBhddd, in
Bhateali correspond to gdddd, roddd (or rohddd) in Baghati, and mean
The accent
in the state of having gone and remained respectively.
of participles in -ddd is on the antepenultimate.
In pronunciation Bhateali very much resembles Camealu Both
employ the cerebral I and n, and in both the sound given to h is midway between the sound in Urdu and Hindi and that in Panjabi. In
Urdu and Hindi h is pronounced practically as it is in English. In
e.g.,

'

'

when

Panjabi,
d,

w, m,

11,

Z,

it

it

'

'

appear.s either alone or in conjunction with

b,

g, j,

d,

has a deep guttural sound not wholly unlike the Arabic

In Bhateali and Cameali it is half-way between the two, Avhile their

pronunciation of h when it follows a vowel is nearly the same as in
'ain.

Panjabi, that

is to say,

of the syllable in

which

these two dialects,

is

is
it

almost inaudible itself, but raises the tone

The pronunciation of h, found in
occurs.

common

to

many

hill dialects.

spoken in the north-west of Camba, has many features

deserving of study. Its Genitive ends in rd or ro, its Dative in m, its
Curiihi,

plural

is

generally the same as the singular, except in the Vocative,

reminding us of dialects in Kulu and the Simla States and also

Its Pres. Participle ends in -td and its
of the Gadi dialect of Camba,
Stative Participle in -ord. It is remarkable that if we reckon from the
south (near Simla) northwards Curahi is the first dialect we find with
Thus, khdnd, eat
traces of the vocalic change known as epenthesi.s.
As we go north and
(inf.) fem. khaim, khMtd, eating, fem. hhaiti.
in this

north-west

Bhadrawahi,

we

still

more developed

to

a greater extent in dialects like

in others

more distant such

as Poguli

we reach the highest stage of bewildering comThe normal ending of the Curahi Future is
Ka.5hmiri.

and Kishtawari,
pleteness in

find epenthesis

till

-md, -me in the 1st Pers. Sing, and Plur. and -Id, -le in the Sing,
and Plur. of the other persons, though -md, -me are also found in the
3rd Pers. Sing, and Plur. and occasionally - Id in the 1st Pers. This
matter of the Future is only one example of the deeply interesting
problems arising out of Northern Himalayan dialects. If we take the
distribution of the Future in I, we find that the following dialects have
a Future with I, appearing in every person, Singular and Plural JammS
Bhadrawahi and Padari in JammS, Paijgwali, Cameali and
Siraji,
Bharmauri or Gadi in Camba, Inner Siraji in Kulii, and the dialects of
Jubbal in the Simla area. The following have I in the 2nd and
:

Ill

3id Persons

Kuliii, Kiatliali

(Kitlthal

and neighbouring

States, includ-

ing the Simla municipal area), the dialect of the British district of Kot

Punchl in Punch State has the

in JairimS State has I in the
in
and
Bhalesi
and
3rd
Plur.
I,
2nd
2nd and 3rd Sing, and 1st and 2nd Plur. The dialects which like
Curahi liave m in the 1st Plur. are the Simla States dialects of Kot
Guru, Kot Khai, KiSthal and Baghat, while the Jamnift dialects of the
Siri/j, Bhadrawah and Bhajes have botli m and I combined in the 1st Phir.
Khai, and Bsighati (Bagliat State).

We

notice then

tlie

interesting fact that, in the middle of the dialects

extending from Punch to Jubbal we have

as a wedge an area which has its Futures in g or gh, compi-ising the
dialects of BhatSal (Camba), Kaqgra, Mandi and Suket, this wedge
We notice,
extending right up to the Tibeto- Himalayan language area.

which have

in the Future,

too, that the central portion of

the districts, which

make

the Future in

I,

keeps the I purer than the more outlying: thus Curahi and the dialects
beyond to the north and north-west, in common with the Simla dialects
in the south, inti'oduce m.

The great interest in Curahi lies in the fact that it is the first stage
South and east of Curahi we do not
on the linguistic road to Kashmiri.

Kashmiri characteristics, but as soon as we begin to study

this dialect we feel the force of those tendencies which find fuller and
fuller scope as we go north and west till we reach the Kashmiri area.
The Bharmauri or Gadi dialect is spoken by the Gaddis Avho inhabit the district called Gadheran, which includes Bharmaur in Camba
State and the adjoining part of Kaijgra District. It has been somewhat
fully treated of along with the Karjgra dialect itself in the Appendix
to the Kangra Gazetteer, to which I may perhaps be permitted to refer
the student. To have bound it up with the rest of the Camba dialects
would have unduly swelled the dimensions of this volume in its
Gazetteer form, so I deemed it better to omit it.
To my great regret I was unable when in Camba to meet with
any speakers of Paijgwali, the dialect of Paqgi. Grammatical information bearing upon it exists in two manuscripts, both compiled by the
orders of H.H, the Raja of Camba, one a few years ago for the Linguis
tic Survey of India, and one two years ago for myself.
These manuscripts, however, differ, in important particulars, and while undoubtedly
notice special

valuable facts can be gleaned from a comparison of the two, one cannot

same certainty as to the accuracy of the result, as one would if

one had had opportunity of making a personal study of the dialect. It
resembles in a number of details the Padari dialect spoken in the
district of Padar in Jammft State two or three stages further down the
Cinab than Paijgi.

feel the

Linguistically the chief interest of

Camba

centres in Lahuli, spoken

Lahul to the east of

There the Bhaga
a south-westerly direction is joined by

in the north-east portion of the State.

Camba

In

Britisli

Lahul, there are three dialects of Lahuli.

flowing from the north-east in

the Caiidra coming from the south-east in a north-westerly direction.

The united stream flow for some little distance before entering Camba
Lahul. The dialect spoken in the Bhaga Valley is called Banun or
Gari or Gara, that in the Candra Valley is called Rangloi, and the
stream is known as Patni, Patan or

dialect of the valley of the united

Mancati.

The

dialect of

Camba Lahul we may

call, for

want

of a better

name, Camba Lahuli. Lahuli will thus be seen to comprise four

dialects.
Lahuli bears some I'esemblance to Tibetan, to Kanashi
(the remarkable language spoken in a single village in Kulu called
Malana or Malani), and to Kanawari, spoken in Kanawar in Bashahr
State.
The resemblance of Camba Lahuli to the other dialects and
languages mentioned, as brought out by a list of between thirty and
forty common words taken at a random, may be seen at glauco in the
following table

Percentage of words in which

Patni

Camba Lahuli resembles

kuradeg, kuadeg.

we have

Verb
Pres. pipnJo, and
and pljideg.

Tn the case of the

in addition to

plpi, arrive, Fut.

pipo (pipog)

Iraperf. plpadeg, forms

from

some other root pljtdo,

The questions suggest themselves are the forms derived from
the Infin. and the Future identical in meaning or not ? Should we expect to find them in every verb ?
Tlie Past is even more intei'esting.
Tt appears to have seven forms,
ending in -teg, -deg or -deg, -ta, -da, -do, -to, and a shorter form ending
in -g.
Thus we have
from kuri, say, kuleg, knta, knlg, I said.

Ihai, do, Ihateg, IhSg {Ihadeg is

randl, give, randSg, randa, reg.

pipt, arrive pig.

probably Imperf.).

take away, shlda.

shlzl,

ihi, go, ideg, idd.

shuhl, become, shutSg, sh/iito.

,,
There is even another form in -ga as khosiga from khosi, be obtained.
We have also re from randi, give. Have all these forms the same
meaning, or do they really repi^esent different tenses ?
The rules for the formation of the negative ai^e sometimes very com-

The general rule is that

the negative is formed in the Imperat. by prefixing tha and in other
tenses by prefixing ma, but we have

plicated, or the formation is very irregular.

net, I shall

know,

maierjg, I shall not

know.

ideg, I went, neg. tggiemu.

dapog, I shall

fall,

neg.

ma

dag.

abog, I shall come, neg. marjg.

ll,

go (Imperat.) neg.

adani,

In iggiemu,

thel.

come (Imperat,

I did

plur.) neg. thUdani.

not go, and dggemu, I did not come, (from andeg

to mit

and added

of note that the agent case of the subject is

employed

I came), the ?na of the neg. seems to have been

changed

at the end.
It

is

worthy

with every tense and mood of transitive verbs.

Some of the final consonants, particularly the letter

g,

are frequently

pronounced so faintly that it is almost impossible to say whether a word

ends in a vowel or a consonant. This doubt arises especially in the case
Possibly in some cases it is equally
of the 1st Sing, of various tenses.
correct to insert and to omit

An

are given in their place will,

to

g.

Camba Lahu]i which

many points, in addition

examination of the grammatical forms of

those mentioned above,

it is

trusted, reveal

which

are

linguistically

of

the highest

VI

and which are worthy of full investigation. Tlie grammar of

Laliuli has an Aryan air about it, although the vocabulary is TibetoHimalayan. It might be equally correct to class it as an Aryan
interest,

language.

In the Census of 1901 the number of speakers retui'ned for the

Camba dialects was as follows: Cameali, 37,433; Curahi, 26,859;

Bharraauri or Gadi 26,361; Bhotia 24,299; Paqgwali, 4,156; Lahuli

It is probable that the Bhateali speakers are included under
1,543.

Cameali the figures returned under Bhotia seem quite incorrect.

There is no literature in any Camba dialect except CamSali, in
which the Gospels of Matthew (out of print), Mark and John, the
Sermon on the Mount and the Ten Commandments have been printed.
The Gospel of Luke is ready for the press. The character used is a
slightly adapted form of Takri.
The system of transliteration adopted in the t'ollowidg pages is that
c stands for the sound of ch in child,
of the Asiatic Society of Bengal,
ch being its aspirate, sh is sh in shout, while in sh the s and h, are
separate a, e, denote a, e followed by nasal n, and so for other vowels
sound of ng in singing, i is a sound mid-way between *
r) denotes the
and'f, in italics occurring in a word in ordinary type denotes the
sound half-way between w and fi, and ew in italics denotes the short
sound corresponding to eu.
In conclusion, I have to express my cordial thanks to the Rev.
Sohan Lai, of the Church of Scotland Mission in Camba, for most valuable assistance, very willingly given, in connection with the Oameaji
In following his authority one cannot go wrong. If there are
dialect.
To
ir\istakes under the heading of Cameali the responsibility is mine.
;

Hutchison of Camba I am indebted for much personal kindness

while engaged in this work. He lent me a copy of the palpable of the
Prodigal Son in Camba Lahuli, which he had in his possession, and
which, although differing considerably fi'om the translation here given,
Dr.

was

me

making it.
The enlightened ruler of Camba, H.H. Raja Bhuri Singh, CLE.

of assistance to

lays all

work

in

visitors to his territories

under a debt

of gratitude.

In this

was invaluable, as he placed his servants and his

disposal, and in every way showed the deepest and

his assistance

subjects at

my

most cordial

interest.

T.

January 30th, 1903.

Grahame B41LET,
Wazirabad.

CHAMBA DIALECTS.

Gameali.

Nouns

in Consonant,

Sing.

Plur.

bailin, sister

N".

G.D.A.L.Ab.Ag.

bailm -i ra, &c.

V.

-i

baihn -i or -I
-i or -3 ra, &c.

-o

ga, cow, is thus declined

N.
G.D.A.L.Ab.
As.
dhlii,

less

ga

ga.

ga

-i ra, &c.

-iS ra, &c,

-ie

-18

daughter, bas oblique dhlua.

Many proper nouns, especially less common ones, and many/ of

common foreign words, such as Hindi religious terms, inflect in

Singular the Genitive and Agent cases

alone.

tbe
the

Oameali.

Kotf any one, some oue, has

Geu. ktisiau

ra, or

kusio ra,

Agent

Teunlaii.

Kai, what

Oblique Icail (e.rj. kait kane).

Gen. Icudhera
?
Other pronouns kicch, something, anything; sabhh, all hor, other;
sahhh koi, everyone je koi, wlioever, je kicch, whatever sabbh has Oblique sahbhnl', hor has Oblique Plur. horni or hdrnh%.
;

Emphasis is expressed by the addition of -id, -loi, -iau or -iaul.

(The first i is sometimes short), thus
seioi or oloi, that very one eloif
:

this very one; usio, usidi, that very one (Oblique);

unlaui, that very

one (Agent.)
Ajpu or ayu,

is

a Reflexive Pronoun, meaning myself, ourselves,

yourself, yourselves, himself, herself, itself, themselves, and

is indecl.

Adjectives.

Adjectives used as nouns are declined as nouns.

Adjectives qualify-

ing nouns are not declined unless they end in -a, in which case they have

Fem.

Sing. Obi. -e, PI. -e throughout, and

both Sing and Plur.

-1,

It

remembered that the Genitives of Nouns and Pronouns are

adjectives coming under this rule.
Compainson is expressed by means of Icachd, from, than, thus

sliould be

khara, good;
better than

kacha khara,

than he; sabhni kacha khara,

better

all, best.

The following forms

are worth noting:

Demonstrative,

ideha, like this or that

Correlative.

tideha, like this or that

Interrogative.

kideha
1

kusdeha

so

titna, so

much
much

or many.
or many.

i_i _ f

jideha.
Belative.

itua

jike

what

'^^^

^^'"^

kitna,

..

'

how much

or

many

^'^^^' ^' ^''^^

'"

"^^"y*

sometimes added to other words as dhakhdehS,, a little, &c.

used with the Oblique of nouns, and pronouns to express Z^A;e,

Delia, is

Jiha

is

as gliorejlha, like a horse, in the

manner

of a horse.

Adverbs.

Many
the

Adjective are used as Adverbs

subject.

The following

other than Adjectives.

is

list

when soused they agree

of the

witli

most important Adverbs

Gameall.

Time.

now

abe,

parsu, day after to-morrow or day

us wakt
us belle

before yesterday.
th en

kakhni
kadhari

day after day after tomorrow, or day before day be-

cauth,

when

fore yesterday.
kadi, sometimes, ever.

jakhni,

when

kadi na, never.

ajj,

to-day

kadi na kadi, sometimes.

kal,

to-morrow, yesterday

bhiaga, in the morning.

Place,

itte
[

idi

utte

udi

here

jo,

titte,

tidha, tidi, there, (correla-

tive, see below.^

>

there

where

any where,
uppar, up
kutiaii,

kute
kudi

ihik

jitte
>

jidi

where

idha tikar, up to

this, to

such an

agge, in front,
?

jidha tikar, up to where

up

to there

idha, kudha, jidha,

fi-om

here,

udha kacha,
where ? where,

there.
tittSy

nere, nir, near,

dur, far.

Tcudha tikar, up to where

tikar,

Xdowi

jhikle kanare

extent,

udha

whither

kudi

tidha, tidi,

picco, behind,

andar, inside,
bahar, outside,

manjhate,

middle.

in the

cauhni kanare
b kkh'

n
^'' sides.
-j

)
\

are correlative forms corresponding to jittB, jidha

j'idt.

From

the forms idha, kudha, &c., interesting Adjectives areconstructed, as kudhera, or kudha ka, of where ? belonging to where ?
idhera, of here, belonging to here.

Other Adverbs are

ki

ihi

kin jo
kus kari

kih^
a
kiha kari

J>why

ihg kari
is riti

Thow?

us

kari

is

karn

is

galla kari )

for this reason.

manner.

tiha,

tihs kari

is

in this

kane

riti

in that manner.

kane

jihg
jihS kari

in

which manner.

Cameali.
ta,

then (of reasoning; Panjabi te;

Hindi

to.)

taule quickly

acancak\

, ,

manjh,

jugti kaii

Pg<^i ^^^^

well,

g,,|^ ^^^ ^^^ ^^^^

ati, veiy.

tabartor, at once, quickly

nirale

")

^^^ jes,

J-su^denly.

acanak

juf^ti

in

private,

sepa-

rately.

Prepositions.

The principal Prepositions are the following.

frequently both a Preposition and an Adverb.
ra (PI. re,/, ri) of

babat,

The same word

about,

is

(tai or teri babat,

about thee.)

jo, to

bicc_

sahi, like (as sahi, like

us.

"^

manjh^

Wn.

wirodh, against.

-^
T^'i^^f
kacna, rrom, ,trom 1beside, .1,
than,
par, on the other side.
war on this side,

kacn, beside (mai kach,

beside

me.)

^""^^^ ^"1"^^ *'

^.^

jjj^

(^sere tulea, equal

^

barobar equal to, (tus or turnhare bar5bar, equal to you.)]

akkhi bakklii

kauare, towards,

prant, after,(udha prant, after

|,ju,,)
'

uppar, upon.

~n frequently expresses the idea of from, as

kach, beside
kacha, from beside, from.
hicc, in
bicca, from in, from among.
manjh, in inavj'ha, minjha, from in, from among.
suflBx

bakkhi, side

it.)

'^"^' ^^""^P^' ^^^^^^^ ("^^re sawa,

except
^ me. ^

heth, under.

The

(unliere kanare

towards them)

Tfor, (usere tikar, for

t'a^^^

/'

|rouud about,

ure pare

kane, with, (maikane, with me.)

"

"^

hakkha, from the side

of.

Conjunctions.

The commonest are

ate, and.

bhae

par, but.

J-although.
bhala k
ki

je, if.

ji^ia je,

kiha kari, because.

jibi kari, in order that,

ts bhi, nevertheless.

ki, that, or.

as

if.

Gameali.

The Verb.
Auxiliary Verb.
Pres. Aux.

am, &c.

hai

liai

hai

hin

hin

hin

Pres. Aux.

was, &c.

tliiya

tliiya

tliiya

thije

thije

thiye

Fern, thi, throughout.

Intransitive Verbs.
tirna, fall.

Pres. Cond. I

may

tir-5

-e

tir-la

-la

fall, &c.,

Fut.
Fern.

Imperat.

-3

-a

-an

-la

-le

-le

-le

-de

-de

-o (or-e)

tii'li

-tira

tir

Indef. Indie, or Past Cond. tir-da -da

-da

-de

Fern, -di

Pres. Ind.

Participles tirda, falling

hart,

fallen;

tifi

faller or

about to

Verbs

hai

Plur.

tirde

hin.

thiya

Plur.

tirde

thiye.

/. tiri

Plur.

tire

/. tiri

hai

Plur.

tire

hin.

thiya

Plur.

tire

thiye.

tirea, fallen

having fallen;

fall;

tirde

in general are

i,

tirde

tirora, in

the state of having

hue, while falling; tirnewdla,

falling.

very regular but some are slightly irregular.

po

-a

-a

n.

Cameali.
ind come.
iyo (iye)

Pres. Cond.

iS

Fut.

ila

Imperat.

a
inda

ia

Indef. Ind.

Past Ind.

aya

/. ai

iye

Participles, aiA;an,

in

iS

ia

PI. ae

/. ai

having fallen; achora or aora, in the state

having come.
J

Pres Cond.

Fat.

jalla

Imperat.

ja

Indef. Ind.

janda

Past Ind.

Sing, gea

ana, go
jao (jae)

jae

jS

ja

ja

/.

gei

PI.

ge

/. gei.

Participles gachora, geora, in the state of having gone.

rehna, I'emaiu.

Pres. Cond.

jan

of

8
(Jamealz.

Passive.

The Passive

expressed by the Past Partic. marea, with the

is

required tense of jan^, go, the veib agreeing with

hau

man
The

j'alU, I

/ ) shall be beaten or

its

nominative, thus

killed.

following are slightly irregular

khdnd, eat.
Pres. Cond.

kht

Indef. Ind.

khanda.
khaya.

Past Ind.

khae, &c. 1st PI. khS.

pindf drink.
Indef. Ind.

pinda.

Past. Ind.

pita.

dend or daind, give.

Pres. Cond.

3rd PI. din.

Indef. Ind.

diuda.

Past Ind.

ditta.

lend or laind, take.

Pres. Cond.

3rd

Indef. Ind.

linda.

Past Ind.

lea.

PI.

lin.

galdnd, say, speak.

Pres. Cond.

gal, galae, &c.

Indef. Ind.

galanda.

Past Ind.

galaya.

1st PI. gall.

chuhnd, fouch.
Past. Indie.

chuhta.
karnd, do.

Past. Ind.

kitta,

leiind, bring,

and leljdnd take away, are conjagated

like

ind and

jdnd and are treated as Intransitive Verbs.

It will be noticed that
i. Verbs whose stem (formed by dropping the nd of the Infin.) ends
in a vowel, or a vowel followed by 7i, add n to the stem
before the dd of the Indef. Indie, and Pres. Part, as khnna
khdndd, galdnd galdndd.
ii.

Verbs whose stem ends

in d or

ah tend to shorten d

to a in the

Past. Indie., e.g., galdnd galayd. khand khayd, uthdnd tithdyd,

hanand banayd, cdhnd caked.

Cameali.

Such verbs generally drop the

1st Sing,

and

1st-

of the

fl

stem before the a of the

Plur. Pres, Cond. thus

gala for galaa,

ja

for jaa.

Habit or continuance is expressed either by the Past Partic. with

the required tense of karna, do, in which case the Past Partic. is indecl.
or by the Pres. Partic. with rehna, remain.
In the latter case both
verbs agree with the nominative.
se

pea

se

pea kardl hai, she

kardci hai,

raihndl

se f-udl

Very
passive in
it

is

the habit of falling.

in the habit of falling.

she continues falling, she

Jia'i,

is

always

falling.

examples of what appears to be the organic

are found in some verbs, e.g., cahfda hai, from cohna^ wish,

is

it

is in

interesting

needed or

is

stand,

he

Thus

samjlndd hai, from samryVma, underCahiyo generally stands for the Hindi

fitting or necessary

understood, &c.

cShiye.

In Cameali practically every Infinitive

n,

the ending being na.

of the

Panjab after

I,

In Panjabi after
is

changed

to

71.

is

r, r,

In

pronounced with cerebral

rh, rh,

Urdu

and

there

some parts
no cerebral

in

is

Numerals.
Cardinal.

1 ikk.
2 do.

4 caur.
5 panj.
6 chi
7
3

trai.

satt.

8 atth.

nau.
10 das.
9

yara.
12 bara.
13 tehra.
14 Cauda.
15 pandra.
16
17 satara.
18 athar?.

11

sola.

19

unni.

20 bill.
27 satai.
29

unattri.

30 trih.

satattri
untali.
40
37

.39

cali.

46
47

chatali.

satali.
49 anunja.
50 panjah.
53 trapunja.

satunja.
59 unalit.

57

60 satth.
67

sataht.

69

unh attar.

10
Gameall.

sahattar.
77 sathattar.
79 unasi.
80
70

satasi.

89

uaanfie.

nabbe.

97

sataniie.

100

sau,
do sau.

200
900

asi.

87

90

tiau sau.

1000 hajar.
100,000 lakkh.
Ordinal,

8fc.

{chatlia.

paihla.

1st,

cbathua.

2nd, duwwa.
3rd, triyya.

7th, satua.

4tli,

cautha.

10th, dasul.

5tli,

panjuS.

50tli,

panjahuS.

ik wex'i, once,

daidh, 1|.

do weri, twice,
paihli weii> first time,

paune do, 2|.

sawa do, 2j.

duwwi

dhai,

weri, second time,

2i

do guna, two fold.

trai guna, three fold,

ikk pao,

addha, half.

trai cauthai 4-

sadlie caur, 4|.

i-

It should be noted that in sathattar, seventy-seven, the

and h are

pronounced separately. The word is sat-hattar, not sa-thathar.

Ordinal numerals are ordinary Adjectives declined like Adjectives
in -a those ending in -a retain their nasalization when inflected.
Even cardinal numbers ai'e generally inflected when used with
nouns in an oblique case. Thus the inflected form of do is dauh, of trai
;

trazh, of caur cauli, of chl chia.

There

is still

a further inflection sometimes seen in the Locative case,

as cauhni bakkhz, on four sides,

to, is

all

round.

sometimes added for emphasis,

dolo, the

two

of them.

Sentences.

What

name ?
How much

1.

Tera n kai hai

2.
3.

umr hai ?
is the age
Idha kacha Kashmir (or Kashmira) tikar kitng
hai ?
From here to Kashmir how far is it ?

4.

Tere babbe re ghare kitne puttar hin

Is

ghore

ri kitni

is

thy

there in your father's house

of this horse ?
{or kitni) dtir

How many

sons are

11

Cameuli.
6.

Hau

6.

Mere cace ra puttar

ajj bare dura kaclaa handi aya.

walking come.

son

today from veiy far have

useri bailini kane bihora

7.

married to (with) his sister.

Ghare hacche (or citte) gliore ri kathi hai.
white horse's saddle.

8.

Useri pitthi par katlii kasa.

9.

Mai

10.

11.

12.

My

bai.

uncle's

is

Upon

Se parbate

back bind the

its

asere puttra jo mate korre mare.

In the house

beat his

uppar gai bakri carda

top is grazing sheep and goats.
Se us bute he^h gliore uppar bith5ra hai.
seated on a horse.
Usera bhai apni baihni kacha bara hai.
ri coti

hai.

.son

He

is

flarldle.

much.

on the

He under

the

hill's

that tree

His brother

is

is

bigger

than, his sister.

13.
14.

Usera mul dhai rupayye hai. Its price is two and a half rupees.
Mera bab us nikke ghara andar raihnda hai. My father lives
in that small house.

Usjo eh rupayya del dea. Give him this rupee.

16. Se rupayye us kacha lei lea.
Those rupees take from him.
17. Usjo jugti mari kari jori kane bannha.
Having beaten him well
tie him with a rope.
From the well draw water.
18. Khulie kacha pani kaddha.
19. Mere i\gge cala.
Walk before me.
20. Kusera kola tere picco iii rehora hai ? Whose boy is coming
15.

behind thee

muUe

21

Se tusS kus kacha

22,

Grae re ikk hatwanie kacha.

lea ?

From whom didst thou buy that?

From a shopkeeper of the village.

VOCABDLARY.
{Ghiefly Nouns, Adjectives

and

Verbs.)

adr, i-espect, honour.

anhSna, impossible.

agrina, meet.
akar, image, resemblance.

athwara, week.
auhri, mustard.

akarn, unreasonably, causelessly.

bab, babb, father.

aklibala, wise.

bachora, separation, division.

alakh, lazy.

amma, mother.
anda, egg.
anek,

many.

annhi, storm.

baghear, wolf.

bahna, throw
baihn sister.
baihna,
bail, ou.

sit.

(net, <&c.).

12

CameaU.
baijni, purple.

bi, seed.

bakhera, dispute.

biar, wind.

bakra,

/. ( -i)

biari,

goat.

evening meal.

bal, hair.

bibastha, law.

ban, jangle.
bana, sow.

bihalna, seat.
billa (/-i) cat.

banana, make.
banaut, making, making up.

binnhna,
-

piei'ce.

bisram, rest, Saturday.

banda, open, openly.

bolna, say, speak.

bandna, divide.

buddhiman, wise.

bani, voice.

buhar, custom, tradition.

bannhna, biud.

bujjhna, understand, ascertain.

bara, big.

bunna, weave.

barb, year.

bura, bad, ugly.

bari, garden.

buta, tree.

barkhia, rain.

cahrhna,

barnan, account, story.

cakki, mill.

bataibra, builder.

call jana,

batliri,

kind of

fine cloth.

batolua, gather.
batt,

way.

raise,

shut (of door).

go away.

candarma, moon,
carna, graze.
carna, cause to graze,

bauS, left (hand).

caskna, be angry.

bela, feeble.

ceta,

ber, delay, length of time.

cliail,

besudhh, mad.

Qhah, buttermilk.

bhai, brother.

chal, deceit.

bhair, (ai short) bher, sheep.

chala, jump.

bha], expectation.

chali, wave.

bhandar, treasury.

chama karna,

bhandavi, master of ceremonies.

chatti, roof.

bhauna, break.

chekna, tear.

bhar, load.

chikna, pull, draw.

bharori, sheep pen.

chinn bhinn karna, scatter.

bhati, manner.

chuhna, touch.

bhawikhyatbakta, prophet.

cicalna, call out.

bhawikhyatbani, prophecy.
bhiag, morning.

cind, cinda, noise, shout.

cinh, sign.

bhrabu, red bear.

cirn, little bird.

bhramana, lead astray.

cor, thief.

bhuiS, on the ground.

corna, steal.

bhukhana, light (fire).

bhumi, bit of land.

cugana, cause to graze.

remembrance.
beautiful.

forgive.

cug^a, choose, graze.

13

Cameali.
dan,

gharna, carve, engrave.

gift.

dand, tooth.

gliat karna, kill.

dand, ox.

ghati, watch.

dand, punishment.

gheu, ghi.

dandwat, entreaty.

ghora

darati, sickle.

ghrina, go

darja, river.

gri, village.

deh, body.

gual, gualu, shepherd.

dena, give.

guana,

dhakh, a

little,

dhalakna,

gently, slowly.

move away, be pushed

away,

dhami,

horse.

(f-i)

down

(sun, etc.)

lose.

gundaa, weave,
guppha, cave.

plait.

gupt, secret.

feast,

dhan, herd,

hacclia, white.

flock,

dharas bannlina, be cheerful,

hakh, eye.
hakka, noise,

call.

dhaula, white (of hair.)

halka, small.

dhehna,

hal jotarna, plough.

fall,

dhiu, daughter,

halla, crowd.

dhramna, tread upon,

liarna,

dlirumna, draw,

hathi, elephant.

dhuna, wash,

hati ina, return.

dhupp, sunshine,

hatia, murder.

dhur, dust,

hatna, turn, turn back.

dikkhna,

hatth, hand.

see, look,

be defeated.

din, day.

hesa, part.

dind, dinda, noise, shout,

himmat, daring, courage.

diuta, lampstand.

hil5lna, shake.

dokh, dos, accusation, blame,

liiund, winter.

duar, door.

hotla, stammerer.

duata, where two

ways meet,

hiina, be,

become.

dubhda, doubt,

idi udi, here

dubna, cover,

ill,

duddh, milk,

ina, come.

duggha, deep,

jagat, boy.

duprani, pregnant,

jahal, ignorant.

durgandh, stench,

jal, net.

ga, cow.

jalha,

dumb.

gadha, ass.

jalna,

be burned.

galana, say, speak,

jamna, bear, be born.

gandhna, knot,

jana, go.

garthi, shirt, coat,

jarjgh, leg.

ghar, house.

jauetar,

and

there, scattered.

kite.

member

[procession.
of marriage

14
killa, alone.

janht, knee.
3

kilna, nail.

anna, know.

jas, respect,

jhalora,

kittba, together.

honour.

kola, boy.

mad.

konial, meek.

jliambna, dust.

kororna, hew.

jhari, rain.
jibbli,

kukkar,

tongue.

(/.

kukkri,) cock.

kukkri, maize.
kumana, complete, do.

jimi, ground.
y.ttna, win.

kuna, corner.
kund, pond, pool.

juta, shoe.

kabulna, accept.

kuri, girl.

kacla, soft.

kahana, be
kahu, olive

kusuthra, ugly.
kutta (/.-i) dog.

called.
tree.

lakk, waist.

kalam, pen.
kalotti, black bear.

down.
bridegroom, husband.

lamme
lara,

kanak, wheat.

puna,

lie

lari, wife, bride.

kandl.a, edge, border

larna, fight.

kann, ear.
lata,

kanneS,
kar,

girl.

lata phata, property, goods.

leha, insect that destroys cloth.

toll.

karna, do.

lena, take.

kast, ti-ouble.

letna, lie

katbor, hard.
katborta, hardness,
katthan,

liptani, rolling.

difficult.

loba, iron,

lop karna, disregard (law, &c.).

khakh, cheek.

lukna, hide oneself, be hidden.

khalarna, stretch, spicad

lunai-i,

eat.

reaping.

luqg, blade (of grass, etc.).

khara, good.
kharS buna, stand.

lunka, salted.
lunna, reap.

khei, rust.

macchi,

khettar, field.

fish.

maihma, honour,

khijna, be tired.

glory.

niakbir, honey.

kbindna, spread.

mandli,

khita dena, hasten, run.

khokh, bosom.

down.

likkhna, write.

kes, bair.

khana,

lame.

^ ^'

khuana, cause to eat, feed.

kbuhna, pluck.
khulhna, be opened.
khusna, seize.

x-*"-..

= moudli.

manliS, man.

mani, measure.

manja, bed.
mard, man.

mar^a,

die.

15

Cameali.

marna, beat.
mas, meat.

patar, vessel.

mata, intention, advice.

patka, girdle.

pathieala, stony.

stomach.

mats, much.

pet,

megh,

phfigura, fig tree.

rain.

mel, connection, meeting.

plieliu, fox.

mhai, buffalo.

piana, cause to drink.

milna, meet, &c.

pina, drink.

mittha, sweet.

pir, pain.

mondli, assembly, meeting.

pirhi, generation.

mora, dead.

pinda, body.

mall, face.

pitth, back.

mugtiari, abundance.

phal, fruit.

mukaina, refuse, deny.

mund, head.

phiri ina, return,

pothi, book.

nadi, stream.

puhal, puhalu, shepherd.

naggar, city.

pujeala, priest, worshipper.

nahitlia huna, stoop*

pujiina, rub, wipe.

nakk, nose.

pujjna, arrive.

nal, stream.

narl, female.

punruthna, resurrection.
puna, fall.
pur, upper or lower millstone.

nhasna, run.

puttar, son.

nar, male.

nijor,

weak.

puttri, daughter.

otli, lip.

racna, make, produce.

pacheanna, recognise^

rachia, protection.

padlira, plain, level.

pain da, way.

rakkhna, place.
ralana, mix.

painna, sharp.

ralna, be united, meet.

pair, foot.

randi

palan karna, keep, preserve.

paletna, wrap.

rarhna, be angry.

pandori, foot (of bed, &e.).

rehna, remain.

pani, water.

rikkh, black bear.

paraiilina, guest.

roti, bread, food.

parbat,

rukkh,

hill.

parhna, read,

parkhna,

try,

riini,

rat, night.

tree.

rulkana,
tempt.

widow.

roll.

runa, ciy.

parkliiini, trial, temptation.

rurhna, flow, be poured.

parnam karna, bow down.

sadna,

parol, door.

saf, clean.

pasac, viricked spirit.

sahaita, help.

call.

16
Gameali.
saTna, large

number

of

men.

sunna, hear.

sakhna, empty.

samadh,

suphal, advantageous.

grave

of

(particularly

Hindus).

sur, pig.

suraj, sun.

sar)ga|, chain.

taihl, service.

santan, offspring.

takna, bow.

sapha, foam.

takrai", confession,

sar, head.

tali,

sarhana, head (of bed, &c.).

tara, star.

saith, sign.

tatta, hot.

sasu, mother-in-law.

taul, quickness.

sauhra, father-in-law.

taula, quick.

serna, moisten, wet.

tauna, deaf.

sewa, service,

tear, ready.

shaihr, city.

tel, oil.

agreement.

piece of cloth.

siana, intelligent.

thakna, blame, rebuke.

sihi, leopard.

thauda, cold.

sit, cold.

thind, ignorant.

sikholna, teach.
sikkliia,

thora,

knowledge.

sikkhna, learn.
silla,

little.

tiagna, leave, give up, divorce.

tirna, fall.

ear (of corn, &c.)

topna, look for.

sinna, knead.

trakta, leaven.

sirual, hair.

trihna, thirsty.

sobhna, please.

tucch karna, despise.

sog, lamentation, sadness.

tunda, armless.

sogi, sad.

ubherna, rip open,

sohara, husband.

ubhreua, incite.

sokkar, ox.

ucana,

sothi, stick.

ucca, high.

srap dena, curse.

udhrar, tear.

suhta, spring (of water).

ugrahna, collect (taxes, &c.).

ulamha, reproach.

sujakha, able to
sukhala, easy.

see.

rip.

raise.

updrab, oppression.

sumti, circumcision (from sunnat).

urnu, lamb.

suna, sleep.

"at,

sunana, cause to hear, relate.

utthna, rise.

sundai% beautiful.

wairi,

sunna, desert.

warna, enter.

camel.

enemy.

18

19
Bhutefi]!.

nouns

are declined like masculine nouns in -a and femin.

hura jagat, bad boy.

Khan

kuri,

good

Ag.

S.

biiri

jagntS, Gen.

in

-i,

as

burSd, jdgatB, dn.

pi.

Gen. S. kharno kurln da,j5f/ate dea ghorca ked, to

girl,

the boy's horses.

Comparison
good,

expressed by means of karha, from, than, as khaiil,

is

kacha khard, better than

is

this,

sabhua kachd khara, better than

all, best.

Demonstrative.

Correlative.

inya, ?hS, like

tinya,

like

much
many

itna, so

much

so

titna,

kinya, kihS, like

what

that

this

or

tili,

Relative.

Interrogative.

kitua,

or manyj

or

jinya, fih%, like

which

how
many ?

much
many

jitua, as

raucii

or

Adverbs.

Most adjectives can be used

as adverbs.

They then agree with the

subject of the sentence.

The following
adjectives

is

the most important adverbs other than

list of

Place.

Time.
ibbe,

now

itthe,

utthe, there

us wele, then
kalhn, kadhari,
jalhii,
ajj,

here

when

kuthe, where

kutahS, whither

when

jitthe,

to-day

where

itthe tikkar,

up

to-morrow
parsu, day after to-morrow
cauth, day after that

uppar, up

picchllL kal, yesterday

thalle,

kadi, sometimes, ever

nere, near

kadi na, never

dur, far

kadi na kadi, sometimes

agge, in front

kal,

to this

itthl^kacha, from here

downj

picche, behind

andar, inside
bsihar, outside

Others are

kait,

why

not; jugtl or jug ti karl, well

thus.

galla, for this

is
;

reason

7?a,

yes

neht, no

khirdei, quickly; issd sahf, in this \Vay,

20
BhateMl.
Prepositions.

The commonesb
nouns.

Subjoined

is

prepositions have been, given in the declension of

a brief

list of others.

The same word

is

often

both a preposition and an adverb.

par, beyond
w^ar,

on this side

us waste, for
till

him

bakha, about thee

bice, in

sare sahi, like us

uppar, upon

ndhe parant, after it

ndhe ure pare, round about it
unhS de kanare, towards
them
mere sua, apart from me

heth, below
tikkar,

up

to

mai kach, beside me

mai kanne, with ms

21
Bhiifeali.

Past Ind.

hoea

/.

hoi

PI.

hoo

/.

hoiS.

Paitic.

hoi karl, having become

Fat.

Past Cond.

augha
aua
a
aunda

Past Ind.

aya

Paitic.

nyddd, dynda, ahya, in the state of having come.

auna, come.
Imperat.

/.

ai

PI.

ae

/.

ail

jana, go.
Pres. Cond.

js

Fut.

jaqgha

Imperat.

ja

Past Cond.
Past Ind.

janda
gea or ga

Partic.

geha

jae

jaa

oi'

jae

07-

jS or jaie

jaa

jan

jao

/.

gei

PI.

ge

/.

geia

g&add, in the state of having gone

raihna, remain.
Pi'es.

Cond.

raih

I'ehS

raihe

rehl or rehie

reha

Fut.

raihijgha

Imperat.

raih

Past Ind.

reha

Partic.

rehada, in the state of having remained

raihn

leha

baihna,
Pres. Cond.

bauhs, &c.

Past Ind.

baithea

sit.

Transitive Verbs.

mama,

beat, in general like

paund.

Past Cond.

mahrgha
marda

Past Ind.

agent case of sabject with marea, which agrees with subject

Fat.

Pres Perf.

,,

Plapf.

formed by using mdred with the requisite tense of jdna,

m.at mdred jatjghd, I shall be killed.

Passive
go, as,

marea liai
marea tha

is

The following are

slightly irregular

kha^a,
Past Cond.
Past Ind.

khanda
khadha

eat.

22

Past Cond.

2H
Bhateali,

dand, tooth.

dhup, sunshine.

kann, ear.

nheri, storm.

siral, ks, hair,

bhar, load.

sar,

head.

bi,

seed.

jibh, tongue.

loha, iron.

pet, dhiddh, stomach.

khara, good.

pitth, back.

buia, bad.

deh, body.

badda, big.

pothi, book.

lanhka, small.

kalain, pen.

susfc,

manja, bed.

dana, hoshyar, wise.

ghar, house.

nakara, foolish, ugly.

darya, river.

chora, swift.

nal, stream.

dhar, pahar, parbat,

lazy.

painna, sharp.
hill.

ucca, high.

dhadd, precipitous slope.

chail, beautiful.

padhra, plain.

thanda, cold.

khettar, field.

tatta, hot.

roti,

bread.

mittha, sweet.

pani, water.

saf, clean.

kanak, wheat.

tear, ready.

kukkri, maize.

ghatt,

rukkh,

mata, much.

biita, tree.

little.

girl, village.

hauna, be, become.

saihr, city.

auna, come.

ban, jungle.

jana, go.

macchi,

bauhna,

batt,

fish.

way.

sit.

laina, take.

phal, fruit.

dena, give.

mas, meat.

pauna, rirkna,

diiddh, milk.

utthna,

anda, egg.

khara hauna, stand.

gheo, ghi.

dikkhna,

tel, oil.

khana,

chah, buttermilk.

pina, drink.

dihari, day.

galana, say, speak.

rat, night.

sauna, sleep,

dihara, sun.

karna, karna, do.

cann, moon.

raihna, remain.

tara, star.

marna, beat.
pucheanna, recognise.
janna, know.

bat, biar, wind.

b^rkha, rain,

fall.

rise.

see, look.

eat.

lie

down.

24
Bhateall,

pujna, arrive,

bagna, flow.

nhasna, run.

lapna, fight.

nhasi jaaa, run away,

jittna, win.

banana, make,

harna, be defeated.

rakhna, place,

calijana,

sadna,

rahna, sow.

call,

go away.

jotne, plough.

sikkhna, learn,

dand

parhna, read,

khuaaa, give

likkhna, write,

piai.ia,

marna,

sunana, cause to hear.

die.

to eat.

give to drink.

sunna, hear,

cugna, graze. ^

hatna, turn,

cugana, carna, cause to graze

hati auna, return.

Numerals.

25
BhafeSli.

Ordinal.
Jst, pailila.

ik beii, once.

2nd, diiwwa.

paihli beii, first time.

3rd, triyya.

duwwi

cantha.

4tli,

addha,

beri, second time.

|.

5th, panjuS.

paune

Gtli, cliittlia.

saua do, 2j.

7th, satuS.

dhai, 2i.

10th, dasu.

do, If.

daidh, 1|.

sadhe

car, 4^.

ik pa, i.

Sentences.
1.
2.
3.

how

far
4.

Tera nS ke hai ? What is thy name V

Is ghore di kitni umbar hai ?
How much is this horse's age V
From here
Itthe kacha (o?- itthii) Kashmir kitne dur hai?

Kashmir

is

Tuare babbe de ghar kitne jagat ban

how many sons are there ?

5.
Mai ajj bare dura kacha

{or

In your father's house

dure kicha)

haiidi aya.

I to-day

from very far have walking come.

Mere cace da jagat usdi bhainii kane biaha

6.

son with his sister

7.

My

uncle's

married.

Ghare hacche ghore

horse's saddle
8.

is

hai.

di kathi hai

In the house the white

is.

Usdia pitthi par kathi bannhi dea.

Upon

his back bind

the saddle.
9.

I beat his son

MaT usda jagat mata marea.

much.

Se dhare de reha uppur gaul bakriS cuganda hai (or cugae

karda hai). He upon the hill's summit is grazing (or in the habit of
10.

grazing) cows and goats.

Se us rukkhe heth ghore uppur baithea

11.

hai.

He under

that

tree on a horse is seated.

Udda

12.

brother
13.

is

bhai apnia bhenn (or bhena) kacha badda hai.

His

bigger than his sister.

Usda mul dhai rupayye

hai.

Its price is

two and a half

rupees.
14.

Mera bab

father in that
1

5.

little

(bapti) us

house

halke ghare andar raihnda hai.

lives.

Uskea eh rupayye

dei dea.

To him

these rupees give.

My

26
BhateSli.
16.

Se rupayye us kacha

lei lea.

These rupees take from him.

kanne banuho.
Beat him well

Uskea jugti kari maro j5ria

and bind Lira with a rope.
Kliuhe kacha pani kaddlio. Draw water from the
18.
19.
Mai agge calo. Walk before me.
20.
Kuda puttar tuare piccbe aunda hai ? Whose son
behind you ?
21.
Se tuddh kus kacha mulle lea hai? Erom whom
bought that ?
17.

22.

village.

Girae de hatia bale kacha.

From

well.

is

coming

liast

thou

the shopkeeper of the

28
Gurahl.

Nouns
N.
G.D.A.L.Ab.Ag.V.

in Consonant.

bhin, sister

bhinj

bbini, &c.

dheu, daughter,

is

thus declined.

G.D.A.L.Ab.
Ag.

-iia ro, &c.

-ue
-ua

-Tie

-tie

V.

-lie

-uo

dhe-ii

ro, &c.

ga, cow.

ga

N.
G.D.A.L.Ab.
Ag.
Note.

The

sometimes
this

kara

ga-i

-ia, &c.

-e

postposition for

hard, instead of ro,

cf.

ga-i
-ie

of,

thus gaia

Bhadrawahi gJwre ru

Bhalesi glioreu, ghor keu

when

Padari

following a plural noun

ham

of a

ghar, the cows' house.

is

For

horse, gliora heru', of horses,

gliorar, ghori Tear.

This dependence of

the form of the genitive not merely on the word following but on the

word preceding
languages.

is

a characteristic of Kaslimiri

and some neighbouring

20
Cttrahi.

Sing.

N.

kanii, who ? je,

G.

kosera

jasoia

D.A.L.Ab. &c.
Ag.

kos, &c.

jas,

kuni

jini

kitil,

ka nu

&c.

anyone, someone

kot,

Plur.

who

jg

kunhera
kunha, &c.

jinhura

kunlia

jinha

G. kiserd

what,

jinha, &c.

Ag. kcnni

G. kedrd

Other pronouns are

anything, something, /e

kicch,

kO,

whosoever,

je kicch, whatsover.

Adjectives.

used as nouns are declined as nouns, but adjectives

qualifying nouns have the following declensions : All adjectives ending
Adjectives

any

letter other tlian-a, are indecl.

Those ending in-a have Obi.

Sing. Masc.-e, Pl.-e, indecl.
Fem.-f indecl. The genitives of nouns and
pronouns are adjectives coming under this rule.
in

Comparison
the positive

expressed by means of kand, from, than, used with

is

as, khard,

kand khard, better than

good;

Correlative.

itea, like this,

utea, like that,

much

utrorea, so

Interrogative.

For numerals see at end

what

kitea like

much

or many.

or many.

tliis;

sahhnd

all, best.

Demonstrative.

etroyea, so

kand khard, better than

es

Tielative.

how much
many ?

ketrofea
or

jitea like which,

much

jetrorea as

or many.

of list of words.

Adverbs.

Most adjectives can be used

They then agree with the

as adverbs.

subject of the sentence.

The following

is

list of

the most important adverbs other than

adjectives.

Time.
ebbe,

now

cauthe, day after that

bi,

tidheo, then

kidheo,

when

jidheo,

when.

ajj,

parhs,

parshu,

day

before

yesterday
cauthe, day before that

to-day

dotte,

yesterday

kidheo, sometimes, ever

to-morrow

parshu, day after to-morrow

kidheo na, never

kidheo kidheo, sometimes

30
Curcthi.

Place,

down

etthi, gfi, here

inde,

otthi, ten, there

nir, liidhe,

near

dur, far

where ?
jetthi, jeri, where
eri te!, np to here
erha, from here,
koi, kori,

aggar, in front
picco,

behind

antar, inside
beir, outside

ubre, up.

Others are kelni,

why

es

galla kari, for this reason

jngie kari,

well, chili, quickly.

Prepositions.

The commonest
nouns.

Subjoined

is

prepositions have been given in the declension of

a brief

list

of others.

The same word

is

frequently

both a preposition and an adverb.

par, beyond

mSh

war, on this side

nsere

pran, upon

assii sahi, like us

below
majh, manjh, within

unhere kanare, towards them

usere ueiidi pendi, round about

hetth, tale,

muh

kane, beside

me

sariga,
tei,

with

for

me

him

it*
,

:.)

'

31
CiirSlii.

Impf. Ind.

jliart

-a

Past Ind.

jliar

-ea

thea

(/.

/.

Pres. Perf.

jharea

a,

Plupf.

jliarea

tliea,

Participle

jharlo,

falling

-e thie)

-e

PI. -e

tliie

/.

-i tin

-i.

&c.
;

j'hari J:ar!,

having

having fallen

jharorS, in

fallen, jharnehdla^ faller,

fall.

verbs have slight irregularties.

bhonii, be, become.

Put.

/.

-e

&c.

state of

Some

PI.

tlie

about to

32
OuraJn.
Transitive Verbs.

xnanu, beat, almost exactly like jharnu.

Past Cond.

malima or mamma or marela

mata (pronounced mat")

Past Ind.

raara, with agent

Fut.

case

of

marela

subject,

marela, &c.

mara, agreeing with

object.

mara

Pres. Perf.

with agent case of subject, mara a agreeing with

a,

object.

mara

Plupf.

thea, with agent case of subject,

mara thea agreeing

with object.
in the state of having been beaten.

marora,

Participle,

The following are

khann,
Past Cond.
Past Ind.

eat, (in

khSta

khau

slightly irregular

agreement with fem. noun khainl).

khaiti

/.

/.

khai, PI. khao

penu, drink
Past. Cond.

pita

Past. Ind.

petu.

denu,|give.

Put.

dema

Past. Cond.

deta

Past Ind.

ditta

dela,

&c.

lainu.
Fut.

lemma

Past Cond.

laita

Past. Ind.

lea

lela,

&c.

bolnu, say, speak.

Past. Cond.

botta

Past Ind.

bolu

kahnu,

do.

Fat.

kahma

Pres. Ind.

Pastlud.

kahta a
kea

Participle

keora, in the state of having been done.

jaEL^u, know.

Past Ind.

janu

lei einti, bring

galmlm.

and lei gahnhti, take away are

like

alnu and

83
CurShi.

The change otkhnnii

oF that epenthetical

to khnini,

and khatd

to khaiti gives us

vowel change so common

in Kaslimiri.

If

examples

wo count
I know)

from the South East, Cai-ahi is the first lani^uage (so far as
It becomes increasingly common as we go North
that has this change.
and West as, for example, in such dialects as Bhadrawahi, Paclari, Jam.mu
Siraji,Rambani and Pogull, and finds its fullest development in
( Doda)
Kashmiri.
List op

Common Nouns, Adjectives and Verbs.

babb, father,

pakhru, bird,

ma, mother,

ill,

bhae, bhaii, brother,

siali, fox.

daiddi, elder sister

hathi, elephant,

bhin, younger sister

hatt, hand,

puttar, son.

paid, pair, foot,

dheu, daughter,

nak, nose,

munsh, husband,

tir,

jo, wife,

muh,

mardii, man.
tremat, woman,

dant, tooth,

kann, ear.

gabhru, boy.

shirual, ke.sh, hair,

kuli, girl.

shir,

gual, pual, shepherd,

jibh, tongue,

ghor-a, horse.

pait,

mare,

-i,

kite,

akhri, eye.
face..

head,

stomach.

pitth, back,

dant, ox.

pinda, body,

ga, cow.

pothi, katab; book,

mliai, buffalo,

kalm, pen.

bakr-a, he-goat.

manja, bed.

-i,

she

ghar, house,

bhradd, bheddu, sheep,

daryau, river.

kutt-a, dog.

gadd, khol, stream,

-i,

bitch,

dhar,

hill,

rikkh, bear,

padhr, plain,

sih, leopard,

patti, field,

brahg, mirg, panther,

roti,

gadha,

pani, water,

ass.

kukkh-ar, cock.

ri,
bera-],
-li,

ut,

hen.

cat (male).
,,

camel.

(female).

bread,

kinak, wheat,

kukhri, maize,
butt, tree,

gira, field,

naggar,

qity.

..:..;)

34
GurShi.
ban, jungle,

gahnbu,

go.

machi,

beshnu,

sit.

fish,

bat, way.

laina, take.

phal, fruit,

dena, give.

mas, meat,
duddh, milk,

jharnti, fall.

andherii, egg.

kbare uthnu, stand up.

gheu, ghi.

heina, look,

tel, oil.

khan a,

cbab, buttermilk,

penu, drink.

dib, day.

bolna, speak.

rat, night,

kahnu,

uthnu,

rise.

see.

eat.

,,

dih, surj, sun.

raihnbu, remain.

shukli, moon,

manu,

tara, star,

paryanna, recognise.

byar, wind,

janna, know.

jhari,

maigh, rain,

beat,

pujna, arrive.

dhup, sunshine,

nashna, run.

bharotu, bbara, load,

nashi gahnbu, run away.

bi, seed,

banana, make.

loha, iron

I'akhna, place.

khara, good,

bak pana,

bura, bad.

milna, meet.

badda, big.

shikhrna, leavn.

mathra, small,

parhna, read.

daliddri, lazy,

likhna, write.

hosear, wise,

marna,

mara, ignorant,

shunna, hear.

taula, swift,

hathna,

pina, sharp,

call einti, return.

uthfa, high,

bbirna, fight.

cbel, beautiful,

jitna, win.

aira, ugly,

barna, be defeated.

tbanda, cold,

call

tatta, hot.

bana, bahna, sow.

mittha, sweet,

dant jukarne, plough.

ujla, clean,

khalaiia, give to eat.

taiar, ready,

peoana, give to drink.

thora,

shunana, cause to hear.

little,

call.

die.

tux'n.

gahnbu, go away.

mata, much,

carna, grave.

bhonii, be, become,

carna, cause to graze.

ainu, ainii, come.

35
Curahi.

Numerals.
Cardinal,

ak.

37 satattri.

2 doi.

panj.
6 che.
7 satt.

39- -untali.
40- calhi.
47- sattali.
49- -ununja.
50- -panj ah.
57- satunja.

8 atth.

59- -unahat

nao.

60- -shatth.

trai.

cour.

10 dash.

67- -satahat,

yahra.
12 bahra.
3 tehra.
14 coudlia.
15 pandhra.
16 sh5la.
17 satahra.
18 athalirai

69- -unhatthar.

11

70- -satthar.
77- -sathattbar,

79- -unasi.

80- -asi.
87- -satasi.
89- -unainue.
90-

97- -satainue.

19 unn!h.
20 bih.

100 sau.

29 unattrl.

27

-nabbe.

200 doi san.

satiri.

100,000

lakkh.

30trihi.
Ordinal.
1st,

ak

peiWa.

beri, once,

doi berl, twice,

2nd, dul.

peihli beri, first time,

3rd, treS.

das guna, tenfold,

4th, coiitha.

addha, half,

5th, penjui.

paune doe. If.

saua doe, 2j.

6th, cheuS, chatha.

7th, saitu.

adhae, 2|.

10th, daisua.

deddh, li.

sadhe cour, 4|.

In the word sathaWmr,

rately.

The word

is

not

77, the first

sa-tliatthar,

and h are pronounced sepa-

but sat-hatthar.

3!6.

Curahi.

Sentences.
,T

1.

2.

horse

, .

Tinda na kitu a ? What is thy name ?

Is ghofe ri ketrori urabar a ? How much

EfhS Kashmir ketrore dm- a

From here

the age of this

hpjv- far is

5.

Au

come.

aj j diir

kina hanthi yah.

I to-day

from far have walking

r;

Minde cacera gabhru

married to his
7.

In thy

larke.J,nte ?

6.

is

Kash-

Tinde bobbere (babbere) ghare ketrore

father's house how many boys are there ?
4.

son

is

?
3.

mir

My uncle's

useri bhini sauga behoraji.

sister.

Ghare hacebe ghore

ri

kathi

In the house

a.

is

the saddle of

the white horse.

is

Useri

pran kathi char. Upon his back put the saddle.

Ml usera puttar mata mara. I beat his son much.
9.
10.
Oh dhara ri coti pran gayya bakri cata a. He on the summit
grazing cows and goats.
8.

11.

Oh

pittlii

us bntta lietth ghore pran bethora

a.

He

under that

tree on a horse is seated.

12.

than his
13.

24.

Usera bbae apni bhini kina badda

a.

His brother

is

biggei-

sister.

Usera mul adhae rupayye. Its price is two and half rupees.
Minda babb us mathre ghara majh basta a. My father lives

in that small house.

Usui oh rupayya dei dea. To him give that rupee.

Oh rupayya us kina lei lea. That rupee take from him.
\6.
17.
Usni jugte kane marikari dora rashi kane bannha. Having
beaten him well tie him with ropes.
J

5.

18.

Khiiha kina paui kaddha.

19.

Mft agrhi cala.

Walk

From

the well draw water.

before me.

Kusera gabhru tuarepicche {or picore) einta ? Whose boy

coming behind you ?
21.
Ob tiie kus kina mull lea ? From whom did you buy that ?
20.

22.

Giraiyye re ekki hattiwale kina

the village.

lea.

From

is

a shopkeeper of

38
Ldhuli.

N.
G.

D.A.
Ab.
Ag.
V.


39
Lnhuli.

Adverbs.

Most adjectives may be used as adverbs.

the commonest adverbs other than adjectives

The following

Time.
ente, ente,

list of

now

der, here

dora, dhorS, after that, then

dur, nuar, there

when ?
abela, when

nuhe, there, in that place

already specified

to-day

to,

where

aiir,

raiida, to-morrow
mra, day after to-morrow
muii'a, day after that

kinu, where

yere, yesterday

tsambi, near

day before yesterday

tui tura, day before that
abela ma, never

ohetar, ohetar, far

dots,
tori,

tura,

Place.

abe,

[^

is

tiii,

tiiri,

formerly

toijg, tof, inside

Others are chart, why, do

that, oe,

in front

thalar, behind

then, after that, therefore

tS,

from here

up

dathi, dahthiri, outside

or 'du gappa Ihoji, for the reason

yes, ma, no, not, darbar, quickly.
thcile

Prepositons.

The commonest have been given in the declension of nouns. SubThe same word is frequently both a
joined is a brief list of others.
preposition

and an adverb.

gera sade, with

me
me

andrez, bijha, within

dobi, do vi, for

him

upon
poea, under

giu

nura, on that side

giu hare, beside

on this side

dii^a,

tothi,

tui, in

Auxiliary.
Pres.

am, &c.
or

Past

I was, &c.

shuk

me

kS thale, behind you

do thale, for his sake

Verbs.

front of

40

La hull.
Intransitive Verbs.

dapi,

(from a horse, &c.).

dapoii
dapdo
dapoiii
dapog
daponi
dapor
dapani
dapa
-d
-doni
dapa-do or-dog -don
-doui
-dor
-de
-deni
-den
dapa-deg
-deni
-der
-den
-de
-deni
daje -deg
-deni
-der
ma dag ma dan ma dad
ma dani
ma dani
ma daur
dapeni tlio
dau tha

Fut.

Imperat.
Pres. Tnd.

Impf.
Past, Ind.

Fut. N'eg.

Imperafc.

fall

Neg.

Other tenses.

For negative pre6x mn.

bajesi, fall

Fut.

bajesog, &c., like

Imperat.

bajesa

Pres. Ind.

bajesa -d5

Impf.

bajesadeg

Past

bajesdeg

Fut. Keg.

ma

Imperat. Neg.

bajesu tha

dawn,

dapog

bajesani

-dog

oi-

bajes -ik

-in

-id

-ini

-ur

-ini

bajeseni tho

For other tenses prefix ma.

shubi, be, become.
Fut.

shog

Pres. Ind.

shua -do or -dog

shuadeg
shuteg (like dapadeg)
shut -6
-on
-o

Impf.

Past Ind.
or

-oni

oni

-or

abi, come.
Fut.

ab -og

Imperat.

adeuh
abad -6 or -6g

Pres. Ind.

-on
-do
adani

or

-du

-oni

-oni

-or

abadeg
andeg

Impf.

Past
or
or

adig

adin

adi

adini

aiija

anjad

used

only in the

Fut. Neg.

maqg

Imperat. Neg.

thsdeMli

Pres. Ind. Neg.

mSbado

man

man

adini
1st

mani

tliSdani
^

adir

and 3rd Sing.

mani
mandur

41
L^hrdi.
Irapf.

Neg.

Past Ind. Neg.

mlbadgg
from aiideg

agg^mu

anii^mu

aiiniemu

anniemu

ibi,

ySg

Flit.

Imperat.
Pres. Ind.

Impf.
Past Tud.
or

you
11
H^ni
yuad-o or -og
yuadeg

annSrau

anniemu

go.

J<r^

yfidu

yoni

yor

yoni

ideoo

ido

idou

ilea nr ilead

Fnt. Neg.

melig

Imperat. Neg.

thel

Pres. Ind, Neg.

Impf. Neg.

mayyuado
mayyuadeg

Past Ind. Neg.

from ideg

melin

mehl

Idoni

idoni

mehni

Idor

mehni

mehlur

thelani

inn^mu

iggi^uui

inni^mu

luni^mu

il^mu

iluremu

braf, sit, live, stay.

fit.

brau

Imper.

brau

Pres. Ind.

brSd(5

brauoni

braudti

bi'auoii

brauoui

brauor

braini

Impf.

brSdeg

Past Ind.

bretho

Neg.

Prefix tha to Imperat. and

ma

to other parts

pipi, arrive.

Put.

pipo

Pres, Ind.

pipadd

pipon

pipudu

pTpoiii

plponi

pipoi'

pijido

Impf.

plpadeg
pi j ideg

Past Ind.

pig

pin

pir

pini

pini

pi

khosi, be obtained, meet.

khosay

Put.

Impf.

-o

-on

-lidu

-oni

-oni

-or

khositeg

Past

kliosiga

kbosina

khosiri

kliosiiii

khosiui

klioslra

krabi, weep.
Put.
Pres. Ind.

Impf.
6

krabog krabon
krabado
krabadeg

kiabudu

kraboni

kraboni

krabor

42

43
Lnhuli.
Ihai, do.

Fut.

u
Lnhuli,

sMzi, take awaj'.

Fafc.

sho

slion

Imperat.

shil

shilani

Pres. Ind.

sliido

Impf.

s^ideg

Past

shida

Fut.
Pies. Ind,

Impf.

Past

Past

-an

shudo

-o

shoni

-ani

shoni

-ani

-or

sliOr

45
Ldhuli.
(slightly modified)

thus

the

of

which gives the thought required:

verb

tha ddpa

do not make a habit of

l/iao,

am

ge aha Ihado, I

falling.

iu the habit of coniiuc'.

doz leza Ihdder, they were in the habit of beatino-.

hahsi tha'lawa Ihani, do uot tell lies {Ihai, compounded with itself.)

Gompound

Compound Veibs
to the

Verbs.

common.

are very

As a

rule they

add emphasis

meaning.

and

randi, give

kei% leave

Jceri

leave, gi rani keta,

gl kezh

keo,

gave

left,

gave altogether

shall leave-leave,

leave

altogether.
beat, kerl leave, kg

tSzt,

ketan, thou beating leftest, thou beatest

terj

much.
Ihal,

do and

kert, leave, Ihaji hefl^

and

randi, give

beat and

m? tema

thou

man

shubl,

become, and

became,

Thus nenz
and
aza

is

Ihao,

thalo,

beating make, beat thou,

(cf.

do not habitually strike anyone

striking not do.)

I shall

ibi,

go,

and nenz
take away.

compounded with

jana). ge azays,
dbi,

shizi,

ibi,

I shall

sentences.

'

again

'

back,'

come back or

bring,

return,

have to return to-morrow.

keri, spoil, waste, shi^ ibi,

hSibi,

go to express the Hindi calna (cala

come, expresses

phae randi, divide, phuge

are emphatic forms of

go av?ay.

gi rnUdd Tiazd abi tada, I

Conditional

shujideg, shuj'yo, I become,

shtijido,

become.

habi,

shiz'i,

haza with

tema

Ihai, do, ke

Fut. tBmog) kg
{lit.

doi rcima Ihdte, he giving made, he gave

Ihai, do,

Fat. ramo).

(cf.
tSzi,

do leave, do thoroughly,

did not

notice

any

become

special

alive.

forms for

Ordinary tenses appeared to be made to express

the idea of condition,
du dbade gi du iemo, if he had come I would
have beaten him. (lit. he was coming, I will beat him,)
Negation is expressed by prefixing tha, to the Imperative, and ma,
conditional moods.

to other parts of the verb.

cated changes.

In a

number

Examples are given

of verbs this leads to compli-

in the conjugation of the different

verbs.

The agent case

verbs.

of the subject is

used with

all

parts of all transitive

This reminds us of Nepali where the Agent case

is

employed

46
Ld,huli.

with transitive verbs in

all

tenses except those in which the Auxiliary

verb am, was, &c., is used.

Verbal forms ending in -eg may also be made to end in -eg.

The Future

is

List of

used for the Pres. subjunctive as in Kashmiri.

Common Nouns, Adjectives and Verbs.

Natural RelationsMps,

milyo, daughter,

ba, father.

ceje ba,

etc.

(small father) uncle,

younger than father,

ru, father-in-law.

gahsezi,

husband,

mez, wife,

ya, mother,

galmu, mi, man.

kag,

elder brother

nua,

youugor brother.

mez mi, woman,

karu, yo, boy.

milyo,

girl,

rhi, sister,

cor, thief,

yo, son.

puhal, shepherd.

Animals.
rhs, horse

(common gender),

rikkh, black bear.

tshah, horse (m).

omu, red bear.

nabrhS, mare,

thar, leopai'd.

bar), ox.

sharjkhu, kind of wild cat.

venz, calf,

kar, ass.

rahd, cow.

str, pig.

mhei, buffalo,

kiiga, cock, hen.

yag, yak.

bhir, cat.

rhiz, goat (male),

tarbhir, cat (male).

la,

(female),

kats, sheep (male),

ma,

(female),

fir,

ur, camel.

pya, bird.
ill, ill

kite.

khui, dog, (common),

gna, jackal.

ba, dog (m.).

hathi, elephant.

me, bitch.
Parts of the Body.
gur, hand,

kra, hair.

kunz, foot,

punz, head.

il,

nose,

til",

eye.

mob, face.
a,

mouth,

rif, ear.

Ihe,

tongue.

khog, khop, stomach.

thakh, back.

phug, body.

47
LShtiU

Gommon

Objects.

pad, book.

kliam, clothes,

mfishadan, pen.

gutbab, ring,

manni, bed

paular, shoe,

cumh, house.

sha, meat,

bendi, river.

panu, milk,

gar, stream.

tigli,

rai), hill.

mar, ghi.

patthar, plain.

tiell, oil.

rlii, field.

bodi, buttermilk,

ran, bread.

hari, shop,

tl,

water.

egg.

tai), tar)g

rupee,

chna, wheat.

nihr, day.

kugi, maize.

niurodb, night,

buttli, tree.
,

yegi, sun, sunshine,

palanz, saddle.

laza,

nngav, village, city.

karh, star,

banh, jnngle.

lanh, wind,

matsh,

mug,

fish.

moon,

rain.

amli, way.

kurb, load,

mal, property.

be, seed,

cij,

nilam, iron.

thing.

desh, mulkh, country.

A bstract Nouns.
aijga, famine,

gunah,

mansa, intention,

dab, pity,

habsi, lying.

tehl service,

c5ri, theft,

niab, answer,

kam, work,

hugam,

biah, marriage,

khushi, happiness,

mir),

name,

cal,

sin.

order,

sound,

barsh, year.

laha, price,

kharc, expense.
Adjectives.

mtb, good,

madam,

beautiful, clean,

bad,

lazy, ignorant,

tslioi, fat.

jSshi, befitting,
shil, wise,

rush, swift,

more, big.
ceje, bae,

kuajh,

little,

dralda, sti-aitened.
(5nyi,

hungry.

tsanji, sharp,
raijgi,

high,

sohi, cold.

48
LdhtiU.

much, many,

tor, hot.

haje,

gur, sweet,

yue, bater,

tliofe, little,

sSsi, white.

jama,

all.

togetljer,

Verbs.

shubi, shubi, be, become.

abi,

pipi, arrive.

come.

ibi, go.

brai,

know,

nezi,

dro randi, run.

poshibi, run, run away,

sit, live.

habi, bring.

say 'come ?),

khosi, be obtained, meet,

randi, give.

parephi, read.

sliizl,

away.

take, take

adkiiri,call

khaya

down.

shubi, rise,

'

[/tsezi, wiite.

dapi, fall (from horse, &c.).

bajesi, fall

(Zif.

si,

stand up.

die.

thazi, hear.

tumi, drink.

haza abi, return (come again),

guah randi, embrace,
au randi, kiss.

kuri, say, speak.

aza

ibi,

kushi, sleep.

har

tsSzi, plough,

tazi, see look.

khandi,
ze, eat.

tsatsi, send.

make.

Ihai, do,

go away.

tezi, strike, beat.

krabi, weep,
keri, leave.

sezi, recognise.

Numerals.
Cardinal.
1- -itti,

sapi.
15
16 satrHi.
17 sahni.
18 sare.
y 19
1/14

i.

2-

sar).

3- -shum.

4 pi.
5

i)a.

6 trui.
7

soskii.

nhi.

8 rhe.
9 ku.
10

20 nizz.

sa.

11 seidi.

100 ra.
200 nirha. (700?)
900 kurha.

1,000 sara.
100,000 lakh,

sani.
13 shashura.
12

Ordinal.

shummi.

1st, tfimi,

3rd,

2nd, jurnji,

4th, pimi.

4e
LShuli.
5tb, ijanii.
6th, truimi.

khanni, half.

7th, nhiml.

dhai, 2|.

10th, sami.

Above

20,

numbers are estimated by

scores

up

to 100.

Sentences.
1.

Ke

mil) chi

shu

Thy name what

is ?

3.

Di rhgphi temi shui ? This horse's how much (age) is ?

Dets Kashmir cbirl ohetar tC ? From here Kashmir how far

4.

KS

2.

bao dor temi yo tod

sons are there

5.

6.

Ge

how many

from far walked.

Geu ceje bao yoe do rhlra sade biah Ihato. My uncle's (young
I to-day

to 5hetare audo.

father's) son with his sister

7.

thy father's house

In

is ?

Cuqli {or

cumh)

made marriage.
rhan

sSsi

house the white horse's saddle is.

Do thakhari palanz tsbu.
8.

(or rhSphi) palanz

On

his

tod.

In the

back the saddle bind.

Gi d3 yo haje teggadeg. I his son much beat.

10.
Ra pjtnzari tral ghuan pauhale ruatsade. On the hill's top
the shepherd is grazing cows and goats.
Buttho poea du rhan tothi tezi toi. Under the tree he on a
11.
horse was seated.
12.
Do nua eno rhig ve more t5. His young brother his own
9.

sister

than bigger

is.

13.

Do

14.

Geu ba bae cumhu

15.

Dobi

16.

Du
Do

17.

laha dhai

two and a half rupees.

My father in a little house lives.

Its price is

tar).

hvU.

To him

di tagg rani keo.

this

rupee giving leave.

tagg do dots nenz hadet*. That rupee him from take.

ke haje teu thazeran tshu. Him thou much beat with

ropes bind.

From

hund.

the spring water draw.

18.

Baini

19.

Giii tui jo.

20.
21.

Kg thale aduh yo abad ? Thee behind whose boy comes

Ke du ado dots handan. Thou that whom from tookest.

22.

Gi hari dots handa.

ti

Me

in front of walk.

shop from took.

The Parable op the Prodigal Son.

Dors
Then

doi

he

kute (kui)
said

one

miS
man-to

jur

two

yo

toi

sons

were

ceje

young

50

LahuU.
bara

y5i

kui,

mal
gebi
pipa gebi rau
ba anyo
Father what property me-to ari'ive me-to give

son father to said,

own

lie

jama

cij

madam kam

doi

own property wasting

did,

went.

kefco.

Da

bela

ri

left.

That

time

at

desha I'i bina arjga shute (shujide or ide)

became.
spent became that country in gi^eat famine
do

bate kharc shujldg

all

du

Doi'a

dore

Doi eno

ma

challa

they were giving.

anything not
kute

tl

then he said
Laje

DorS
Then

ramader.

Giu

ba5

My

father-of

much bread

is.

ganah

Ihega.

thy

(own)
dor

bao

ili

father near

dah

adi,

doers

(ide).

went.

doi dro

kui

dobi
hira-to

said

kham

khae

ge

dying,

own

stand arising

will say

sargo

kS

heaven-of

thy

gi

kS yo
thy son

haza

ge

atsa

DorS
make. Then

kuri, gebi
to-say,

eno

atsa

Ihao.

me

having-risen

own

bab
Ente du ohetar toi
do
da tSri
father-to
his
Now he far was him having-seen
re,

doi

muthn

gi sargo
I heaven-of

mad, haza kg yo kufi.

not-am again thy son to say.
ru^he

came

not-am again

like

(sense)

kog

pity came, he run made, he neck-to

Yoi

hira-to sense in

mad

joge

Now tliis worthy

kam Ihazadu sahi
work

ande

am

him-to

(keno)

(hosh)

siuado,

kS

hoshari

(workers)

near will go, also

did.

But him-to

fill.

(dumbizar)

father

sin

Azla dobi

di

here hungry

di

His intention was

to

dobi

Ente

tSi

kamlhaza

gi

yog,

mansa

how-many work-doers

woi

dor

bao

D5

might

dobi

anyo

Ge der ^ onyi

tod.

rofi

money lender

pimadeg.

own stomach

that husk-food swine were-eating

of one

sent.

khog

eno

sahukarS

tsatte.

swine to graze

field

zauader

s^raz

shag

deshari

ruatsi

rhiri sfirar

He own

near went.

do

Then that country

straitened became.

ide.

du

Dora

shujide.

dralda

Then he

He

Dore
There

ide.

country-to

phage

cej

days young.

mulkliarl

far

mal

eno

lliato,

work

bad

he

made,

dine

few

after

Uiate (Hie), ohetar

things together

all

thals thora

From- that

property dividing gave.

yoi yui

son

Dots

phae rando.

mal

eno

(loi

hunj

good clothes taking-out

ks
thy

Do

guah

au

masfc

re,

re.

embrace made, much kiss made.

gun ah Ihega.
sin
made.
bae

His father

hadani,

kez

bring,

ye

Ente

Now

di

jSge

this worthy

nokarari

kiii

ruthe

servants-to

said

good

debi

kham

rahni,

him-to clothes put-on (give?)

51
Lahuli.

guthab

gui
hand-to

put on

ring

zauani

yez

we

kSnzavi

ralini,

paular

rahni,

more

r6nz

shoes

put on

fat

calf

feet to

khushi

Ihauani,

shall-eat happiness

shall-make

du

gappa

this

matter

shareni
kill

di

giu

this

my

Ihaji

making

haza
shii) ili,
tiii
[hiSshtS nte khosa
son dead was now again alive-went, formerly was-lost now has-been

yo

side

'

khushi
Ihater.
Dora doz
Do
Then they happiness made. His

ilea.

obtained.

cumh kacha

ghari

aii

eatS

toi

what time
heard.

D5i

dobi

He

him- to

calf

is

bi

servant

killing

nua

anjad,

younger-brother

came,

for

he

well

was obtained.

mliade.

Do

ba

became-sulky

His

father

babi
father-to

Ihateg,

gi

service

I did,

gibi

ma

me-to

not

randen

abela

make:

when

kharab

works in

evil

Doi

dobi

He

him-to

tod

du

KS

was.

Thy

tiii

formerly

(rSshi

Dh8

barsh

ki

answer

made.

So-many

years

thy

hugam

thuasi

ma,

order

rejected

not,

keno

shu.
is.

di

son

came

he

now

madam
bad

ke

do

thali

renz

shaiaden.

thou

him

for

calf

killedst.

kacha

thou

always

me

near

this young-brother

talk

thy property

giu

nua

gappa

mal

kS

hamesh

Happiness

was-lost,

khushi

kii

Khushi

ente

thou ever one goat

with happiness

this

la

friends
doi

hiSshte

abela

sade

adi,

Ihaji,

kl

yarada

kam

ka

out having-come him

di

e yo
said O son

du

anji

datlii

lhat.

thy-own

Du
He

uiab

having-made

kiii

that thine

toi.

ks
thy

kammari

is

kS
thy

gave

Ihau:

ks
bae
tshSi
thy father fat

that

not-went.

tehl

chi shujad.
what became.

khosiri.

Doi

cal

raji baji

in

He

mi

dii

toijg

persuaded.

was,

thale

roshe shiri

chSndi.

field-iu

d5

shaiado,

renz'

tSi,

garpi

ad kute rhugade
to called
asked

cagara

Kl
said Thy

kiii

son

rhiri

arrived (came) singing dancing of also noise

DsrS i
Then one

that (thai).

yo

big

gido

pi (adi)

near

house

more

khushi

Ihai,

to make, happiness

side

toi

dead

was

khosa
has been

eute

haza

now again

ilea,

obtained.

todon
art

gin

mine

shubi

jftshi

be

fitting

to

shiq

''

ili,

alive became,

BHADR/VWAHI, BHALfiSI AND PADARI DIALECTS.

Introduction.

These three dialects are spoken in the eastern portion of Janini5

Bhadrawah, jngir of Raja Sir Amar Singli, brother of the
proper.
M;i,haraja of JammS and Kashmir, lies immediately to the north-west
of Caraba State and soutli of the Cinab river.
By Bradrawahis tliemi\,

selves the district

syllable, while

called Bhadhlfi,

is

Kashmiris

call it

with the accent on

BodarJcnh.

Bhsiles

is

the second

name

the

of

a valley a few miles to the east of the town of IHiadrawah. Padar,

separated from Bhales by a valley only six or seven miles across, lies

north of and contiguous to Paggi in Camba State. From Paijgi it is two

Kishtawar is four stasres
or three marches down the Cinab to Padar
lower down the river. Another three mnrches will bring us into the
heart of the Bhalesi country immediately to the west of which Blia;

drawahi

is

spoken.

All these dialects enable one to study the process of transition

from Panjabi to Kashmiri. Nevertheless, while they exhibit points of

connection with Kashmiri, not one of them can be chissed as a dialect
They belong distinctly to tlse Panjabi-Hindi type.
of that language.
They resemble Kashmiri in having, in common with Curahl, the
For examples of this, the notes
vocalic change known as epenthesis.
at the end of the verb in the different dialects should be consulted,

under Curahi, and the Introduction to the Camba

Padari has epenthesis to a larger extent than any of the rest.
Dialects.
They have g for ; in the verb go ; thus Bhadrawahi gahnU, Bhalesi
Bhadrawahi zannfi, say, zannu
gahnu, Padari ghen ; cf. Kashmiri gatsun.
know, Bhalesi dzanu, dzfinnu, remind us of Ksishniiri dopun and
as also the note

Padari has further resemblances in its half vowels, represented

in Roman by the letters being written above the line, as han'^, hin'*, is or
zanim.

are

the",

was

the

{cf.

in its introduction of y before e

lyekhun ; dyen'^, I sha.]\ g\ve, dyitto,

grammar passim)

Kashmiri
gave, Kashmiri dyima, dyut ; in some
or

^,

my

as lyekhan, write,

teeun, ten, tliy

tuhund
its

word

always
pifitth,

lievn, our, tohn,

of its pronouns, as,

jour

cf.

meeun or men.

Kashmiri myon,

con, son,

in its 3rd person neuter pronoun tath, Kasjimiri tath ; and in

The introduction of y is not
for
why,' kye-, Kashmiri kyazi.
'

Thus they say both

back ikk and yikk one.
regular.

ij

and

^JJj,

motlier

pifth

and

In the presence of r instead of r in the adverbs of place, one is reminded of the Sisi dialect which has kare, where ? jare, where. For these

54

wonls we hnve Bluidiawahi

kori,

zan

Blialpsi kore, dzefe

and

Padnrl kor,
whereas

and there, iiowever, Sssi

We are sigain reininde'l of Sa-i ia the
these di:i]e(!ts keep to r.
Bhadrawalii [H'onouns oh, lie, she, it, tliaf, and rh, tliis, which in their
Agent Sing, have cerehial n, unl and inl, keeping tlie n through all the
Oblique Plural. The Sisi corresponding pronouns do precisely the
di'ops tiie r

Foi- here

zar.

luis tth,

same, having Agent Sing, un and in and n in the Oblique Plural (Agent
Plur. wno, ino).

An interesting feature

of these dialects is the frequent preference of

and dhl to hr or hhr, and of tl (or tl) and thl to tr. Thus we
have Bhadrawalii dhlihbu, red beat-, dhln, brother-, cUnhg, leopard, for
what in other dialects would be hhrahu, bhrd, and barnhg. We notice
dl

(or dl)

also dlaoro, in the state

The
Bhalesi we

of Iniving been married, for bidhd hud.

In
very name for Blmdrawali, Bhadhld, illustrates this.
have dhJiblihu, red bear, ding, leopard also dhledd, sheep, for bhed.
;

In Padaii there

Again we

is

find in

to-monow

after

diaindhe, bind, for bdndho.

(lit.

Bhadrawalii

thli,

third day), thlih,

strl, trai, trljjn din, trih, trei.

woman,

tlrie,

thirty,

tlehbi,

In Bhalesi we have

three,

thledi,

day

twenty-thi-ee;

tledht, for

the

cf.

day

and in Padari tide for three, and tlean ior i\\e (\.a,j
I do not remember having noticed these two features
after to-morr()w\
in any other dialect, although the mere intercharge of I and r and of I
after to-moirovv,

common.
Bhadrawalii makes

ftnd r

in

is

very

karu,

Dative in jd,

its

Genitive Sing,

Locative

in

tyiU,

in

Genitive

ru,

Ablative

Plural

kara.

in

The

Masc. is in -e and the A<_'ent Plur, both Mmsc. and

It has I throughout in the suffix for the Futurt-, the 1st
Fern, in ex.
Plur. having ml, and bus Feminine forms for the Future, Pres. Cond.

Accent Sing.

and

Pies.

Iiid. in

addition to other parts where we more

Its Stative Participle ('in the state

Feminine foims.
Bhalesi very

much resembles Bhadrawalii.

Genitive

Sing, in -eu.

Plui-.

in

keii,; its

It

of)
has

Dative Sing, in

ofien
is

its

-e,

find

in -ord.

Genitive

and Dative

a and Ablative Plur. in -dn, while

its Agent case has almost always -e in both the Sing, and the Plur.
The Future has I in the 2nd and 3rd Sing, and 1st and 2nd Plur.,
Plur, in -mi;

its

Ablative Sing, in

Feminine forms are noticeable in the Future

The Stative Participle ends in -So, and the Conjunctive

the 1st Plur. having ml.

and Pres. Ind.

Participle {having fallen, etc.) in -oi.

Padari has -ar for the Genitive Sing, ending and kar for the
Genitive Plur., as for the Dative Sing, and apparently no t-uding for
the Dative Plur., el for tbe Ablative Sing., and kal for the Ablative Plur.
The
Its Future takes I throughout with nl in the 2nd and 3rd Plur.

55

Future has two forms for the Ist Sing, ending respectively in -ui
when tlie root of the verb ends in a consonant, itnd in nasiil n when the

vowel see the note at the end of the verba.

Feminiue
forms are found in the Future and Pres. Coud. or Pres. Jnd. The
Stative Participle ends in -or or -awr, and tlie Conjunctive Participle

root ends

in a

in -* kar.

The Padari word

for

devil,

harmon,

is

reraarkaljic.

Whether

any connection with Ahriman., the Zoroastrian spirit of evil is

doubtful, but tlie similarity of the two words is striking.
In connection with the Future in
the inti-oduction to the Gamba
there

is

/-,

Dialects should be consulted, pp.

ii, iii.

58

Bhadraivah)

59

Pronouns.
1st

2nd
Sing.

N.
G.

D.A.
L.

Ab.

ail

8rd

ih, this


BhadrawUhi.

60

Adjectives.
Adjectives employed as nouns are declined as nouns, bub adjectives
qualifying nouns liave the following declensions

All adjectives ending

in any letter other than -w, -au, -6 are indeclinable.

have

in -u, -au, -0,

obi. sing.

m.

Those ending
indeclinable.
Feminine

Plui-al -e,

-e.

i indeclinable.

Comparison is expressed by means of kara, from, than, used with

the Positive: kharau (kharo), good; is kara kharau, better than this

sehhan kara kharau, better than

Demonstrative.

Correlative.

teihu, like that

erhii, like this

aitrn, so

all, best.

much

or taitru,

many

or

much

so

Relative.

Interrogative.

kerhu, like what

how much
many ?

many

kaitrii,

or

zerhu, like which

jaitru,

or

as

much

many

Adverbs.

Most

adjectives can be used

the subject of the sentence.

They then agree with

as adverbs.

The following

important adverbs other than adjectives

Time.

then.

kes,

when

kori, kora,

most

iri tai,

day

after to-morrow.

ittha,

day after that.

where

up to here,
from here,

bah, up.

bunh, down,

yesterday.

day before yesterday.

tsordiharebliiie, day before that,
(lit. four days ago).

nero, near,

kadi, sometimes, ever,

pattri, behind,

kadi na, never.

an tar, inside,

kadi na kadi, sometimes.

behr, outside.

prez,

The adveibs are

zara, where,

kala, to-morrow.

hij,

the

uri, ura, taj-i, tara, there,

zaj-i,

tsoiithe,

of

itthi, eri, ira, here.

zes, wlien.

thledi,

list

Place.

hun, now.
tes,

is

kujo,

galld kere, for this reason

why?

dur, far.

^g^h i" front,

a,

yes; neth, no;

m sdre, ain sare, thus

Zws^f,

quickly

kliare scire, well.

is

Bhadraiunhi.

61

Prepositions.

The conimonest
Subjoined

nouns.

prepositions have
is

brief

fi^equently both a preposition

been given in the declenHion

of

list

The same

ntliers.

word

tere

war, on this side.

ishi salii, like us.

hetth, below.

unan ka, towards them.

mS,

us pati, aftpr liim or that.

witliin,

kei or ka, beside

mi

sathi,

sili,

tes waste, for

is

and an adverb.

par, beyond.

mi
mi

oi'

me.

lei,

tisere

with me.

about thee.

ware

pare,

round aI)out

it.

tusan barabar, equal to jon.

him.

mere bagair, without me.

Verbs.
Auxiliary.
Pres.

Past

am, &c.
ai
was
Sing,

ahm

ahe

as

/. thi

thio,

thie

PI.

ahn

ahth
/.

thi

Intransitive Verbs.

bitsharnu,
Pres. Cond.

bitshar-au or -i
-1

Fern.
bitshar -alo

Fat.
Fern.

-as

-e

-i

-i

-alo

-alo

-am
-am

-ath

-male

-ale

-ath

-an
-an
-ale

-a^lai, &c.

Imperat.

bitshar

Pres. Ind.

bitshar -ta

bitshara

-ti

-te

-c3

-ci

Peni.

Impf. Ind.

fall.

-ce

-tam
-cam

-tath

-tan

-cath

-can

PI. -te thie (fcm. -ti

bitshar -to thi5 (fem. -ti thi)

thi).

Past Ind.

bifsh -aro

Plaf.

bitsharo thio, &c:

Part.

/. -eri

hitsharto, falling

in the

about

state
to fall.

of

PI.

-are

/. -eri

bitsharfd, havinsj fallen

having fallen

bitshaforo,

bitsharnSbnlo,

faller,

62

Hhadrawahi.

Some verbs have

bhonu,

slight irregularities,

be,

become.

Pres. Cond.

bliau -i

-s

-e

-m

-th

-n

Fut.

bho -l6
bhuo

-lo

-lo

bhau-mle

-le

-le

Past
Part.

Iiid.

bhuoro, in the state of having become.

Bhadrawahi.

fty

Pres. Perf.

kuttu (&c.) ahe with agent case of subject,

ahe agreeing with object.

Plapf.

kuttii thio

Part.

as for bitsharnic, kuttoro, in the state of having been

beaten.

kutta

with agent case of subject, kuttu thio

agreeing with object.

The following

are slightly irrejj^ular

khanu,
Past Ind.

eat.

Bhadrawahi.

64

The

epenthetical

bentshe ru
bitsliardld,

vowel

change

in

Tiatthe

hath'i,

ru

batshl,

kaun, kaini (see declension of nouns and pronouns), and in

bitsharnilai ; kutalo, kutailai ; annu, ainalo (see above, verbs)
;

See note at end of verbs in Curahi dialect.

For the Infinitive of Verbs -u and -u are used interchangeably.
Similarly in the last syllable of nouns and adjectives, mi, a, o are freely
should be noticed.

used for each other.

In the 17th and I9th sentences below will be noticed interesting
Sing, banhd or hanhda ; plur. banhddth or
forms for the Imperative
:

banhdthet.
List of

Oommon Nouns,

babo, father,

Adjectives and Adverbs.

kuk-kur, cock,
-kari, hen.

haj, mother,

dhla, brother,

baihn, baihn, sister,

bal-a, cat (male).

-ai,

(female),

camel.

ko, matthu, son.

tint,

koi, kui, daughter,

tsafoUi, bird,

munash, husband,

shen, kite,

thli, wife,

gidar, fox.

mafd, man.

hathi, elephant,

thli,

woman,

hatth, hand,

matthu, boy.

pao, foot,

koi, kui, girl.

nakk, nose,

g5ran siqgha, cowherd,

etshi, eye.

puhal, shepherd,

tuttar, face,

tsaur, thief,

ash, mouth,

ghor

dant, tooth,

-o, horse.

-i,

mare,

kann,

ear.

dant, ox.

shiral, hair,

batshi, cow.

dog, head,

bhai, buffalo,

zibbh, tongue,

tshero, he-goat,

pait,

tshailli,

she-goat

stomach,

pitth, back,

bhaidd, sheep,

jind, body,

kut-ar, dog.

katab, book,

-ri,

itsh,

bitch,

black bear,

kalam, pen.
khat, bed.

dhlabbu, red bear,

ghar, house,

dlilahg, leopard,

niru, river,

khauthau,

gad, stream,

sur, pig.

ass.

dhar,

hill.

65

Hhdtirtiirnhi.

paddhru,

plain.

tshethl, field.

bread.

rotti,

fear, ready.

kani, little.

maste, much.

pani, water.

bhOau, be, beoome.

gah^a, wheat.

ejnu, come.

kukkri, maize.

gahnii, go.

buta, tree.

nainu, take.

djaii, tield.

dean, give.

.shahr,

town.

bitsharnu,

fall.

ban, jungle.

utliiiu, lise.

masli, fish.

kharo bhonii, stand.

batt, vvay.

hairnu, see, look.

meuo,

khanii, eat.

fruit.

mas, meat.

pinu, diink.

duddh, milk.

zaunu. say.

thul. egg'.

zhiilnn, sleep.

ghi, ghi.

katrnu, do.

tail, oil.

rehnu, remain.

tshah, buttermilk.

kutnu, beat,

zhez, day.

pushaauu, recognise.

know.

dlaz, night.

zannii,

diharo, suu.

puznu, arrive.

canani, moon.

nashnii, run.

taro, star.

nashi gahnu, run away.

biio,

wind.

bananu, make,

deu, rain.

rakkhnii, place.

dhupp, sunshine.

kujanu,

andliaru, storm.

malnu, meet.

bharo, load.

shiklinu, learn.

bidz, seed.

parhuu, read.

lahft. iron.

likkhnu, write.

chail, beautiful, good, clean.

shuunu, hear.

buro, ugly, bad.

nisna, turn.

baddo, big.

aznu, return.

nikro,

tsalnu, flow.

little.

shnst, lazy.
takro,

wise.

call.

larnu, fight,
zitnu, win.

jahli, ignorant.

liarna, be defeated.

tikkha, tez, swift.

tsalu gahnu,

tliandii, cold.

baihnu, sow.

tattu, hot.

mitthu, sweet.

lial

go away.

lana, plough.

khuanu. cause

to eat.

66

Bhadrawahi.
pianii,

cause to drink,

shuaanii, cause to hear,

tsarnii, graze.

tsaranu, cause to graze,

zhulnu, He down.

Bhadrawnhi

Mere cac ro ko

6.

with his

dlaoro

satl>i

My

ai.

uncle's 8on

sister is married.

Grhare chitte gliore

7.

saddle

bshni

tiseri

67

ri

kathi

In

ae.

tlie

lionsc the

white horse's

is.

8.
9.

10.

Tisere thlio-^g pnr katlii

Ml

tiseiu

matthu

On

latli.

inasl kuttu.

Tai dhari pur betshi

liis

back bind

l)cat his

On

tsiielli tsarte.

son

that

tlie

saddle.

niiicii.

hill lie is crraziii','

cows and sheep.

11.
sitting^

12.

Tai

biite

h'y/th

t,rhore

pnr bisliMro

ai.

Under

that tree he

is

on a horse.
Tiseru dhla apai behni kara baddo

ai.

His brother

is

big^^er

thaji his sister.

Tiseru mul dhai rupayye

two and a half rupees.

Mairo babo ns nikre ghare mR bishte. My father in that
little house lives.
15.
Tes eh rupayyo de. Give him this rupee.
16.
Tai rupayye tes kararau. These rupees l)iing fioni him.
17.
Tes mast kutti sheli 8? ban lid or bauhda. Having beaten
13.

Its price is

aii.

14.

him much bind thou him with a

19.

Khuh5 pani kaddh.

Mf agri tsalath or tsalthI.

20.

Kisero ko tusan pitora oro

18.

you

rope.

From

the

vpell

Before
ai ?

take out water.

me walk

(you.)

Whose son

is

coming

after

21.

Ta? kas kara

22.

piaul

village.

muUe aao

re ekki

hetribale

From whom hast thou bought it?

kara.
From a shopkeeper of the

Bhalesi.

69

70

Bhalesi.

Adjectives.

Adjectives

used as nouns

ai-e

declined hs nouns, but

adjectives

All adjectives

ending
Those
endintj
ill
ii,
au,
any
in any of these letters change it to -e for Obi. s. m., and N. pi. m., and
The genitives of nouns and pronouns come
i for Fem. Sing, or Plur.
under this rule, as ghorei zin, the horse's saddle.
Comparison is expressed by the positive of the adjective used with
qualifying nouns have the followinsj declension
letter othei- tlian a,

are indeclinable.

o,

made as
Kulu Siraj)

the ablative of the noun or pronoun with which comparison

chitta,

white

Ufi chitta,

(cf.

Panjabl, cittn

whiter than

DemonstraUve.
ehu,

like

Kului

tehn,

and

shitta in

this.

(JorreLatwe.

this

shettd,

is

like

Interroyiitive.

that

kehii,

like

what?

Relative.

dzeha,

like

which

much
many

tetkur, no muc\\

ethur, so

or

or

many

ta^^w, how much

or

many

dzethnr,

or

a,H

much

many

Adverbs.
They then agree with the
Most adjectives can be used as adverbs.
The following is a list of the most important
subject of the sentence.
adverbs other than adjectives.
(Time.)

day after tomorrow,

tsouth. day after that,

huphe, now.

tied hi,

tessa, then,

kessa,

when

hi,

yesterday.

day before yesterday,

tsoiith, day before that.

dzessa, when,

par,

adz, to-day.

kala, tomorrow.

Place.)
ere, here.

dzere, where,

ore, tere, there.

iria, fi'oni here.

kore,

wheie

BhtilSsi.

71

Vbrbs.
Auxiliary.

Pres.

Past

am, &c.
was

hew

hjis

Sing. m.

thio

ha
/.

Intransitive

khirkau,
Pres. Subj.
Fut.
Fern.

Imperat.
Pres. Ind.

rn.

fliie

ahan
/'.

thi

Verb."!.

fall.

-tath

-te

-te

-te

-t
-tarn

-tath

-ti

khirk -tau thio (/'. -te the)

PI. -te thie
(/". ti thi)
khirk -0 -o or -au -6 or -au -au -au -e

Fern.

-6i

Pres. Perf.

khirko

heu or ahew, &c.

Plupf.

khirko

thio,

Past

khirkoi,

Some verbs have

&c.

having fallen

slight irregularities.

bhonu,
Pres. Sulij.

PI.

hath

-as
-6 -am
-ath
an
khirk -an or -en -al or -el -el -kamal -el
-an
-erm
-eul
-eu\ -amettl
-en\
-Him
khirk khiika
khirk -tau or -tii
-tus or tos
-tau or tu

Pem.
Past. Ind.

ham

khirk -a

-tarn

Impf. Ind.

the

be,

become.

72

BkalSsi.

Transitive Verbs.

kutnu,

Bhalesj

78

74

Bhalesi.

S^^> cow.

zanan, wife.

man.

rautear,

ku^nsh,

bhai, buffalo,

(nasal ),

woman.

tsherjo, he-goat,

ko, boy.

tshelle, she-goat,

kui, girl.

dhledd, sheep,
kutar, dog.

cowherd.

gor,

puhal, shepherd.

kutre, bitch,

tsor, thief.

eutsh, black bear,

ghor -o, horse.

-e, mare.

dhlibbhu, red bear.

dant, ox.

khotrii, ass.

dlag, leopard,

Sentences.
1.

2.
3.
4.

Teu uau ke ha ? What is thy name ?

Es ghorei kethri umbar ha ? How much is this horse's age ?
From here how much is Kashmir ?
Iris Kashmir kethri ha ?
Te habe ghare math kethar ahan ? In thy father's house

how many
5.

sons are there ?

Aii adz

durua hanthi ano ahew.

to-day from far walking

have come.
Meii pitlao ko tisei bhain sathea biaho ahe. My uncle's son
6.
is married with his sister.
Ghare madz chitte ghorei zin ahe. In the house is the white
7.
horse's saddle.
8.
9.

10.

Upon

back bind the saddle.

Mei tiseii ko mato kutto. I beat his boy much.
Tedhare putth gaua tshelli tsarto ahe. He upon the hill cows
Tisei pitthe putth zin kasha.

and goats grazing

11.

Us

is.

Under that

butte hetthe ghore putth te bishon ahe.

upon a horse he seated

12.

its

tree

is.

Tiseu bhei apni bhaina baro ahe.

His brother

is

bigger than

his sister.
13.

Tiseii

mul adhai rupayyo

ha.

Its price is

two and a half

rupees.
14.

that

Men

little

babo us nikru ghare madz bhots.

father lives in

house.

16.

Us rupayye deth. Give him rupees.

Usa rupayye eni tshadd. From him

17.

Te hacchS kuttath

15.

My

bind him with ropes.

te shell sai

take (those) I'upees.

bannhath.

Beat him well and

BJialesi.

From
Walk in

18.

Khiiha paai keudh.

19.

Mera agre

20.

Kiseu k5 teia patte

21.

Te! kisa

22.

piaua hattibale

tsala.

muUe

keeper (I have) taken

it.

einfco.

75

the well take out water.

front of me.

Whose boy comes

bcliind thee ?

From whom hast thou brought it

kanoa a^o. From the village from a

ano

shop-

Pd^arl.

77


78

Padari.

Adverbs.

Most adjectives can be used as adverbs. The following

the most important adverbs other than adjectives

is

list of

{Time.)

himmi,

novp.

hi,

yesterday.

kapal, when. ?

day before yesterday.

tsouthi, day before that.

dzapal, when.

ka*d*, sometimes, ever.

shui, tomorrow.

ka*d' na, never.

day after tomorrow.

tsouthi, day after that.

ka*d' ka*d', sometimes.

pare,

tapal, then.

tlean,

(Place.)
..;;

dzal,

eeul,

dzatth,

ien.r tikar,

ettb,

,,

up

ifi,

61,

bih, up.

otth,

naind, down.

tatth,

nere, near,

tal,

,,

dur, far.

kor, whei'e ?

agar, in front.

kol,

pa'ittar,

behind.

andar, inside.

,,

bahr, outside.

dzar, where.

Others are

to here.

from here.

tar, t5r, there.

kotth,

is

where.

ieur, here.

kyes,

why;

S,

yes; na,no;

cfeer,

well

/in!.5aZ,

quickly

galar ddstt, for this reason.

Conjunction.
dzai,

if.

Prepositions.

The commonest prepositions have been mentioned in the declension

The same word ig frequently both a preposition
of nouns and pronouns.
and an adverb.
mai

par, beyond.

war, on this
andar,

side,

in.

pad, beneath.
pettr,

upon.

peur, near me.

mai samet, with

rae.

tasar dosti, for him.

tane pewr, towards them.

P&dari.

79

Verbs.
Auxiliary
Pres.

am,

Past

was.

mas.

&c.,

fem.

han<,

Siug. m. the",

/.

Iiin*,

all

through.

PI. theg,

thi,

/.

thi.

Intransitive.

dzharan,
dzhar -al

-al

-al

dzhujul

dzhair -el

-el

-el

dzhur-el

Fut.

Fem,

fall.

Imper,

dzhar

-nal

d/.hair

-neM' -ueM'

dzhar

Past Cond, or
Pres. Ind,

dzhar -na,

Fem.

dzhairni, all through.

Impf. Ind.

dzharua

Fem.

dzhairni

Past Ind.

dzliara,

Fem.

PI. dzhairne,

PI. dzhairne thee

the,
thi.

PI. dzhaire.

dzhairi

dzharna, falling

Part.

The following show

bhol

Fem.

bhol

bhoM

dzhair^-kar. having fallen.

slight variations

bhon,
Fut'.

become.

be,

bhonal

bhol

bhfil

bhonal

bhune*l

Past Cond. or
Pres. Ind.

Past Ind.

bhouna,

bhu'nn*

/.

PI. bhoe,

bho,

bhui.

/.

adzan, come.
Fut.

ozul

Fern.

azil

eznil

Imperat.

aih

adzai

Pres. Ind.

azna.

PI. azne,

Past

a,

/.

Imperat.

ghau
gah

Pres. Ind.

ghena

Past

ga,

Put.

ae,

ghel

ozul

ozul

ozul

/.

aznal

aizni

PI. ae,

/.

ghen,

go.

ei.

ghel, &c.

ghe

/.

gei,

PI. gae,

/.

gi.

aznal

-nal

80

Padari.

Fut.

Fem.

bishul

beshan, remain,

sit.

beshal

bishul

beshal

beshnal

beshnal

beshel

Imperat.

besh

Pres. Ind.

beshna

Past

betha

Part.

bithor, in

beshai

the state of having sat.

Transitive Verbs.

kotan.
Fut.

Fem.
Imperat.

kotal

ku^al

kutal

kotnal

kotnal

kutneM'

kutal

koetel

koetel

kot

kutal

kotal

kutne*!'

kotai

Pres. Ind. or

Past Cond. kotna,

Imperf.

Fem.
Past

kotn -ath

-ath

-ath

-eth -gth

-etb

koetneth*, all through.

kotta

(PI.

subject
Part.

fem. koetni

PI, kotne,

kotte,

khan,
Past

kha,

beaten

kotta,

having been beaten,

khanna

with

agent

koitikar,

kotor,

having beaten.

eat.

pin, drink.

pinS

Past

pia,

Part.

pior, in

pi

/.

the state of having been drunk.

din or den,
Pres. Ind.

dyen^

Fut.

daii

Past

dyitta

Pres. Ind.

lena

Fut.

leS

Past

lea

Part.

leaur, in the state of

give.

deal, &c.

lei^,

leal,

take.

&c.

having been taken.

bola^, speak.
Pres. Ind.

bonna

Part.

bolor, in

of

in the state of

khaii.

/.

Pres. Ind.

case

kotja agreeing with the object.

kotna, beating

Pres. Tnd.

koetti),

/.

the state of having spoken.

81

Pndnri,

karan, do.
Pres. Ind.

karna.

Fut.

korul

Past

kea

Part.

keatir, in

ghin (ghm)

the state of liaving been done.

and glun ghen, take away, arc conjugated

like adzan, come, and ghen, go, lespectively.
With tliis ghin, having
the sense of take, should be compared Lahnda ghinna, take.
It will be noticed that two forms of the 1st Sing. Fut. are found,
one ending in nasal n, apparently confined to verbs whose roots end in
a vowel, as ghaii, from ghen, go; daii, from din or dBn, give; leU, from
iBn,

tnke

aclzan, bring,

the other being the ordinary form in

karna, do; hlshul, from beshan,

-I or -ul, as korul,

sit.

Epenthetical vowel changes are not uncommon.

make, we have hanain den

rakkhan, place,

parhan,

cause to eat,

The

(Urdu, rakh char)

fut.

pi.

dzhairne and fem. dzhairn^, and dzhair^ kar

dzharnal has fem. dzhairneH^

fut. bhonal (I shall

e in

thee

tences 4 and 13)

account of

or hanainl den (Urdu, hana dSnn); from

raikh tshar or raikhl tshar

dzhSrna, falling, has

bhu^nn^

Thus from hannn,

from
parhain de or parhaini de (Urdu., parh de). So khalan,
changes to khalain when in agreement with a fern, noun

resid,

having fallen

from

and

hhonna, being, has fem.

bhuuFP see verbs passim.

above and in hine and hane below

be) has

koetnl

f.

should, strictly speaking, be

difficulties of

type

it is

printed on the

above the line.

(sen-

On

line.

Numerals.
1

yak.

barah.
13 teirah.
14 caudah.
15 pandrah.
IG^shorah.
17 satarah.
18 atharah.

2 dui.
3tlae.

12

5 panz.
6
7
8 atth.
9 nau.

tsour,

tshai.
satt.

19

long.

first

It is

'Unnih.

20bih.

10 dash.
The

1yarah.

syllable of dui

probable

that the

and

tlae

common

and shorah

is

pronounced very

people count by scores and do

''''*
following
not use separate numbers between 20 and 100 (sum)numbers used by some are doubtless due to commujiication with towns.

82

Pndnr'i,

27

sataii.

Pndurj.

83

paain, stream (water).

adham,

phat,

alag, ugly.

hill,

itiadaii, plain.

Iiigh.

atara (accent on

baig*, field.

.st^coml

syllable), ugly,

ruait', bread.

tlianda, cold,

paain, water.

latta, hot.

geoh, wheat.

mettlia, sweet,

kukkur', maize.

tear, ready,

bott, tree.

kam,

less, little,

thao, village.

mata, more, much,

shaihr, town.

sobh,

ban, jungle.

bh5n, be.

macch',

adzan, come,

bat,

fish.

way.

all.

ghen, go.

phal, fruit.

be.shan, sit, remain,

mas,

len, take,

mefit.

duddli, milk.

din, den, give,

thul, egg.

dzharan,

(accent

ghiii

on

second

syllable), ghi.

(/tV.

become

standing),
heran, see, look,

tel, oil.
tsliali,

fall,

kliarbhon, stand

buttermilk,

khan,

eat.

disu, day.

pin, drink,

rat, night,

bolan, speak, say.

dius, sun.

tsainne,

moon,

uijhan, sleep,

karan, do.

tara, star,

kotap, beat, strike,

bat, wind,

paryanan, recognise,

megli, rain,

puzhan. arrive,

dhupp, sunshine,

nashan, run.

bhara, load,

nash ghen, run away,

bedza, seed,

banan, make,

loh. iron.

rakkhan, place,

cber, good, clean, beautiful,

hak den

bura, bad.

{lit.

(din), call,

give

call.

bora, big.

mean, meet, be obtained,

mathar, small,

shitsan, learn,

nimta, lazy,

pafhiin, read,

khara, wise,

lyekhan, write,

betal, ignorant,

maran,

ha sal, swift,

khunan, hear,

pain, sharp.

ghiran,

die.

move away.

Pddari.

84;

paiti adzan,

come back.

dzote den, plough.

liHiidan, flow.

khalan, cause to eat.

shatsan, fight.

pian, cause to drink,

dzittan, win.

khunan, cause to hear,

haran, be defeated.

tsaran, graze,

handi ghen, go away.

tsaran, cause to graze,

tsharan, sow.

uqhan,

lie

down.

Sentences.

Tau ni ki han ? What is thy name ?

Eh ghorar kat barli han^ ? How many years has his horse
Iri
Kashmir kateri diir haim ? From here how far

1.

2.
3.

Kashmir
father

is

Tieuii

4.

babbar kat gobhar hine

How many

sous has your

Adz ail bara diiral aur han*. To-day I from very far have come.
Miean mathar babbar geobhur taser bheni samet beah keo na

5.

6.

(or keor han*).

uncle's (small father's) son has married his sister.

Gih cheta ghorar kathi

7.

saddle

My

hin*.

In the house the white horse's

is.

Put it on
mata kota. I beat

8.

Taser pitth par tshare.

his back.

9.

Mai

his son

tasar koa

Se phat pewr gei

10.

te

heu^kev tsarna.

He

much.

on the

hill is

grazing

cows and goats.

11.
Se tas botte pad ghore pe?<r bithor han". He under that tree
is seated on a horse.
12.
Tasar bhae apan bhenal bora ban*. His brother is bigger
than his sister.
13.
Tasar mul tlae rupae bane. Its price is three rupees.
14.
Miean bab tath mathar kuthi andar han. My father is n
that small house,

Tas rupae del tshare. Give him rupees.

Tasal rupayye ial adzai. Froni him bring rupees.
Tas maihn koitikar radzuri ki dlaindhe. Having beaten him

15.

16.
17.

20.

him with ropes.

Khuhal paain kaddh. Prom the well draw water.
Mai agar agar hand (handh). Before me walk.
Tieun penittar kasar koa ban ? Whose boy is behind you

21.

Se kasal mulle ana

22.

Thawar

well bind
18.
19.

brought

it.

hati ettah ana.

Fi'om

whom

From

did you buy that ?

the shopkeeper of the village I

SANSI GLOSSARIES.
INTRODUCTION.
In the Panjab census of 1901 no less than 18,180 person were I'eturned as belonging to the criminal tribe of the Sasis. In describing

them perhaps I may be permitted to quote words I have used elsewhere.

" The Sisis are a deeply interesting people.
Sunk low in the scale of
nature
and
education to criminal habits, clingcivilisation, addicted by
ing to traditional beliefs peculiarly their own, living in the midst
yet holding aloof from, other races, they

invite the attention of stu-

dents of ethnology and students of comparative religion alike.

their linguistic interest

is

paramount.

may

While the former

The

will certainly

students of language, the chief interest

repay time spent on

of a dialect

its

source

by

latter.

which owes

origin to deliberate fabrication for the purpose of aiding

Sssis themselves are unaware of

it

undoubtedly in the

lies

Here we have the remarkable phenomenon

crime.

Sisi dia-

main dialect and the criminal

be subdivided into two, the

variation.

But

Being criminals, they conceal

their language with scrupulous atid extraordinary care.

lect

of,

its

and abetting

yet in the pre-

sence of strangers they unconsciously use a dialect which

not a

is

growth but a conscious manufacture. So much has his now become

part of themselves that SSsls from all parts of the Panjab will speak
the same dialect, and be ignorant of the fact that what they call their
language

is

partially, at least, a conscious imposture, a deliberate fraud,

a carefully laid plot to keep in natural darkness deeds which would not
bear the light."

The

difference

between the criminal variation and ordinary dialect

consists mainly in the greater use in the former of strange words

the systematic disguising of

common

not specially disguise their words

their dialect

is

thieves' argot:
I

different
it is

words.

but

it

An

in

In every-day speech they do

must not be forgotten that

from Panjabi or Urdu or Hindi.

a distinct dialect.

and

account of

its

It is

not a

grammar, which

wrote seven years ago, will be found in the Journal of the Asiatic

Society of Bengal, Vol.

LXX,

speak the ordinary dialect

criminal alterations.

Part

I,

No.

1,

1901,

they are not able to

In fact

am

Young children
make the necessary

p. Iff.

inclined to think that the crimiual


86

come

variety will
selves

and

to be less

more and more

used as the Sasis habituate them-

less

At present
Government Reserva-

to the practices of respectable society.

most

of them, in the

tions

under

Panjab at any

rate, live in

Many, hov?ever, on

strict discipline.

special license live

scattered here and there in various towns and villages.

There

is

no doubt that their grammar and vocabulary are affected

The

by surrounding languages.

used by Sssis

who

glossaries here given consist of words

They certainly

Panjab.

live in the

colouring which would be lacking in the speech of SSsis

been out of

must be the same for all.

For convenience sake
those which appear to

which appear

Opinions

which are disguised, but

which

division,

in

there
all

is

have divided the words into two parts

words

first,

natural SssI words, and second, those

to be

may

which are original words and

differ as to

not a matter of great importance.

it is

This

any case will be approximately correct, has been made

merely for the sake

The

of the

have been deliberately altered from Panjabi or Urdu or

to

Hindi words.

me

who had never

Yet the great majority

United Provinces.

tlie

Panjabi

l)ave a

of facility of reference.

altered words call for

need, change the form of

some explanation. Sasis can, when

any word, and a vocabulary to include

such changed words would be co-extensive with a dictionary of the

language of Panjabi

In this glossary

villages.

have inserted only

those not very numerous words whose altered forms have

stereotyped as to be virtually

refer to the section of the glossaries

is

sometimes inserted when

by a vowel (h not being considered)

The Roman numerals

r or r is
:

as,

both followed and preceded

jehrgd, kShrgS, merga, terga,

mharga, tuhdrga, nhdrga, from jehfa, kehrd, mera,

sard

(all in

XVIIV

It is inserted also in koggi

kom

terd,

mhdrd, tuhdrd,

(XVIII) from

frequently change d to ko

Words beginning with a

so

new words.

The following are the commonest changes.

g

become

as,

kol.

kodmi (X).

(XIII), konnd (XIV), kodhd and koth (XVII), koj (XVII), from

ddml, dtd, anna, ddhd, dth,

dj.

Words beginning with

Gf. also khoth

a often alter

it

(XII
to

),

ku

from hath.
as, kiikkhi

(XII),

kurji (XIV), kugge and kundar (XVIII), from akkhi, arji, ayge, andar.
Cf. also

km

(XIV) from

hatti.

become kauhgnd and rauhgnd (XVI), hond, dend,

lend become hopnd, depnd, lepnd (XVI).
Words beginning with a vowel or with h followed by a vowel, often

Kahnd and

rahiia

87
prefix 6
heihi

for

(oi- siihstit-,iite it

(XVIII),

h)

Hindu, eh,

for

hindU

as,

efl,

(XK

bek,

(XVTT\

beil

hue,

iw, etln.

Words beginning with p generally change p to n, an nair, nSt

{XW),nagg (XIV), narhna and nuchnn (XVI), na7ij, nncc and nanjah
(XVII), narso (XVIII),

nhitta,

ho]u pnir,

pet, pagg,

parhna, piichnri,

panj, pane, panjnh, far so, phiita.

Words beginning with

(X), chnha (XIV),

coll

6 gjenerally

is

6 to c or

cfe

as,

chattu

{XY),chatma(XVl),rhaiiht (XVU), chalak,:im\

chahar (XVIII), hom. Bhattii,

n

change

biiha, boll, hatnnn, bahuf,

bhalakbnhnr.

nsed as a disguising letter for various other words,

nhik

ns,

(XVII) from thik, nhanednr (X) from thanedar, uhana (XIV) from
thana, vikat (XTV) from tikaf, nombu (XIV) from tombu, nalll (XIV)
from lalll, na\l (XVII) from cMl, non (XV) from corf,nhdlle (Xfll)
irora chdlle, 7ihtkhnn {XYl) fvoTxi si khnn, nhir (XII) from
nhakkn
( XYIl) irom. sakka,nahb (X) irom snhb (^nhib), naihr (XIV) h-omshakr.
.s'lV,

Different letters are changed to kh.

kharji (XV) from marji; khlkn,
(XVI) from likhnd
khns, khis, and kliassl (XVII) from nikn, da^, his, and assl.
khn is more or less indisciiminately prefixed to words as kluunju

khiTchna

(XVII)

for rnjl; khadifha

deuga,

kh

I will give.

is

dha

for depnrgrn

for ditha, seen; kliadeparjgra

prefixed in khilpar, khupara

is

(XVIII) from npar.

similarly employed, as dhagalh, from

Some words

galli, tliroat.

transpose prominent consonants, as comi from

mod (X)

and chami from machi (X).

k

is

b is

changed

and rhat (XIV), from kunjz and khnt.

ban XV), from san
bendra (XIV), from jandrn

to r in runj'l

employed

in

and baunna (XIV), from

There are
Tlius from car,

jhukha

sona.

other changes which hardly admit of classification.

we get caug ; from

ca-Qga,

rerjgnn

h'omsanduq,nadhuk,iindiivo\n

and

from Musalman, Dhumalmdn

in XIII),

(all

gupahl (X)

still

fi-om hhtikhn

and from

lathi, barlathi

(XIV)

sipahl,

from

and from mkhid, rekhwand (XVI); from u-nihrd,

from dnhai, duhangi (XVIII).
chaihr or chaihra (XI)
In the Panjab Sasi
Pronunciation calls for a few remarks.

nikalnn,

khtgalnn

pronounce most words as Panjabis would pronounce them.

however, special points to be noticed.

They have,

peculiar fashion of shutting off a long vowel.

I

have noticed, are monosyllabic.

in

There

are,

some words, a

These words, so

far as

In the glossaries which follow,

this

88

vowel

indicated by the doubling of the consonant which follows

is

ndtt, load of

grain

hass, boiled fat

bapp father

Verbs which end in ana, have the

gandd, anus.

thened in the present participle.

and batand,

khupp, salt

middle vowel

tlie

applies to the

first

is

Thus mgumata and

batata,

strangely prolonged.

This

putt, son

from gumana

remark

similar

Thus, hua, kiyd,

diyd in Urdu, become huwwa, kiyyd, d'lyyd in SSsi, the

very long.

thus,

a greatly leng-

first

vowel of some past participles.

vowel being

first

case also with the u of kud, well (see V).

is t!ie

In the vocabularies interest attaches to the legal words cdrdwd, ad^'ocate;

cardwt the cardioa's wages

ordeal

dho, fee of one rupee

warning

rd-;

gaddi, plaintiff or defendant

B^ndjat, justice or

statement

legal

sair,

judgment

saihl, notice

instruments

goli, teari

cliaggl,

The words
notice.
They

following up a thief

The

iombu,

'

gaund, place in the inside

jemmy

'

kokd, sign

all

the special words employed

The glossary

presented.

265 words.

latter,

not think their vocabulary can be

ing feminine forms.

cannot hope that

by Panjab

much more

extensive than

and

so

it

is

This

is

all of

a Slsi

The

proportion to the extent of

is

re-

well composed

Owing, however,

to the

one not initiated to

for

when

conversation

the speakers

linguistic interest of the dialect

its

vocabulary.

not the place for entering upon a discussion of the linguis-

tic position of

Gujuri,

impossible

quite

do not desire to be understood.

all

the Sasis.

defined as that of

understand anything at

out of

here

vocabulary of a criminal tribe is, after

not very large, even in the case of a dialect so

system of disguise,

is

These figures do not take account of the Appendix.

all,

clearly

Sasis, but I do

of disguised words comprises 126 words, exclud-

It is interesting to reflect that the

the Sisi dialect.

closely connected with

It is

sufficient

Camba and Simla.

obscurity, but we may look

between

The causes

of the

to the

it,

like

forms of speech found

of this connection are

for a scholarly and valuable

on the subject from the pen of Dr.

coming volumes

to say that

the Rajasthani system of dialects.

These in turn have a marked resemblance

in

pirjgl,

bauti and gaiml, theft.

excluding the

or,

have secured

is

stabbing

glossary of original words contains 300 words including femin-

ine forms,
I

dauti and lakri, poisoned

and thlmd, poison

of the throat for concealing coins

or

berdsi, injustice.

relating to stealing or cattle-poisoning are also worthy of

are baut and gazm, thief

hindd,

Gr.

still

pronouncement

A. Grierson in one of the forth-

Linguistic Survey of India.

referred briefly to the matter in the chapter on

Dr. Grierson has

Languages

in the lieport

89
of the
I

Census of India, 1901.

have mentioned some

On

pp. 70-72, of Part

IV of

this

Volume,

of the points of resemblance

between SS.si and

seems hardly profitable at present to continue
the investigation much further on the same lines, but those desirous
other dialects.

of

It

working out further

Grammar
here.

similarities

may compare

the sketch of Sssi

referred to above with the dialects treated of in Parts I to III

In the meantime the following comparative table, supplementary

to pp. 70-72 of

Part

IV

will be

sufficient.

Tlie practical identity of

the Sisi Future with that found in Mandeali, Suketl atid Bilfispini (see
below) is very remarkable.
1st

Per

90

Pronouns

he, she, it or that,

Agent Sing.

and

this.

Oblique Plur.

Sisi

un

in

n retained throughout

Bhadrawahi

uni ini

n retained throughout

The
Ciirahi,

dialects which, like SIsi,

make

Bhadrawahi. Bha}esl and Padari.

their Pres.

Pai't.

in

-fa are

GLOSSARY OF SANSI WORDS

Nnte.

References to other Sasi

unless

words are to the same section of the Glossary

when otherwise

I. People.
badia, snake-cliarmer,

/.

kheta, Jat,

(caukidar)
police inspector (thanedar).

bahn,

or

sister,

baila,

Cuhra,

baili (see

/.

kheti (see kajjd).

/.

kinia, khattri (see bitri). f. kiniani.

badiani.

watchman

bogra,

speci6ed.

cucnci,

kumbhla, potter
/. kumbhlani.

Urdu

/c/tm/u//).

mauti, mother,
munchi, wiiter, &c.

munda, boy

goUa, nokh).

(see horn).

bapp, father.

mundi,

bami, wife.

naithi, barber

baut, thief (see gaim).

neokla, nekla, boy (see born).

bhattu, SSsi man (in the Cuhra

aigot bhatu).
[ktniH).
bitri,

khattri,

bitrani

/.

(see

bogna, faqir.

mundd, neokla).
bori, girl (see mundl^ neokU, nikki).
chamk, Brahman, /. chamkani.
bora, boy (see

carawa, advocate in S3si dispute

(see gaddi ; also carawi, dho, sair
in V, and saihl in VI).
cyur, Sikkh,

cyurani.

/.

cucna, Ciihra (see baila),

f. cucoi.

dhamnS, husband.
gaddi, plaintiff or defendant (see
ciirdwa)

gaim, thief

(cf.

Qasai word gaimb

or gaimbd (see baut).

golia,

kajja,

non-lowcaste

Cuhra,
J at,

codger ?

/.
/.

ndl).

girl,

gollaa (see baiJd).

kajji

nikki,

little

bori;

(see

girl

and

nthd in VIII).

n5kh, Ciihra, /. nokhni (see bailn).

phupha, father's sister's husband.
pUtt, son.
tli5ka,

carpenter

thdknd, to

(cf.

Paiijabi

hammer).

II.Animals.
balea, cat (accent on la.st syllable),
/. baleai (see gaunn, kuned).

bhukal, dog, /. bhukli (seekiitn),

possibly onomatopoetic.
chabra, m. goat,

/.

chahri.

culkna, m. cock,

/.

culkni.

dhebra, m. cat,

/.

dhebri.

dofa, m. iyuana, /. doph (Pjiiijabi

goh); dofn, hikan, jhandn and
different
are names of
sirsd,

gajeta, non-Iowcaste boy.

gajeti,

(Urdu

neokli, nekli, girl (see hori).

woman.

bhataai, Sssi

girl (.see bori).

(English

See kheta).

kinds of iguana.
edri, /. sheep.

gaddar,

m.

jackal,

/.

(See

gaddap.

kaka, father's younger brother,

gauna, m.

kaki, wife of preceding.

hikan, m. kind of iguana (see dof^)-

cat, ass.

baled,).

92

Glossary of Sasi Words.

feeble,
poor animal
alive or dead, used by
Culiras of dead cattle,

jaggar, m.
(ciittle)

jhabbar m. jackal,

TO.

bedgeliog,

kabra, m. goat,

/. jhaihii.

kabri.

/.

hollow place in throat

formed by practice where small
coins are concealed (word used
also by gamblers).

gauna,

bull; /. kaijgli {^eelaud).

kagar,

khimat,

/.

buffalo,

gicli, /.

kukar, m. cock
m.

kuiiei,

/.
;

cat

(accent

dog

cow

lalsi, /.

on

flesh

last

kanna, m. back of neck (a), Ciihra

kaund.

(see hhiikal).

/. kiiti

karoH,

(see laud).

laud, lauda, bull

with

clavicle
kanheri, /.
attached (a).

kukkri.

syllable, see baled).

kiita,

spine (a).

/.

knee-joint with flesh attached (a; used also by Cuhras).

kudri.

/.

breast.

).

m.

flesh

anus.

/.

kaijgal,

kiidra, horse

with

pelvis

woman's

dokla, m.

gandd,

m, kind of iguana (Panjabi

jhandaul, see dofa).

jlianda,

jhau,

dhuddi,
/.
attached.

/.

laudi

(see

breast (a),

/.

khum, m.

face (h
inverted).

perhaps

mukh

kdrjgal, lalsi).

nokb, m. mongoose, /. nokhni.

sirsa, in. kind of iguana, /.
(Panjabi hatjgird, see dofd).

khura, m. lower half of leg (a),

sirsi

mohra,

tandli, m. louse (see tusU).

attached
rukra,

TO.

sammi,

III.Parts of the Body.

/.

tambla,
[In this list h stands for human, a for
animal, b for both human and animal,
according as the words refer to the parts
of the human body or the parts of animals, generally cattle.]
/.

pi.

entrails

(a),

used by

back (a).
scapula with flesh

m.

ramba,

m. pig,

tusli,/. louse (see td^idli).

atts,

breastbone

patri,/. lower part of

thUb, m. camel.
tiinda,

with flesh
[Cuhras.

krumbli, /. scapula
attached (a).

(b).

If

a).

kidney

Cuhra rukrd.

lower part of back (a)

to.

woman's

to. coccyx
tached (a).

tenda,

breast.

with

flesh

IV.-Pood.

the

entrails are cut up into pieces

each piece is called att, f.

(6),

bagOUe, m.

pi.

gram.

bass, /. boiled fat.

bahapa, foreleg (a),

bera, m. meat.

banda, penis (6).

bandi, vagina (6).

cai,

bapeandar, /. anus with adjoining

parts (a).

dhandha, m. carrion.
dhuUa. m. gur (coarse sugar).

bellar,
bet,

m. skin (a),

m. skin (a).

caura, m. hind leg (a), used also

by Cuhras.

m. water.
cumbli,/. rice (in the husk).

kanji, /. soup.
khissii, khisu, /.

khupp,
kunj,

/.

TO.

salt.

wheat.

wheat.

at-

Glossary of Sasi Words.

kurkni,
hill

maize {kukhri in various

dialects.
See Simla and
/.

Camba

dialects

JammS

also dialects in

State sucli as Bhadra-

wahi).
unboiled fat (Cuhra minj).

paijgat,

m. ghi

(claiified butter).

bnrkfl.

by

cf.

t^arablers,

is

onoraato-

word

poetic (see togna).

wages given

/.

q. v.

to

carawa,

[.

caughli,

/.

four annas, four-anna

chaggi, /. piece of stick about a

foot and a half long, with a poisoned needle at the end, used for
poisoning other people's cattle
with a view to securing the flesh

tandal, m. rice.
tandli, /. straw.

taphle, m. pL, fodder.

tasli,/- bread.
timi,/. bread.
111.

Cuhras,

'V\\e

also

as(>d

hiKiqa,

an.l

bit.

raiqk, m. meat.

tiik,

i.

Qasais

carawi,

raijii,/.

tugra,

hurkiia.

93

food

[see next word).

and skin:

(Panjabi

teari,

tnkra

(see daUtj, ffoU, lakri,

fhlma)

word used by

Cuhras.

m. food.

chik,/. sneeze (see chikna VII).

m. fl. barley.
wassal, m. onion.

tusle,

chill,

m. rupee (see halun), cf, gamword chillar, Panjabi chill.

blers'

V.

Common

Nouns.

daut, m, early morning.

atthar, m. quilt (placed below the

sleeper).
[dialects.
ba,

/.

wind.

Of.

various

hill

bai, /. word, matter (Urdu hat),

abuse (Urdu gall), see gappni.

bagela, m. half a pice.

bageli, /.

[bit.

eight annas, eight-anna

balua, m. rupee

(see

chill,

ruknn )
badewela, m. early morning.
bena, m. shallow brass vessel

lahha,

chaggi,

cept that the stick

couple of inches long.

dhama, m.

q.v.,
is

ex-

only a

village.

dho, w. rupee paid by each party

on beginning a Sssi law case,
(see caraivd in I).
/. two annas, two-anna
dhumk, /. bad smell.

dhormi,

bit.

dokla, m. pice.
(

Pan-

jabi channa).

binda, m. ordeal.
Two kinds of
ordeal are common.
According
to one the
persons concerned
dive into water or hold their
heads under water.
The one
who stays under longer is

deemed

same as

daftti, /.

have rig:ht on his

side.
According to the other a
pice and a rupee are hidden in
The
different lumps of dough.
truth lies on the side of the one
who draws the rupee.
to

gl,

village.

TO.

gappni,
bat),

(Urdu

gSB).

word, matter (Urdu

/.
abuse (Urdii gali), see hai.

gedi, /. instrument for carding

cotton (Panjabi jhamnt).

poison, used chiefly for

putting into the food of culti-

goli,

/.

vators' cattle (used

by Cuhras).

guliiba, m. tobacco.

jiwi,/. land.
karjgri, /.

movable

mud

fire-place.

khahta, m. way.

bindi,/. ear ornament, ear-drop.

Kashmiri,
/ bed (khaf in
Punchi, Kairali, Doda Siraji,

bogmS,

Bhadiawahi),

/.

wealth.

khat,

Glossary of SUsi Words.

94
khaula, m. house.

khludh,

/.

quilt used, to

cover the

sleeper.

khunta, m. iron and wood instru-

ment

/.

plaintiif

/. kind of baggy trousers,

Panjabi sutthan.

sutthan,

for digging.
tear!,/, poison given to cattle (see

kohd, m. large silver circle for the

neck (see kuhdi).
koka, m. sign,
lunar

kondh, m. dark
month, i.e., from about the 22nd
of one lunar month to the 7th of
half

of

the next.
kothli,

legal statement made by

or defendant previous
to the advocate (see caratoa in I).

sair,

/.

word used

chaggi),

also

by

Cuhras.
thima, m. poison given to cattle
("see chaggi), used by Culiras.

huqqa

tohgna, m.

burkna ;

(see

tohgna in VII).

tombu, m. house-breaking jemmy

(used also by Cuhjas) see phal.

tobacco pouch.

kua, well (w pronounced very long,

see riia

kSdhi,

/.

XIV).

VI. Abstract Nouns.

earthenware cooking pot

bauti,

(Panjiibi taart or handi).

m. earthenware

kudra,

waterpot

kudri, /. load of sheaves of corn,

&c. (Panjabi bharl).
/.

small silver circle

for

neck (see kohd.)

labba, m. rupee (see balud).
lakri, /. cattle-stabbing
same as cluiggl, q.v.

night,

lalli, /.

c/.

instrument.

Arabic

laila.

(Panjabi

m. earring.
lamTcna, hang).

wood (Urdu

nahd,

in.

lakri).

(Panjabi

chok,

m. house-breaking
(see tombu).

pirl,

m.

inquiry

jadda,

m.

cold,

(cf.

(with

Outer Siraji

dzadau, JJrdujard).

judgment (see rds).

piijgi, /. following up a thief.
ras,
justice,
judgment (see
/.
berdsi, jdt), used by Qalandar.
sata,

/.

thirst

(accent

on

saihl, /.

legal

second

warning or notice
(see carawa

verbal

jemmy,

oil.

(Urdu ann).
(Urdu bahnd).
(Urdu baithnd).

asarna, corae

bagna, flow
baisna, sit

binkna, run.

piijgi, /. fire,

chekna, ostracise, outcaste.

m. cloth,
rukna, m. rupee (see halud).

cekufna, seize.

ricj-a,

used

VII.-Verbs.

shoe (Punchi paw^a).

phal,

gaimi,/. theft (see gaim in I) used

by Cuhras, cf. Qasai gaimbi,

turban.
/.

I)

[^laggna).

police

/.

netri, /. sword.

pauhni,

see ras)

in I).

naStha, m. name.

/.

by Qalandar.

generally

pand).

pagg,

in

syllable).

village.

natt, /. load of grain, &c.

baut

jat,y. justice,

lamkna,

leokri,/.

(see

berasi, /. injustice

(Urdu ghard).

kuhdi,

theft

/.

used by Cuhras.

chegguna, ask

for,

demand.

Glossary of SS,si Words

95

tohgna, drink

chikna, sneeze (see chlk. V,).

cilapna, walk, go.

nthna,

rise,

iohqnd in V).

(.see

get up. (Urdii ntlind).

culkna, speak.

chodna, leave (Urdu chornd).

dauna, enter, place (in latter sense
equivalent of Urdu dalnn).

dimna, eat (see dutnd).

ditha,

VIII.- Adjectives, Pronouns.

buddlia, old.

dhor, two.
ea, this (Urdii yih).

past part. seen.

(Panjabi

ditthd).

hau,

(/m, nn or hv. is found in

hill dialects and also in

many

dutna, eat (see dimna).

Rajasthan.

gauhgna,

above).

go, pa. p.

gauhga, gone,

gum

kulna, keep quiet (see kulnd,

natthi kulna).
[lost).

gumana,

conceal

(Persian

gum,

(Urduy^na).

jasarna, go.

khimna, weep.
khona, open Urdii kholnd.
khusarna, laugh.
kukna, accuse, inform'about, peach.'
kulna, do (used by Ciihras).
:

'

kill (cf.

Cuhra

lothnn,

ja^a, big.

kai, something, anything.

mhara,

our.

taS, thou.
ther, three.

tiarga refers to the

discussion,

not

age, yes.
bai,

sexual

retna, cut.
siyya, was, /. si, pi. siyye, /. siyyg
(see thlyyd; cf. Panjabi si).

tauna, fall, lie it also enters into

composition with the sense of
Panjabi paind.
;

thekuna, conceal in ground, bury.

is

found

in

takes

It

the

tuhara, your.

See Introduction.

IX. Adverbs,

Prepositions,
Interjections,

hush!

bhi, again (it is noteworthy that

this word is found in this sense
in Inner Siraji).
bice, in.

Found

in

many

dialects.

dua hoti, expression of greeting

and farewell, probably contracted from the words for there is
prayer,' and meaning may there
be prayer for thee,* peace be to
'

'

'

thiyya,

dialects.

desired.

thing under

plainer reference

It may be translated
the thing or person we are speaking of.'

pudana,

form

when

'

naukhna, see, look.

pagarna, seize. {Urdu pakarnd).
pinagaa, run away.
podna, have sexual intercourse
with (Urdu eodna).

/.

ham

indicated.

natthi kiilna, keep quiet (see kulnd,

gum- kulnd).

was, /. thi,
thiyyS (see siyyd)

ive

gender and number of the word

lugua, die (used by Ciihras).

have

See Introduction.

tam, you (Urdu turn ; for

is used as in Urdu).

is

Kashmiri Idyun).

cause
to
intercourse with.

Introduction

nika, small (see nikki in I, which,

it is to be noted, is not nikl).

khinsna, run away.

loaa, beat,

See

pi.
.

thiyye,
similar

many

hill

thee.'

etthe,
tion.

Stthi,

here.

See Introduc-

Glossary of S&s't Words.

96

ma,

ettho, hence.

up

ettho tikar,

in.

nU, there.

to here.

ida, thus.

otthe,otthi, there. See Introduction.

iw, iwke, now.

ottho, thence.

jare, where (relative).

ducfcion.

kad, when

where
kida, why.

kare

See Intro-

ottho tikar, up to there.

than (used like Urdu se).

talhg, down, below {talU in Gujur
and Tinauli).

satlitha,

i
GLOSSARY OF DISGUISED SANSI WORDS
Note.

In this Glossary P. stands for Panjabl.

X.-People.

nair, pair, foot.

binds, Hindn.

net, pet,

stomach.

bappta, bapp

nhir,

head,

(q.v., I), father.

sir,

head (see

biwar, P. jbiur, water-carrier, &c.

nhis, P. sis,

bunyara, P. sunyara, goldsmith

jafidhre, P. jau, barley.

P. machi, name of a caste

whose chief function is watercarrying.

khis).

charai,

(see bhattu

Sasi

chattu, bhattu,
in I).

XIII.-Food.
kotta, ata, flour,

nholle, ch5lle, gram,

nuk, tuk

chatani, female of chattu.

comi, moci, shoemaker,

(q.v.,

XIV.

dhuraalman, Musalman.

IV), food.

Common Nouns.

barlathi, lathi, stick.

gupahi, sipahi.

baunna, sona, gold.

kodmi, iidmi, man.

nahb, sahib, European.

[or.

nhanedar, thanedar, police inspectnhauhra, P. sauhra father-in-law,

bendia, P. jandra, lock.

chanda,

P.

bhanda,

household

vessel,

ranjar, P. kanjar,

madan

a low

Muham-

coli, boli,

caste.

animal

breeding

sabn,

beadha, P. sandha, male buffalo,

chaihr or chaihra, P. waihfa,
chukal, bhukal

(q.v., II)

calf.

dog,

kurji, 'arzi, complaint in law.

cf.

nadhuk, sandiiq, box.

nagg, pagg, turban,
naihr, shahr,

city,

naisa, paisa, pice,

Gipsy jukel.
ratta, P. katta,

pot.

kuti, P. hatti, shop,

(horse, donkey, bull),

speech, language,

konna, P. anna, anna,

kundi, P. handi, cooking

XI. Animals.
bahn, P.

chuha, buha, door,

young

baffalo.

naki, P. taki, cloth,

nalli, lalli, night,

XII. Parts

of the Body.

head (see uhis).

khotb, hath, hand.
kSkkh, P. akkh, eye.
kukkhi, P. akhkhi, eye.
kills,

P.

sis,

narat, P. parat, brass vessel,

nhali, P- thali, brass vessel,

nhana, thana, police station,

nikat, tikat, ticket,

nohal, P. boha], heap of grain.

98

Glossary of Disguised Sdsi Words.

ii5mbu, tombu, house-breaking instrument.

iliat,
,

khat

kharaju, P.

Urdurazi, willing,

>aji,

pleased, in good health.

khas, das, ten.

(q.v., V.), bed.

runji, kunji, key.

khassi, assi, eighty.

rua, kua, well {n pronounced very

khaS, nau, nine.

khawwe, nawwe,

XV. Abstract

ninety.

kihrga, P. kihra, which

Nouns.

khika, nika

(q.v.,

VIII), small.

banh, P. sanh, house-breaking.

khis, bis, twenty.

kharji, marzi, will, pleasure.

kodha, adha,

nliitta, P. phitta, abuse.

koth, ath, eight.

aiori, cori, theft.

merga, mera, my, mine.

khajanat, zamanat, surety.

mharga, mhara

half.

VIII), our,

(q.v.,

ours.

nacc, pane, five.

XVI. Verbs.

uali, P. call, forty.

'

chatana, bataua, show,

tell.

nanj, panj, five.

colna, bolna, speak.

nanjah, P. panjah,

depna, dena, give.

uhakka, sakka, relative,

hopna, bona, be, become.

kauhgna, kahna, say.

khigalna,

fifty.

nikalna, go out,

e.g.

sakkn

bhauta, full brother.

[out.

nhara

come

nhatt, P.

nharga, sara,

or

satt.,

all.

seven,

khikkhna, likhna, write.

nhattar, sattar, seventy,

lepna, lena, take.

nhatth, P. satth, sixty,

narhna, parbna, read.

nhau,

nhikhaa, sikhna, learn.

nhe, P. che, six.

rihodna, chodna (q.v., VII), leave-

nhik, thik, right, correct,

nuchna, puchna, ask,

terga, tera, thy, thine,

raubgna, lahna, remain,

tuharga, tuhara,

rekbvvana, rakbna, place,

XVII. Adjectives, Pronouns.

.sau,

hundred,

(q.v.,

VIII), your,

yours.

XVIII. Adverbs,

Prepositions,
Interjections.

bea, ea (q.v., VIII), this (h is prefixed throughout the declension),

betthe,

bek, ek, one.

bettho, ettlio (q.v., IX), hence.

boh,

biw, biwke, iw,

P.

that (h is prefixed
throughout the declension),
oh,

caug, car, four,

IX),

etthe,

etthi

(q.v.,

iwke

(q.v.,

IXj,

otthi,

(q.v.,

now.
botthe,

ceggua, P. caqga, good, etc.

betthi,
liere.

bottlii,

5tthe,

iX), there.

chauht, bahut, much, many,

bottho, ottho (q.v., IX), thence.

jhukha, bhukha, hungry,

chahar, bahar, outside.

jihrga, P. jihra,

which

(relative).

chalak, P. bhalak, to-moi^row.

Glossary of Disguised Suai Words.

duhangi, duhai, lit. appeal, used as

au expressio.i of "su.-prise or
horror.
,

koi^gi, koi,

koj, aj, to-day.

kugg, P. agge, in front, befo.e.

,

-j

kiindar, andar, inside,

khupar, upar, above, up.

P
upar se, from above.

1
,- .
kliupa.-a,

99

anyone, someone.

n.

narso, parso, day after to- morrow

or day before yesterday,

^ath, sath, with.

APPENDIX.

seems advisable to include in an appendix some words which I

have not been able to verify. The first list is taken from a very interesting leport on Vagrant Sisis published in 1896 by Mr. H. L. Williams,
It

0. S. P.

From the

fact that

my

Sasi friends do not recognise the words,

must be words used by the Bhedghut, who are very

vicious in their habits and seem to have secret words not known to other
I give the words exactly as they appear in the report.
There
Sssis.
are veiy few diacritical marks
I conclude tliat they

bogna, danger,

nanj, nine,

bola, father.

nilian, gold

chaukuni, four-anna

nohal, house-breaking instru-

bit.

ment,

chepri, cloth,

chhangriya, brass vessel,

nojna, gold,

chhekia, cow.

parausi, master.

chhipri, pice,

rabdi, sister,

chilakni, nose-ring,

rakhia, sheep,

chiwar, policeman,

rupya, cloth,

dhagun, bangle,

sagla, pot.

hat, eight,

sekhiya, policeman,

jhandla, utensil,

seth,

khapla,

sipri, rice,

salt,

khumna,

gram,

takna, workman,

rupee,

kukiya, cock,

tapgi, turban,

manuka,

thangia, brother,

salt,

mat, mother,
materi,

thangna, arrest,

woman,

tonga, rupee.

nakauni, nose-ring,

tora, liquor,

namalta, meat.

tshukr, dog.

The following words, which

list

mohurs.

cannot recognise, are found in a MS.

compiled in 1905, by Kishan Cand, Sub-Inspector of Police, Sial-

kot.

chipya, sheet,

thengan, bangle,

sarat, pillow.

thoya, old.

PANGWALI

[Paijgwali.]

The following notes have been compiled from two manuscripts.

I have not had an opportunity of making a firsthand study of
Paggwali.
Nouns.
Masculine.

Nouns

in

a.

Sing.

N.

''

G.

D.A.
L.

Ab.
Ag.

Plur.

ghor-a, horse
-e
-e di or je

-e bice,
-e kana
-e

Sfc.

-e
-e

-e di or je
-e bice ^c.
-e kana
-e

Usage appears to vary in the case of raasc. nouns with other

They add -e for Gen. and Ag., but generally do not otherendings.
wise inflect. There is, however, a locative in -e, thus tes dese, in that
country.
hah, hau, father,

has G. habbe, baue, &c.

Pang wait.

102
L,

Ab.

Ag,

mo bice
mo kana
me

tau bice

tes bice,

tau kana

tes kana, us

tai, te

teni, un!

Plur.

N.

its

bice

kana

is

bice

is

kana

in!

Panywali.

10;

Place.

here

iri,

bunh,

there

uri,

nir,

where
jeri, dzeri, where
iri tikar, up to here
itthi kana, from here
baih, up
kori,

why

kis,

near

agar, in front
pata, behind
aiitar, inside

bbarilh, outside
neJn, no; jugti, well

hi, yes';

?;

down

dur, far

'f

Others are

ure,

utaulu (adj.)

quickly.

Prepositions.

The commonest
of

prepositions have been indicated in the declou-siun

The same word

nouns and pronouns.

is

frequeutly both a preposition

and an adverb.
beyond
war, on this side
par, beneath

putth, upon

par,

kem, along with

Verbs.
Auxiliary.
Pres.

asa

asa

asa

ase

ase

ase

Fern, asi

and sd, are also found for asa

and plur. we also notice ahi.

as, indecl.

sing,

Past

sing. mas. thiya,

fern, thi,

and

for the

3rd

plur. thiye, thi.

Intransitive.

bish^a,
Put.

sit,

bish-S or -al

remain.

-al

-al

-el

-el

-tl

pi.

-te

-el

bish
Imper.
Past Cond. or

bish-ta

fern,

Impf. Ind.

bishtath

fem. bishtith

Past

bitth-a

fem. -i

Part.

hishtd,

Pres. Ind.

sitting

seated
kai,

The regular past and

bithora,

pi.

all

-e

in

through
fem. -1

the condition of being

bishnetvala, sitter or

having

feni. -ti

about to

sit

bishi

sat.

stative past (not used)

would be

bishs, bishdra.

104

Pungwali.

The following show

slight variations

:-

bhuna, become.
Fut.

bhol

Imper.

bho

Past Cond. or
Pres. Ind.
Part.

bhuta
bhua

all

through

Pangwidi.

105

F any wall.

106

Common Nouns, Verbs and Adjectives.

bab, bau, father.
ijji,

hatth, hand.

mother.

khur, foot

brother

bhau,

(older

than

speaker.)
bhai,

tir,

brother (younger

than

speaker.
deddi,

eye.

.shund, far.

mouth.

asi,

(older

sister

than

speaker.)

bhain,

nakh, nose.

dand, tooth.

kann, ear.

sister

(younger

speaker.)

than

kes, hair.

kupal, head.

koa, son.

magar, head.

kui, kuri, daughter,

jibh, tongue.

ghareth, husband,

peth.

wife,

jolli, dzolli,

stomach

dheddh,
back

mahnu, mard, man.

jelhanu, woman,

sarir,

koa, boy.

pothi, book.

kui, girl,

katab,

gual, cowherd,

kalam, pea.

puhal, shepherd.

manja, bed.

pitth,

body,

,,

ghora, horse,

gih, house.

ghori, mare.

darya, river.

lind, ox.

gaddri, stream,

ga, cow.

joth, dzoth, hill,

bhai, buffalo,

shappar,

bakru, he-goat,

paddhar, plain,

bakri, she-goat,

bag,

field,

bhed, sheep,

roti,

bread,

k attar, dog.

pani, water.

kuttri, bitch,

giSh, wheat,

rikkh, black bear,

kukkri, maize,

bhrabbu, red bear,

but,

kukkar, cock,

gira, village,

kukkri, hen.

saihr, city,

balar, cat (male),

ban, forest,

balari,

macchi,

(female),

pakhrii, bird,
ill,

kite,

batt,

till,

fish,

way.

phal, fruit,

sagal, fox.

mas, meat,

hathi, elephant.

duddh, milk.

PangwaU.

107

andheru, e^^.

bhuna,

ghiu (accent on

become,

be,

ina, come,

first), tjhi.

tel, oil.

ghena, go.

cha, buttermilk.

bishuna,

din, day.

neua, take,

rat, night.

kharabhuna, stand,

des, sun.

henu,

surj,

khana,

josan, raoon.

pina, drink,

purneo,

bolna, speak, say.

sit,

see.

eat.

tara, star.

sona, sleep,

bat, bat, wind.

kana, do.

megh,

mana,

i^ain.

remain,

beat,

dhupp, sunshine.

paryanna, recognise,
bujna, know,

near, storm.

pujna, arrive,

bharotu, load.

nashna, run.

bhara,

baiju, seed.

nashi ghgna, run away,

banana, make,

luha, iron.

sikkhna, learn,

khara, good, beautiful, clean.

panha

bura, bad.

likkhna, write,

badda, big.

marnu,

mathra, small.

sunnu, hear,

dhilla, lazy.

phirna, turn,

takra, wise.

pheri ina, return,

giciggar, ignorant.

jhagarna, quarrel,

utaula, swift.

jitnu, win.

painna, sharp.

hana, defeated,

ucca, high.

baiju phataa, sow.

alagga, ugly.

haljocna, plough,

thanda, cold.

khalana, cause to eat.

garm, hot.

piwana, cause

raittha, sweet.

shunana, cause to bear,

tear, ready.

carna, graze,

thora,

carana, cause to graze.

barkhea,

,,

little.

(?) read,

die.

to driuk.

mata, much.

how

1.

Tan nau

2.

Is

.3.

Iriya (itthan)

far is

ki ahi (asa)

ghore katri umar ahi

Kashmir

What

?
?

is

thy name

How much is

Kashmir katru dur

this horse's

ahi (asa,

^c.)?

age

From

here

108

Pangwali.

Talm babbe

4.

bow many

bouse
5.

6.

7.

fathei^'s

married his daugbter.

Gib (ghiye )baccbe gbore katbi abi (asi).
uncle's son bas

white horse's saddle

Use

9.

MaT use koa mate

Oh

pitthi

jot

In tbe house

the

is

8.

10.

In your

Au ajj bara duva hantba. 1 to-day from very far walked.

Man kakke (or jetbe baue) koa use bbeni dzoi dzsdzi kiyori

My

abi.

(bawe) gih katre koi ahi

sons are ?

puttb katbi

la.

kutta.

Put tbe saddle on its back.

beat his boy much.

puttb gai bakri carata lagora abi.

He

on the

hill is

grazing cows and goats.

11.

a horse
12.

Oh
is

bute par

He under

ghore puttb bithora abi.

bill

on

His brother

is

the

seated.

Use bhai apan bbeni kana bara asa

(ahi).

bigger than his sister.

13.

Ise

mull dhai rupayya asa

(ahi).

and a half rupees.

14.
Man bab us mathre gib bishta

abi.

Tbe

My

price of this

two

is

father lives in that

small bouse.
15.
16.

17.

well tie

Usdi eh rupayya d. Grive him this rupee.

Oh rupayye us kana ne. Take those rupees from him.
Usdi jugti mari kai rajuri lai bannh. Having beaten

him with

ropes.

18.

Khiii kana pani kadh.

19.

Man

20.

21.
22.

him

Dr-aw water from the well ?

Walk before me.

Kase koa tan pate ita ? Whose boy comes behind thee ?
Oh kas kana mulle gbina? From whom did you buy that
GrrSe hatwani kana.
From the shopkeeper of the village.
agar agar hanth.

Studies

in

Northern Himalayan Dialects.

BY

Rev. T.

GRAHAME

BAILEY, B.D., M.A.

Wazirabad, Panjab.

CALCUTTA
BAPTIST MISSION PRESS,

1903.
1-f

'

PREFATORY NOTE.
These Notes constitute an attempt to throw some li<'ht on the
Northern Himalayan dialects, their connection with each other and
their relation to other languages.
They are framed throughout on the
same model, a fact which will show more readily the agreement and
difference of the dialects concerned.
First comes Gujuri, and following
it are eight dialects which are arranged roughly speaking in the
order
of their resemblance to Panjabi and unlikeness to Kashmiri.
Consequently we begin with Pahari dialects from Hazara and the Murreo
Hills and end with Kishtawari which is very like Kashmiri.
It need
hardly be pointed out that in calling them dialects I do not at all
intend to prejudice the claim of some of them to be called 'languages.'
'

'

Some of them are so widely different from the nearest recognised

language as to be quite unintelligible to speakers of it.
The following
number

table gives the

of persons

who

in the Census of 1901 returned

themselves as speaking the different dialects.

Unfortunately most of
the inhabitants of Punch returned themselves as speaking Panjabi, and

Punch! is not represented.

Similarly Dhundi or Kairali is not specifically mentioned and only two speakers of Tinauli are returned.
In
reality Punch! is spoken by probably scores of thousands of persons and
the other two dialects by considerable numbers. The number returned
for Rarabani is obviously below the mai-k.
Gujuri, Panjab and N.W.P. Province 7G,168 JammS and Kashmir
126,849.
Siraji

14,743;

Poguli

Kishtawari 12,078;

6,.351

Padarl 4,540;

Rambani 359.
As regards the system of Romanising hardly anything need bo said.
The system is that of the Asiatic Society of Bengal. It should be noted
that the sound of ch in child is represented by c' The aspirated c
'

'

pronounced as in French, and 6 and ii as in German.

In sh and zh, the s and z are sounded sepai^ately from the h, whereas in
sh and zh they are sounded as in shout and the z in azure or the
French 'j.' The spelling is phonetic as far as possible; the Hindi 9
and special Arabic letters such as t and s and others are unnecessary
and are not used. Half vowels are represented by vowels written above
the line. The fondness of Kashmiri and languages connected with it for
in both this
ftpenthesis makes the Romanising of vowels very difficult

being

'

ch.'

'

eu

'

is

'

'

'

case and in that of half vowels, I. have endeavoured to reduce rather

than to increase the peculiar signs, and to Romanise in such a way as

will most readily represent the sounds.
The dialects or languages under review are fair samples of the
speech of the Himalayas from Western Hazara to the East of

JammS

State.

Students of Naipali (the chief language of Nepal) will be interested

to note a

number

and Rambani,
That there should be some connec-

of points of resemblance

Poguli, Kishtawari and even Siraji.

between

tion between it and languages of the Panjabi

type

it

is

perhaps

less

remarkable.
I

am

deeply indebted to Mr. H. A. Rose, I.C.S., Superintendent of

Census Operations, Pan jab, for the great interest he has taken in these
Studies and for his kindness in having them printed.
'

'

T.

Waznahad,
Dec. 6th, 1902.

Grahame Bailey.

QUJUEi.
Gujuri presents an interesting

phenomenon. It is very
closely allied to the Mewari dialect of Rajasthani spoken in MSwar in
Rajputana. I found Gujurs in Hazara and Gujurs in the wilds of central
Kashmir speaking the same dialect, and yet Gujurs living in the plains
of the Panjab, as for example in Gujrat district and GujrSwala
disti-ict (to both of which they have given the name), speak Panjabl.
By Panjabis the word Gujur is pronounced Gujar.'
'

liiigaistic

'

'

Gujuri as spoken by Gujurs in the Murree

hills

and the Galis

near them.

Noun.

Masc. Sing,

N.

bapp, father

PI.

G.

ko, (f. ki, pi. ka, k?)

D.A.

na

Loc.

Abl.

te

Ag.

ne

Nouns

in

-o,

bapp
bappS

or bice, in

tarS up

to,
>

Sing,

-a

Obl.

N.

adml,

Obl.

(fee.

&c.

ghor-o, horse

N.

ko,

man

Plur.

-a
-S

admi
admiS.

Like bapp are ajjar, flock par, stone.

Like ghord are dhdko, hill, tayOf father's elder brother, patriyo
father's younger brother, phupplio, father's sister's husband, mamo,
;

mother's brother, masTo, mother's sister's husband.

Feminine.
PI.

Sing.

N.
Obl.

bakri,

goat

Note that

clhl,

daughter has dhle in the Nom.

bakr!
-iS.

PI. otherwise fems.

in -i are declined like bakri, e.g., gaftt, stone, bauhti, hride.

In a consonant.
PI.

Sing.

N.
Obl.

trimt,
j

woman
n

trimt -e
-S.

and others ending in a consonant, e.g., mhais,

sheep, haccur, mule ga, cow keeps ga in the plur.

So also behn,
buffalo, bJied,

The

sister

postposition -ko, takes -ka in the oblique sing, but in certain

prepositional expressions has -ke,

ke uppicr, above

Pronouns.

e.g.,

ke nal, witli

-o indicates motion from, dilro,

ke %vaste, forsake of,

from

far.

am

Pres.

beating.

mar-Q

liofl

or

lie

-e hoe

~e hoc

-S

lioS

-o hob

- hoe;
Impt.

was

tha

tlio

f . thi

-e th5

-e tho

-is

tha

(f .

th!)

-6

-e tha

form of pronoun with marc hoS, which

agrees with the object, fom. mnri ai, pi. m. marcii hue., f. mnri he.
Participles, pres. marto, past mare, having beaten = widr/ce.
Passive, pa. p. mare (which is unchanged throughout) with various tenses
of jauno, go, e.g., mare jaUgo, I shall be beaten, mare gea, wo,
&c., were beaten.
I beat, &c., agentive

Past.

Jduno.

go.

Aorist.

jaS, &c., fut. jaSgo, imp. ja.

Past.

ge-o

Parts,

jato, geo, jake.

With
formed
pa. p.

-a

-o

-o

-a

-a

the exception of the tenses from the pa.

mdrnd.

like

In intransitive verbs the 1st

geo from geo, fureo from

In Gujuri the aorist

is

s.

the tenses are

p.

past, adds

to tho

walk, hdreo from hdreo, be tired.

(ureo,

frequently used

f(ir

the Pres.

The following common verbs have irregular pa. pp. lend, take, llyo,
karno, do, kio, deno, give ditto, auno, come dyo, hdno become hud or ho.

The Prodigal Son.

Ekun admi ka do put tha, te nikka ne apna bapp na

One man of two sons were and little by own father to

mal

tera

bajl

ai

father thy property of

mal

unha
property them

bice

son by
te

all

us

my

band

in dividing

put ne sab kattho

mana

ko mero hisso oh

kar

part that to
ditto,

te

me

de

te

usne

apno

mal

chureo;

jia

bele

days

what time

all

ka

country

of

kise rihonhala

some dweller

carun

de

oh

kol

mS
in

chureo

us

milkh

was-left that country

te

jehri

shilr!

zanaur

animals to feed giving was sent what husks animals

bice
in

us

and that
apni zamiu

usne

near remaining went by-him

calayo,

little

kharab kar
bad making

taijg

rahgeo

own

cale
geo
going went

hon laggo,
he straitened to be began

kaht
pai
te
geo,
severe famine falling went and
milkh

kar

spent making

dahdo

zanaur

after

dur milkh bice

lucpun^

saro kharc

apno

thorn diharS picchc nikka

and that place by him own property licentiousness

was-lef t

usne

te

together making was given and far countiy in

ja

was-said

give and by-him

was-given, and few

ditto,

keho.

own

khaS
eating

land

tha, oh
were he

cahe
tho ki
wishing was that

usna

nih

ha apno, dhiddh bharft, te

koi
with I
own stomach may fill and anyone
nal

inliS

these

dee

tho,

hosh bice

bele

jis

him not giving was, what time sense

to

came own

in

dil

na

heart

to

apna

ayo

kihon

laggo

mera

bapp

ka

kitna

mazur

hg

jehra

to say

began

my

father

of

how many

labourers

are

who

rajke

roti

khae,

te

hS

peo

eat

and

fallen

being satisfied bread

H3
I

uthke
having arisen

k5le

calSgo

own

near

will

me

Khuda ko te
God
of and

ghuuah kio,
Father by-me sin was done
Baji

apna bapp

and

his father

usna

kol

him

to

that-time he

near came,

rehm

usna

will

say

tero,

tero

put keh5n

thine,

thy

son

dur tho

oh

iccur

ayo,

kah^o

usna

te

go and

jogo n!h
reho,
mana apn mazurS jeha bana,
worthy not I-remained, me
own labourers like make
te

hi.

hungry dying am.

this place

apna bapp
father

bhukkhS marS

ja

is

cale5

te

and he went

bapp

uska

was

far

to say

ne

father by

his

daurke galh
nal
to him was seen and to him pity came and running neck with attaching
la

hereo,

piyar

te

liyo,

te

was taken and

caijgo

kapro

good

garment

te

uski

and

his

Bapp

ne

te

jogo

of

and

tero, tero

aijgli

taking come and

nal

aqguthi

finger with

ring

te

kill

and

khS

we may

hun
gone was now
tho

khushi

they happiness

ji

eat

uska

make

galh

luao

and

luao

paleo

kept

te

ho bacchS
calf

leake

having brought

te
khushi
kar ki mer5 yo put mar
and happiness make, for my this son dead

geo,

karun

caqgS te
quickly good from
belo

neck (on) cause-to-be-attached

his

gum

geo tho

living went, lost gone

to

worthy

to say

uska pair nal

cause-to-be-attached and his foot with

te

shoes cause-to-be-attached

koho

te

Baji

put kShoii

thine, thy son

nokar

ao

le

chittur luao

we

ko

na keho
remained. Father by servants to was said
rSlio.

not I

geo

Father

was given.

love

te

Put ne bapp na
keho
Son by father to was said

ditto.

kio
Khuda
ml ghunah
sin
was done God
by me

nih

ayo,

lagga.

began.

hun

tha geo,

te

was now being-found went and

Usko
His

baro

put

zimi

big

son

land

bice tho,

in

was

ghar ke nere ayo

baja ko
t6
naccan ko waz
what time bouse of nearness came instrument of and dancing of voice
fir
sunSo,
ekun nokar na
bulake
pucchSo
ye
ke
was heard, then one servant having called was asked these wlmt
jis bele

hog, te
usne
gal
usna
kgho
tero
bhai
aggd,
te tera
matters are and by him to him was said thy brother came and thy

bapp ne baccho paleo ho

kept
father by calf
geo

tha

koh
killing

oh

te

chureo

ki

usna

was-left

for

to-him

khafe huo

andar

te

being-found went and he angry became and

usko bapp

hire geS

went and

his father out

apna

bapp

na

zawab

own

father

to

answer giving

de

well

sound

jae

tho,

tarla kia.

great

his

bhald

Usne
by him

entreaties were-made,

chureo

mS teri
much time by me thy
samS

itna

was-left, so

te

not going was, and

in

uska bara

te

ii!h

carjgo

te kade teri
khizamt ki
gal nih
raori,
te
t
kade
service was-done and ever thy word not turned- was and by thee ever

mana
to

me

bakro

nih

goat

not

khushi

ditto

yft

apnS

dostS

own

friends

was given that

karS,

yo put

bele tero

jis

yarS

nal

companions with

ayo

jisne

tero saro

happiness may-make what time thy this son came by-whom thy

mal

kanjri

bice

property harlots

koh

udayo

in was-caused-to-fly by-thee his

Te usne
was-given, and by him

usna

ditto.

killing

nal

rahe,

jitno

to

mal

mero

how much my

with I'emainest,

property

te khush bono
caijgi gal thi.
and happy to be good matter was.

geo,

ji

gum

living went, lost

ajjur ke nil tho

flock

daijkeo

near

hS

cried-out, I
tho.

had,

Hft
I

hamesh mere

to

me

thou always

hai tero hai.

Khushi

thine

Happiness

is

is.

mar

bhai

this brother

honi
to

be

geo tho, bun

dead gone was, now

was

I.

nikra buta ke uppnr carheo

tree

little

daurke

having run

lattho,

back

on

in

gatti

stone

khalo

tho,

bakro

climbed standing was, goat

ricch tanS

descended, bear

pauceS kandh bice

arrived

son

calf

tha
geo tho hun
geo
gone was now being-found-went.

Story

HS

said

Tero yo

Thy

sake kept

Puta

keho

him was

ho baccho

iske waste paleo

te

all

down jangal

mari,

was

ban

struck,

usne

caleo

lef

taking

na

by him not

gone

chureo,

was

left,

bhi

duji

again

second

stone

nasgeo
running wont,

bice,

fix*

was-struck

neck

in,

then

ns

mere

te

place

daurke
direction having-run

my

dar

Laving

bS

ja

was-tbrown goat that

wbei'e

chorke
left

jake

having-gone

bhi

ricch

a geo.
came.

again bear

patto
kuhari
mari
uske,
nib laggo
small like axe
was-struck to him, information not attached

nikri jehi

Bj-me
je

kubafi

that

axe

uske

laggi

nasgeS
running
1 went
having-lifted
ageo mere

bhi

hai

ya

is

or

him attached

to

cake

te

bakro

satte5

became and

standing

Me

gata

jit

buo

kbalo

mari

gattij

Then goat
reho

remained

Killing

it.

Mero

dujo

sanji

pauc

My

second

companion

arriving

direction.

hamne doS ue

bakio

Koh

koheo usna.

fir

Fir

laggi.

not attached.

then killed

dar.

my

and again came

nih

mari

oh
nasgeo
came then by us two by stone was struck and he running- went.
ayo,

fir

gatti

Stoey

HS

kha

usne

eat

mangke

slh

ani

ml

rah

That way

chal

in placing

Sih

Leopard

came

Ose
That

bele

catching

ai.

gone

has.

mar

sih

was-fired, leopard

cake

legeatha.

men

lifting

took away.

ham na
to

tri

30

phas

bice
in

his

pakrun

ke waste,

of

seizing

for sake.

entangled

bakro

bannh

ditto.

goat

tying

was-given.

gei,

laggo

daijkuu.

went,

began

to-cry-out.

gira

na.

village

to

Keho
was said

sih

leopard

Ghana jaua aya.

Ekun lambardar ne banduk
Many men came. One lambardar by gun
geo.

dying went.

jana

and us

this side

ham
rat
gea
we by night went

geo

marl,

was given on

leg

very time

pakre

iqa

ditti,

Jagg uski

ayo.

Seven goats

ka

That having asked was brought leopard

Wa

to.

bakri

Satt

ekun ziinidar ki luha ki bani hui khurakki

One farmer of iron of
made
trap

churi.

Wa

was.

te

bakri khaun na.

hilgeo

by him eating left-were.

ihi.

II.

was, leopard being-used went goat

small

sih

tho

nikro

te

Do
Two

Kbalrl ekun

Skin

man

Atth
2| raaunds of was heavy. Eight

adai

jagirdar

one landowner

ditti.
rupayya bakshish
rupees reward was given.

ko tho bharo.

ne

ca

lei,

by lifting was-taken

Gujuri.
1.

ek, one.

10
71. dur, far.

86.

72. agge, before.

behind.

73. pieche,

who.

74. kon,

75. ke, what.

76. kiS,

why.

77. ate, te, and.

but.

78.
79. je,

if.

80. ahS, yes.

81. uib, no.
82. hae hae, alas.
83.

ghor

-6, a horse.

a mare.

84.

-i,

85.

-a, horses.

ghor

-1,

mares.

87. dand, a bnll.

88. ga, a cow.

89. dand, bulls.

90. gS, cows.

91. kutt -o, a dog.

92.

J,

2.
3.

4.

what is your name ?

is ghora ki kital ummui* ai ? how old is this horse ?
is ja te Kashmir tarS kitao dCir ai ? Iiow far is it from here to Kashmir ?
iera bapp ka ghav kitna put he, how many sons ax-e there in your
tero uE ke ai ?

father's house ?
5.
6.

hS baro duro tureS, I have walked a long way

mera patriya ko put uski belin cal biayo huo hai,
aj

is
7.

citta

mariied to his

to-day.

the son of

my

uncle

sister.

ghora ki kathi ghar

ml

(bice) hai, in the house

is

the saddle

of the white horse.

8.
9.

10.

uski kand pui' kathi ghallo, put the saddle upon his back.

me uska put na barS

many stripes.
oh dhaka ki

coti

korrS nal mare hoe,

uppur g5 bakri

have beaten his son with

care, he is grazing cattle on the top

of the hill.
11.

5h ghora uppur rukkh heth baitho hoe, he

is

sitting on a horse

under

that tree.
12.
J

3,

behn to baro ai, his brother is taller than his sister.

isko mul adhal rupayya hai, the price of that is two rupees and a
usko

bliai uski

half.
14.

m5ro bapp U3 nikra ghar bice rahe,

my

father lives in that small

house.
15.
16.
17.

yo rupayyo usna de choro, give this rupee to him.

ye rupaya us kolo ca len, take those rupees from him.
usna muc maro te seliS nal bannho, beat him well and bind him with
ropes.

J8. is

khal bicco pani kaddho, draw water from the well.

walk before me.

tere picche kisko lohro ae, whose boy comes behind you ?
yo te kiste mol ko liyo hai, from whom did you buy that ?
girl ka kise dukauhala kojo, from a shopkeeper of the village.

19. raer

20.
21.
22.

agge

cal,

TINAULI.
TinauH is spoken in Tinaul in western Hazara, and resembles very
closely the Dhundi or Kairali dialect which follows, see p. 15.
Nouns.
N. addh-a, father

Tlur.

addh-e

G.

-e

D.

-e

da
ko

Ab.

-e

tin, kolo,

So dhaka,

-eS da, &c.

&c.

hill.

Nouns ending

nom.

in a consonant have the

pi.

and

s.

the same.

Kag, crow, pi. kdg, Obi. plur. koyU.

Dhl, daughter has Obi. sing, dhiu, and plur. N. and Obi. dhid,.
The declension of nouns thus does not differ much from that of
Panjabi nouns.

Other nouns

are

jar,

gual,

kite,

cow-house,

char

jungle.

Sing.

Pronouns.

N.
G.

who ?

kon,

ke,

Plur.

1st

2nd

3rd

1st

2nd

3rd

me

tii

oh

as?

tusi

oh

asda

tusda

nnhS da

mahra
tohr,
usda
what ? Mch, something.

Adjectives in -a are declined like addha, (fem.-i)? so

Those in a consonant, nujor unwell,

mandn, bad.

carjgd,

hal, well,

good

are not

declined.

Comparison.
parison
or

))a?S

is

There

is

thus expressed,

cangd, better than

Auxiliary.

Verbs.

Comno form for compar. and superl.

good, muc carjgd, very good or better,
sdreU ndio carjgay better than all, best.

carjgd,

Pres. I am, &c.

ai

ai

ai

Past. I was, &c. as asai asa aseS aseo asa

The regular verb

verb

(q.v.)

which

is

is

almost exactly like the Dhundi and Kairali

given in

its

own

place.

The leading

parts are as

follows.

mama,

beat, pr. p.

mama,

pa. p. mared,

having beating marke.

mar, condit. mdmd, pres.

Ind.
Aor. mdr%, fut. mdrsa, impert.
mdrnd ob, Impf mdrnd ds%., past, mdred, with agentive form of pronouns,
.

pres.

perf.

mdred

ai,

plupf.

mdred

dsd.

For

Kairali verb.

Similarly hand become pr. p. hondd, &c.

details

see

Dhundi

or

Tinauli (Hazara
1.

hikk, one.

2.

do, two.

3. trai, three.

district).

14
71. dur, far.

77. te, and.

72. agga, before.

78. te/but.

73. piccha, betiad.

79.

if.

who.

80. ha, eye.

75. ke,

what.

81. nih,iio.

76. ki,

why.

82. oho, tauba, alas.

74. kon,

DHT&NDl and KARIALl.

It will be noticed that

the language of

Western Panjab.

common

matical rules

Dhundi

or Kairali greatly resembles Lahnda,

It is

How

to both.

not necessary to dwell on gram-

closely the dialects of the phiiiulH

and Kaifals I'esemble each other will be realised from the specimens
which follow the Prodigal Son is in the Kairal dialect and the succeeding
story in that of the Dhunds.
;

Nouns.
Masculine.
Sing.

Plur.

N.

Pe, father

Pevre

G.
D.A.

Pill na, ni, ne, ni

pevres

ki

Loc.

bice, tokn! (in,

Abl.

thi,

Agent

Nouns

Piu
in -a-i

&c.

up

to)

nfi

&c.

16

17
Negative,
Pres.

nt

am

not, &c.

na

ne

Past,

was

not,

uel) iig

(f.

neo

iie

(f

n6il)

<fec.

na-sel -sa! -sa -sSl -seo -se

There

another tense meaning to be in a place,

lutely, not as an auxiliary, chiefly in the 3rd person.
thea
e.g.

is

thea

thai

masit

(fem. thei)

a mosque

Is there

the'i ?

theS

theo

tliae

Thcj, there

<o exist,

used abso-

(fem. theiS)
is.

Cond.

mama, beat.
may beat, &c. mar ~E
-e
-e -5 -o
-an
shall beat
mar -sa -sal -si -sa -sau -sun
mar maro
should beat
mar -na (f. i) -na -na -ne (f. niS) -ne -ne

Pres.

am

Impt.

Conjugation of
Aorist.

Fut.

Imperat.

Past. I beat.

Pres. perf.

mama eE, &c., with

mama aseS, &c.

beating

auxil.

was beating
Agentive form of pronoun with marea agreeing with
marea a, pluperf. marea asa, &c.

Having beaten

marite

object.

mari

or

Passive formed by using gachna {go)

e.g.

for

am

being beaten marea

gachna

ea,

he was bea(en

the forms with pres. part, a passive pres. part, in -i-

in the 3rd pers. thus

marina a or marine

e,

is

marea

may

gd

bo used

or are being beaten or in

the habit of being beaten.

Gachna go

is

conjugated for the most part regularly.

Pres. part, gachna, past p. gd.

Plup. gd aseU, &c.

but future

pi. gae, ge'id,)

(f. get,

hence.

or gesU, &c.

gaisd,

Slight irregularities are found in some verbs, but the tenses are
usually formed regularly from the root, pres. pa., pa.

Achnd, come,
hot;

hoia)

hoe,

pr. p. achnd, pa. p.

dend,

ghinnd, ghindd; paind,

Habitual Action.

dittd
fall,

harnd

hond, become,

do,

karnd, kitd

&c. paind, pea, {L pei,

am

-p\,

in the habit of beating

become) continuous action.

kaddhnd rahnd sd (rahua remain).
{hond,

dyd

He

p. as

above.
hdnd, hied

(f.

ghinnd, take,

pae, pe/d).

me mdrnd hond ea

used to continue to

eject,

oh

The Prodigal Son.

nikke apne piu
admia ne do puttar ase,
One man of two sons were by-little own father

Hiks

ki

akhea

to was-said

18

male

tere

aji

biccO

acche

hissa

jo

Os
By-him

de.

lifting

give,

mal

apna

own

ThoreS diharea picche

after
few days

milkh bice turi ga,

te
and far country in going went and

khud

lucpune

nal

he

in

all

kal

kari

spending

making

paiigea

ne admia

place

kol

man

of

waste

feeding of

sake of

cabna
wishing

was

that

to

by-him

carae
ki

rajite

that

mhare

said-was

my

zanaur

busks

animals

own

piu

ne

worthy

migi

me

not-am,

uthite

apne

having-arisen

own

dikkhi
having-seen

6s

khane

te

uski

animals

in

eating were he

stomach

may-fill

and

apne

hoshe

bice

own

sense

in

mazur

ai

apnea

my

will-say,

te

thae
are

bhukkha marna e me
hungry dying am I

me

ni

oh

ase

how-many labourers

akhsS,

apne kise
thy some

zanaur

khane

kitne

father of

Khuda na te tuhara ghunah

kita,
sin
God of and thy
was done,
HE,

severe

bhaiS,

oh
he

wela
What time
Jis

having-arisen will-go and to-him

j6ga

in

dhiddh

apna

bread piece they-eat and

te

dahda

oh hiks

te

own land

liim

phaliS

with

dena.

ges5,

utliite

by

nal

giving.

togra

lagga,

bice

apni jimi bice

os

what

akhea

rutti

satisfied

jo

these

him not-was
6s

aya,

fell,

inhS

nasa

uski

koi

anyone

wele

jis

us

hone

pea

sent was,

me

own property

straitened to-be began and he one that

ghallea,

ki

in
ditta,

tar)g

lie

rahi

asa

that place

mal

apna

milkh
remained that country

near remaining

ne

carae

bice

reha

oh

te

famine falling went and

jae

kita

causing-to-be-robbed given was, what time

kharc

oh sara

us jae

lutai

very licentiousness with

me

batla

own property together made-was

son

dur

te

mal

puttre apna

by-little

to-me

unhs wicc
bandi
ditta.
them in dividing given-was

property

nikke

migi

hissa

may-come that part

Father thy property from in what part

cal

oh

me

aji

by-me

father

hun tuhara puttur akhiie

now thy
son to-say

mazur

jeha

an.

labourer

like

binng

Bas
;

well

piu ne pas turi pea,

wi dur te uski
asa
father of near going fell, he-was even far and him

uski

tars

to-him

pity

achiga,

coming-went

te

and

daurite

us

having-run

by-him

10

apne

gachi

Puttre

By

given-was.

tuhara
thy

akhea
was said,

uski

son

to-hira
kita,

rae

hun

sill

was-done,

now

uot-am.

Piu

apnea

By-father

own

kapra

servants

kaddhite

te

pairs

ring

and

feet

nal

anite

having-brought lawful

mhara

karo

tl

make

that

eh puttur mari

my

dead

son

this

ae.

joga

worthy

th!

caijga

te

aijgli

nal

and

finger

with

kept

calf

khush
hoS,
happy may-be,

khai

we having-eatcn

ga

asa,

phir

jina

hoiga

gone

was,

again

living

becoming went

gawi ga asa, hun

labhi
reha.
lost gone was, now being-found remained.

came.

and

of

pale hoe bacche ki

te

as

tg

good from good

shoe cause-to-attach, and

halal

God

caijge

was-said

luao,

love

to-say

akhea,

cause-to-attach

jutti

with

son

luana

him

to liim

puttur akhne

thy

uski
to

ra

by-me

to

piyar

Khuda na

aji

ki

uski

te

father

tuhara

naukari

garment having-taken-out
chap,

ai

ghanaii

ni.

ghiuda,

lai

own neck with attaching takcn-was, and

having-gone
ditfca.

nal

galli

Usna bara puttur apni

His
big
son
own

Bas

asa,

wela oh apne
time ho own

jis

was, what

in

khushi bice

Well, they happiuess in

bari bice
field

oh

ghare ne kol paucea

nacne na awaz
bajane na
gane
os
house of near arrived by-him singing playing of dancing of voice
sunSa,

hiks naukare

te

was-heard and
hoi

one servant having-ealled to-ask began.

Os

i*eha ?

tuhare

te

and

piu

thy

waste

is

this

by kept

uski

cause

to

hwa

te

became

and

him was

hwa baccha

ue pa]ea

father

to

him
uski
to

andar

him

gachi

bahar

uski

having-gone

out

him

jawab
ditta.
answer was-given.

bhala

sound

well

Dikh
See,

in

ga
went

karaya,

halal

ga.

being-found

na

sa

not-was
lagga,

to persuade began

me
by me

ai

coming

brother

went.

gachna

manan

said

labhi

of going

ke

what

lawful was-caused-to-be-madc

calf

caijga

bhra

akhea

uski

becoming remained. By him

Yo
This

pucchn lagga.

ki bulal

kitne

Oh khafe
He angry
usna

lor,

need,

his

pe
father

os

apne

piu

ki

by him

own

father

to

wars

how-many years

tuhari

thy

khizmat
service

20
te

kad

tuhara

akha

and

ever

thy

saying

kiti

was-done

tti
kade hik
by thee ever one

dostS

nal

friends

with

aya

jis

bakri

na

goat

of

khushi

morea

bacca
little

kara

happiness may-make,

tubara

na

sara mal

one
jis

what
kanjril

time
nal

thy
udari

this

son
chorea-

was

left

21
gatta

marea,

stone

was-struck,

unbS
by them

kancale

gatta

galhe

bice

cloth

throat

in

ne

5h

te

given was by- them and

kassi

nalii

from near

to

dliaii

above ear stone struck and he falling

patka

ditta

lagga

precipice

bai

ghinda

to

twisting

was-taken

and

raari

he

ga,

dying

te

went

bice

bun

khari

satt6a

in

below

taking

wfis-throwu

lorne

waste

bhra

usna

Second

day

looking

for-sake-of

brother

his

found him.

satt

fell,

and

29. pe, father.

3.

trai, three.

30. be we,

mae, ma, mother.

5.

panj, five.

32. bhen, sister.

6.

che, six.

33. adrai, jana,

man.

woman.

7. satt, seven.

34. kurhi,

8. atth, eight.

35. janani, rann, wife.

36. jatuk, child.

nau, nine.

10. das, ten.

37. puttur, son.

11. bi, twenty.

38. dhi, daughter.

39.

fifty.

hundred.

^ulam,

slave.

40. zamindar, cultivator.

hand

41. pahla, shephered.

Khuda, Rabb, Allah, God.

15. pair, foot.

42.

nakk, nose.
17. akkh, eye.

43. Shaitan, Devil.

16.

44. deh, sun.

18.

mSb, mouth.

45. cann,

19.

dand, tooth.

46. tara, star.

moon.

20. kann, ear.

47. agg, fire.

21. bal, hair.

48. pani, water,

22. sir, head.

49. ghar, house.

23. jiw, tongue.

50. ghora, horse,

24. dhiddh, pet, belly.

51. gg, cow.

(lower

(upper back),

went,

31. bhra, brother.

4. car, four.

25. lakk

ga,

baras

do, two.

14. hatth,

by-tliem.

kaid
hoi
goi
seven (each) years imprisonment becoming went.
satt

2.

panj a,

bill

walking

28. ruppa, candi, silver.

12.

dhaks

turi

hekk, one.

13. sau,

squeezed

ne.

1.

9.

galfa

dhtuitG

dihare

Unha ki
Them to

te

and having dragged

Due

lablii rihai-s.

pea,

back),

kandh

52. kutta, dog.

53. bilal, cat.

kukkur, cock.

26. loha, iron.

54.

27. s8na, gold.

55. badki, duck.

22
56. khota, ass.

1.

tuhara ni kai a

2. is g]ore ni
3.

itth5 (or

kai
is

what

amr

jaeo)

here to Kashmir
4.

:s

your name

how

old

Kashmir

is

this horse ?

tokni kitna dur a ?

how

far

it is

from

tuhare piu ne gliar kitne puttur

e,

how many

sons are there in your

father's house ?
5.

me

6.

mhare eace ua puttur usni bhainu nal biaya hwa, the son

7.

ghar bice

ajj

bare duro tur6a e5, I have walked a long

uncle

is

married to his
citte

way

to-day.
of

my

sister.

ghore ni kathi

thei, in the

house

is

the saddle of

the white horse.

usni kandhi pur kathi dhar, put the saddle upon his back.
9. me usne puttre ki bare koiremare, I have beaten his son with
8.

many

stripes.
10.

dhake ne

sire

top of the

pur 5h ga bakriS carana

a,

he

is

grazing cattle on the

hill.

11.

oh ghore ne uppur bute ne heth baitha hwa, he

under that tree.

12.

usna bhra usni bhainu nalo bara

a,

is

sitting on a horse

his brother is taller than his

sister.

13.

14.

usna mul dhai ruppayye, the price of that is two rupees and a half.
mhara pe us nigre ghare bice rehna a, my father lives in that small
house.

15.
16.
17.

eh rupayya uski cai de, give this rupee to him.

oh rupayye usthi cai ghinn, take those rupees from him.
uski bauh marau te bannhaus rassil na], beat him well and bind

him with

khuhe bicco pani kaddhS, draw water from the well.

mhare agge Jul, walk before me.
kusnaj atuk tuhare picche achna a, whose boy comes behind you ?
eh kus kolo muUe na ghinda ase, from whom did you buy that ?
girS ne kuse hattiwale kolo, from a shopkeeper of the village.

18. is
19.

20.
21.
22.

ropes.

PUNCHI,
The Punch

connected with Lahnda, though in some

It reminds us also in some words of
points it follows Panjabl.
The
words
for
the
different points of the compass indicate
Kashmiri.
dialect

is

KuUib, north, dakhun, south, carhna, east, lehnd

The words hmd, winter, alS, call (noun), khat, bed, recal
west.
The criminal tribe of the SSsis use
Kashmiri. Bared is summer.
khat for bed and pauni for shoe. In the Punch dialect they are khat
and paunl. The inflection in -I of nouns in the plural is also found
this compositeness.

in SSsi.
It will be noticed

how

rare the cerebral n

This

with neighbouring dialects.

may

Similarly the cerebi-al

of Kashmiri.

is

in

Punchi as compared

be due to the indirect influence

is

uncommon.

Masc.

Nouns.

Nouns

Sing.

Plur.

horse

-e

-e

na, ni, ne, niS

-el Ma, &c.

-e

nS

Loc.

-e

ice (in)

&0.

Abl.

-e

thi,

Agent.

-e

ne

-a
ghor-a
in

N.
G.
D.A.

ti,
-

So grim = bread, food

In consonant

nauk-ar,
Obi.

Ag.

So

Sing,

Plur.

servant

nauk-ar

-ara

-e

-are

-e

also sann evening, phadar, morning, akkhnr, walnut.

Feo, father has piu in the Obi., the plur.

Adtnl,

man, Obi. Sing. admt-(i,

is

the same as the Sing.

plur. mas. ddm'i, Obi. ddmie.

So nathi,

guest.

Sing.

Fern. 1^.

Obi.
dhi,

PI.

-dig

raun-di, head,

-dia

daughter.

hhain, sister.

-dis
Obi.

s.

dhuc

Plur. N. and Obi.

Obi hhainu

-0 indicates motion from, diirb from far, gharoj from the house.

dhlA

25

Pronouns.
1st,

2nd

3rd

yo, this.

Sing.

N.

me

G,

mhara

D.A.
Agent.

tft

oh

yQ

usua

isna

ni5

tuhara
tn

usiift

isnft

me

tft

uni

ini

26
Conjugation,

am

Pres. I

Mama,

beating

marna

Impf. I was beating

Fut.

beat.

beat marsa

I shall

ases or ses

marnau

s!,

marne

es

&c., sa, &c., seau

sea se

marlea marie

raarsi marneaii

mar

Imperat.

nea

mara

Past, I beat, oec, agentive form of pronouns with marea, which agrees

with the object

The same form with marea a (pi. mare e)

marea sa (pi. mare se)
Plupf.

mania, Past, marea having beaten, mari, marlte

Participles, Pres.
Passive, Pres. I am being beaten, me marno nai es, tS marno na i, Oh
marno na
Pres. Perf.

Plur.

as

neS,

tus

nea,

oli

marno ne
Other tenses are similarly formed.
Gaclma, go.

Tenses with Pres. Pa. are formed as in mama

ge sea ge se
ge seS
ases ga asi gu asa

Pres. Pa. gena Pa. ga.

Past, I

went

ga

gesa, &c.

Fut.

The following verbs shew

achna, come pr. p. ena, pa.

slight irregularities
p.

dyd

hinnd, take, pa. p. hinda, Icarna, do,

dena, give, pr. p. dhia, pa. p. dlna

Mta; hdna, become,

Causative verbs are formed as in Panjabi,

e.g.,

pa. p.

Jmd

hoi).

(f.

iromjulnd, go, walk,

jolnd, cause to walk, send, cf. Panj. ttirnd, tornd with the

same meaning.

The Prodigal Son.

nu
nikke puttre ne piu
this,
Htks admia ne do puttur
One man of two sons were-to-him, little son by father to
male
abba
was-said. Father property
akhea,

na jehra hissa
part
of what

mal
unhe bicca
property
in
by him them
usne

mal

puttre sara

by-son

all

bandi

me
ena
to me comes

kita,

te

property together was-made, and

de,

give,

thoreS dihareS wicc

hinda,

few

dividing was-taken,

kattha

me
to me

diir

far

kusa

days

in

milkha

some country

ice

in

mal
sara
ne
lucpuna
us
te
jae
uthi
ga
went having-arisen and that place licentiousness with property all

barwad
ruined

kari

making

chores,

was-left-by-him

jis

wela

sara

what

time,

all

kharc

kari

spending made

27

chorea

was

mulkha

us

left

paii

in great

us

kuse giraewale

jae

became that place

(in)

sur

bari

own

kal

that country

hwa
apni

bara

ice

field (in)

some

famine falling

na

careajolea.

mhare

my

father near

how many

mama

es,

ml

hungry

dying

am,

akhsS

te

was-doneand

fill

dsnS

te

and

k5i

him anyone

to

mS

khadewale,

gesS

kol

piii

itthe

here

te

Osnfi

having-arisen father near will-go and to him

me

Kbuda na te tuhara gunah

of
by-me God
and thy
sin

abba

ai

father

to say

son

mazura jeha bana,

bharS,

may

labourers satisfied eaters (arc)

tuhara puttur akbne

thy

5h
husks pigs eating were ho

rajjite

uthi

having-gone will say

kita

him to-him

ice

mazur

kitre

bhukkha
gacchi

usnS

uni

uni
aya
dila ice
akh^a
time sense in came by him heart in was said

what

kol

piii

wela hosa

jis

not was giving,

very straitened

taijf;

Jehrig plialiS sur khane 6

What

pigs to-feed was sent.

dina,

went,

gacchi relia

kcil

sa inhe

sa

bauh

villager near going stayed by

ne me apna
pet
saying was them with I
own stomach

akhna

gea,

piii

labourer like make, then having-arisen father

Me apne
me own

reha,

worthy not-am-I

uthi

fer

nais

joga

remained,

apne kol

own

ga

oh
he

near went,

aje
still

usnS tars aya

herea
te
piu
ne usnS
achna
te
to-him
was-sccn
and
pity came
from-far coming and father by him-to
duro

usnS

dauri

te

and having-run

him

to

kiss

clothes

taking-out taking

chora,

tg

arjgli

leave

and

finger

choras
leave to

te

him and
khusi

khiii

by father servants to

accha

on ring
palea

kept

war

jina

luai

pair!

jora

lai

and

feet-to

pair (of shoes)

attaching

ani

halal

kara,

as

having-brought

lawful

make,

we

waihra
calf

mhara

karg,

hoi

good

te

having-eaten happiness may-make,

dui

cagge

come and quickly causing-to-be-attachcd

chap

te

akhea
was-said

joijgte

te

to

and

was-taken-by-him

naukare

piu

dinaes,

hine

hindes,

lai

attaching

(to)

was-given-by-him,

khad

kapre

neck

him-to

cam

usnS

gala

ga,

second time alive becoming went,

my

ga
yo puttur marl
dead
son
gone
this

kute

hoi

somewhere becoming

ga

asa,

was,
sa

gone was,

28
karn lagge. Usna bara puttur
khasi
oh
son
was-found, and they happiness to make began. His big
labbhea,

phiri

again

gane bajane te
aya os
was what time own house near came by-him singing, playing and

jimi wicc

land in

sa,

dancing of

what
na

kept

calf

k5l

te

naukara

puccliea

saddi,

was recognised and servant having-called was asked

achiga tuhare piu

Uni
akhea tuhara bhra
brother came by-tby father
By-him was-said thy

da.

palea

bujjliea,

voice

kai

this

wele apne ghara

jis

na awaz

naccan

yo

te

is.

baihra

karaya

halal

is

usn^

ki

galla

him

lawful was-caused to-be-made this matter-for that

oh khafe
hwa andar nehl gehnau usne
cagga bhala labbhea
going by his
in
not
well sound was-found, he angry became
;

piu
uni
apne
mitauna es,
bahar
gacchi
father out having gone was-persnaded-by-him, by-him own father (to)

peo

akhea,

dikkh

ml

was-said,

see

by-me

baras tuhari

kitne

how-many years thy

klti
te
tahl
service was-done .and

tS
kade me
mori,
kade tuhan aklikhi ml nehl
saying by-me not was-turned, by thee ever to
ever thy

na bakrota nae
kid

of

ml

ditta

not was-given

apneaii

own

bakrea

me

jis
te
khawS,
friends (with) may-eat and what

dostc

mal
jis
tuhara sara
yo puttur tuhara aya
property
thy
all
thy came by- whom
time this son

kanjrie

wele

ice

in

barwad

kita,

spoiling

was-made,

karaya

art

kujjh

palea

na baihra

halal

by-thee

kept

calf

lawful

puttura tS

akhea

uni

what something

khush
and happy
te

dui

war

bona

mhara
mine

thea

to be desirable

jina

yo

exists that

cauhni

hoiga,

harlots

tS

was-caused-to-be-made, by him was-said,

dl, jehra

goat

was

this

tuhapa,
thine

thy

me

thou always

son

yo tuhara

si,

hamesh me kol

te

khusi

near

karni

and happiness

to

make

marl ga asa,
brother dead gone was,
bhra

hoiga

kute

sa

phiri

second time alive becoming-went, somewhere becoming gone was again

labbhea.

was found.
Story.

koi na sa,
te hiks
malia
Sahre milkha ice apraji si, te
Our country in self-rule was and property-tax any not was and one

29
carhea

raja

jim!dar6

Idko u]% muncjiS

war was-attacbcd farmer people

sipahi

jo

ho'iU,

laggi,

larai

king came up,

became, what soldier

kappan

heads

of

to cut

mundi kappi hinno

usnS panj rupayyo raja
head catting may-take to him five rupees king

te mundi
de
ap
hinne,
jad bauh kappan
reward may-give and head himself may-take, when many cutting

bakhsis

dine

rupayye

car
four

chekur atth
finally eight

mukaries,

jad

atth

annas,

when

eight

t6

in

ki

that

mulkh
kun,

ujarea,

will-live

who ?

bhuhekanne bharia

te

is,

trig

and three
te

fer

dA,

ane
fi
annas each

country wasted

bassi

bice

trai,

ane,

refused-to-him

country

fer

l)e(;anio

hikk rupayyfi, to
to give began then three, then two, one
rupee and

rupees

mulkha

lagga,

]ir.i$

bheji

puttur

^^S"^

was-attachcd the son

rcha

kf)i

remained

any-one

nn,

sakhse niS khallS

men

of skins

dinia

raje

nc

t,

is

this

nikhtiS,

were skinned
kol,

te

puttie

and straw with were-fiUed and sending were given king near and by son
marie nau, iuhe mulkha ice
basau,
te
kill
them
not
country in cause-to-dwcll and
was-said these people to

akhea

malia

inhe loke

hinnau,

property-tax

take,

nS.

malia

mukarrar kita

ga.

property-tax appointing was-made.

Funchi.
1,

hekk, one.

31
72. aggS, before.

87. dand, a bull.

73. picehS, behind.

88. gaiv, a cow.

74.

kun, who.

89. dand, bulls.

75. kai, what.

76. kiS,

90. gavS, cows.

why.

91. kutt -a, a dog.

77. te, and.

92.

-1,

78.

but.

93.

-e, dogs.

79.

if.

94.

-iS, bitches.

80.

auhaS, yes.

95.

n bitch.

bakr -a, a he goat.

81. nShf, no.

96.

-i,

hae hae, alas,

83. ghor -a, a horse.
-i, a mare,
84.

97.

-e, goats.

82.

85.

-e, horses.

86.

-Vc

mares.

98.
99.

100.

bar

a female goat.

-n, a male deer.

-ni,

a female

-n, deer.

dcei-,

1.

tuhara kai nau da

2. is

ghore di kitri

3. is jal hoi

mir
4.

umr

what
di ?

is

your name

how

Kashmir kitne kot

old

di ?

this horse ?

is

how

far is

it

from here to Ka-sh-

tuhare pea de ghar kitre puttur hain?

how many

sons are th^re

your fathei''s house ?

ajj dur julda es, I have walked a long way to-day.
mhare eace na puttur isni bheu biai nis, the son of my uncle i^
married to his sister.
citte ghore ni kathi ghara ice, in the house is the saddle of the
in

5.
6.

7.

8.

9.

white horse.
ghore ar kathi ba, put the saddle upon his back.
m usne puttre nS phats ne mitea, I have beaten his son with

many

stripes.
10.

oh uppure nakke uppur mala carna

a,

he

is

grazing cattle on the top

of the hill.
11.

bute heth ghore ar carhea na, he

is

sitting

on a horse under that

tree.
12.

usna bhra usni bhainu thi bara, his brother

is taller

than his

sister.

mul dhai rupayye, the price of that is two rupees and a half.
mhara peo us nikke ghara ice rehna, my father lives in that small

13. isna
14.

house.
15.
16.
17.

18.
19.

20.

yo rupayya usnft de (pi. dea), give this rupee to him.

us kol e rupayye bin, take those rupees from him.
usnS bauh mari te rassiS ne bauuhls, beat him well and bind him
with ropes.
khuhe icca pauni khaddh, draw water from the well.
me agge Jul, walk before me.
kusna jaggut tu picche picche julna a ? whose boy comes behind

you?
21.

kusa kolS mulli hinda

from

whom

22. giraii ne kuse hattiwale kolft hinda,

did you buy that ?

from a shopkeeper of the

village.

PADARi.
an extremely intei^esting dialect, spoken in Padar, five or
six marches east of Kishtawar, on the banks of the Cinab. In some striking particulars it resembles Paqgwall, which is spoken in Paggi, in the
Padari

is

which follows words wliich have a

marked resemblance to corresponding Paqgwali words are asterisked.
The number of such words might o course have been indefinitely
extended, but those noted are chiefly (though not wholly) those which
resemble words used in Paggl, while at the same time differing from the
words of other neighbouring dialects.
north of Caraba State.

Nouns.

In the

list

Plur.

bab
bab-au kar
-au
-au kol

Padari,
1.

yikk, one.

37. * kua, son.

2.

* doi, two.
* tlae, three.

38. * kui, daughter.

3.

4. tsor, four.
5.

panz,

five.

6. tsbeh, six.
7. satt,

seven.

8. attl), eight.

39. kam**', slave.

40. jim^dar, cultivafor.

41. gual, shepherd.

42.

Naran,

43.

Harman, Devil.

Grod.

44. dius, sun.

moon.

nau, nine.
10. * dash, ten.

45. tsaner,

11. bih, twenty.

47. ag, fire.

12. panjah, fifty.

48. paainyi, watei*.

13. sau, hundred.

49. * gib, house.

14. hat, hand.

50. gh6r, horse.

15. khur, foot.

51. ga,

9.

46. tar^', star.

cow.

16.

nakk, nose.

52. * kutar, dog.

17.

eye.

53. bilai, cat.

mouth.

54. kukar, cock.

tir,

18. totar,

19. dand, tooth.

55. ar, duck.

20. kann, ear.

56.

ass.

21. rot, hair.

57.

camel.

22. *

58. pokhur, bird.

magir, head.

23. zibh, tongue.

59. gan*, go.

24. pet, belly.

60. khan^, eat.

25. pyitth, back.

61. bishn^,

26. loh, iron.

62. an^, come.

27. sonna, gold.

63. kutn*, beat.

28. candi, silver.

64. *

29. bab, father.

65.

30. yi], mother.

66. diun*, give.

31. bhai, brother.

67.

32. bhen, sister.

68. bahyur^', up.

33.
34.

35.

mohan, man.
ghion, woman.
* zoHS wife.

86. * kua, child

sit.

khar bhon*, stand.

marn^,

die.

daur diun*, run.

69. neri, near.

70. wondi,

down.

71. dur, far.

72. * agar, before.

35
73. poWtr, behind.

74. kahn,

who.

what.
* kyas, why.

87. badhel, a bull.

88. ga, a cow.

75. ki,

89. badhel, bulls.

76.

90. goi, cows.

77. te, and.

91. kutar, a dog.

78. te, but.

92. kut6r, a bitch.

79. agar,

93. kutar, dogs.

if.

80. 3, yes.

94. kutor, bitches.

81. nehf, no.

95.

82. hai hai, alas.

96.

-ari, a female goat.

-re, goats.

gho

bak

-ra, a he goat.

-r*,

a horse.

97.

84.

-ri,

a mare.

98.

a male, deer.

85.

-re, horses.

99.

a female deer.

86.

-ri,

mares.

JOG.

83.

deer.

SIRAJI.
spoken

Siraji is

country north of the Cinab between Ramban

to Kishtawar.
Its headquarters may be said to

in the

and Bhart on the way

be the large village of Doda, three marches S.W. of Kishtawar.

features are
it

gives

what

way

On

position would lead us to suspect.

its

to Kashmiri, on the

West

to

the North

Rambani, on the N.E.

Kishtawari, and on the S. and S.W. to Bhadarwahi and the

dialects.

framework

Its general

agreement with Kashmiri.

pi. in -a, a likeness to Gujuri

of

In

it

its

Panjabi group

resembles, but

bab,

father

G.

babba
bab bo

no

(f.

it

has

many
s.

Plur.

bab
m. na

p.

f.

babbS, &c.

ni)

,,

Log.

mS

Ab.

atha (hatha)

Ag. babbe

Far commoner than the gen.

in -no

is

that in -to.
Plur.

ghar,

G.

D.
L.

Ab.
Ag.

ghar

house

gharS, &c.

ghai'-6 to

-o
-6

m^

-o atha

-e

so are declined nearly all masc.

Mahno is thus declined

Mahno man
Abl.

nouns ending in a consonant,

Plur.

mahnwe

mahna
mahni

Shund, dog (with an accented -a) has the same in the plural.

Ghar -6 horse

obi.

-e

Feminine Nouns.
baig-i

Ab.

-ia

land, field

plur -a obi. -S.

PI.

-ia

points

in -o

will be traced.

ni pi.

to

Camba

of languages,

fondness for a masc.

Sing.

N.
D,

like the

Camba section,

which, especially the

Nouns.

is

Its

and

N.

38

Conjugation of marnO, beat.

Aoi". or Cond. mar-S (or -ami) -es
Fut.

-as (or amata) -ath -euth.

-i

-elo -elo -amala

-alo

-athala -entliala

mar

Imperat.

mara.

mara witli chi clii chu cha chath cha

Impf.
marS te mar-a te -a to
-ata -atath -ata (or mdrd,
instead of mara throughout), this te, to, &c., is the second

mar

Pres.

or

syllable of hute, above.

marami hute, I would have beaten.

Agentive form of pronoun with maru {maruo).
Participles.
Pres. marU, having beaten, marlta.
Passive, mdA with the various tenses of gisno, go thus, au mari galo,

Cond. Past.
Past.

Aor. with, hute, au

I beat.

mart go

shall be beaten, su or oh

I
I

he had been beaten.

ro,

Gisno, go.

Future

galo

gelo

Pres.

gS

chi, &g.

Past.

ges

ges

Plupf.

go-ie -re

gamala gathala gainthala

geilo

gl

Impf.

&c.

te,

go

ga

gath

ga

-ro

-ra

-rath

-ra

Jaino, (jeno) come,

Fut.

jalo

jelo

Pres.

js

chi, &c.

Past.

awe

Plupf.

awe

-re

jamaia

jelo

Impf.

ao

-re

-ro

Bhona, become, pr. p. bhoS, pa.

Past bhue, like bute.
Deno, give, pr.

(awo)
-ra

jethala

jS

te,

awa

jinthala

&c.

awath

-rath

awa

-ra.

p. bh'oita.

p. d, pa. p. ditto.

In the following specimens the pronominal suffixes will be noticed

chiefly as expressing the agent, e.g., keriienl, uzarileni,

zabueni, Idioeni,

shunuem, shadueni, for he did, wasted, sent, attached, heard, called.

dittldnl occurs agreeing with a fern, obj., something fem. was given by
him. keoryem, I did. keiiriem, I did (with fem. object), dittuit, thou
gavest.
In hhejuseni two suffixes are found -s- being for the object, and
he sent him, usne {-eni) usTco
be found as direct and indirect obj., sing.
n for the agent;

(s)

hhBjd,

Thu and su

will

The Prodigal Son.

Eki mahnue ta dui puttur buta nikka mattha ne babbe
One man of two sons were, little boy by father

Babbe

tine

mala

to

hisso

zo

Father thy pix>perty of part which

ml
to

jS

me coming

zabue
to

chu su
is

that to

was

mi

me

said
de,

give,

39

mal

apno

own property
sab
all

banti

teni

nikke puttrP

bj-liim dividing was giveu, few days of in by-little

jame

son

dur mulkho
safar
keiu^ni
together making was-taken far country to journey was-made-by-him,
kerl

16

mal

teni

titthe

apno

uzari

leni,

apno

uzari

leni

go

te

baro

sii

mulkho m

te

own wasting was-taken-by-him

bhol

taijg

ges
rahnebale laba
near went-to-him
dweller

go,

karS

au apn5

to

making was

by-him own
phalia

fill,

to graze

ta

mene babba

not.

When

sense

in

came

then

was-said-by-him

dying

am

nehf

sii

apne

he own

tino

te

babbo kane

heruo,

te

was seen

and

sin

tino puttur

may-say

father

gunah

and thy

of

zabenth

lok

people

not

to

thy

to

him

sathi laweni

labourer

su dur but5
far

was

ao

phiri

daurita

pity

came

again

running

shundia

dittiani,

caijgj

matter good

mazfir

ao

he

will say

gall

own

rehm
te

ya
this

apno

near having-arisen came he

te

go

is,

uthita

of

zabalo

galo,

chu,

son

father

here hungry

will

keoryem,
done-was-by-me

te

au itthe buccha

chi,

uthita
cale
apne babbo kanS
father near having-ai'isen going

God

Father

khS

roti

my

being satisfied bread eating are,

own

Babba Khudayo

to

any one giving was

zabueni

chi, aii

dS

to-him

tyebla

marS

mane

he heart

ke

te

ao

how many

sii

Avere,

mS

labourers

one

swine

hosho

rajji

of

in

Zabla

kita

ekki

tsarne

kha

sar

te

sur

na.

mazur

pai!

field

bhari

pet

own stomach may

went that country

what husks swine eating

was-sent-to-him-by-him,

bare

mulkho

te

apnia baigia

teni

zina

bhejuseni,

kal

that country in famine great falling

went and he very straitened becoming

mK

zabia

mal
by-him property own wasting was-taken-by-liim when property

then

in

mS

thorgdiiigne

ditto,

mi banawa,

me

make

su

babbe

hira

by-father

go
went

te

gale

and neck

puttre

te

with-was-attached-by-him and kisses wex^e-given-by-him, by-son to-him

he

zabue
was-said

ya
this

gall

to

te

tino

gunah

keoi-yem

of

and

thy

sin

was-done-by-me

zabenth

tino

puttur

people may-say

thy

son

Babba

Khudayo

Father

God

caijgi

matter good

nehl
not

lok

chu,
is

Babbe

By

Father

40

naukarS

zabuo

lie

sabbane

atlia

all

than

servants to was said

paluro batsuro

having brought

calf

kill

yo meno puttur mari

dead
son
may make this my

him

lawa

joro

thu>

khamu

khushi
te
and
happiness
we may-eat

it

karamu,

te

aro,

quickly bring

with pair attach to him

to-hira, feet

phatta thu ah

arita

lush a

perS ne

thu,

te

on attach

kept

clothes good

hattho chap lawa

hand-on
ring attach
and

pur lawa,

cagga

tall a

go
gone

huni uthiio razi

te

ro,

was and now

arose well

ghadza go ro huni meli go, tine khushi

karne
having-become, lost gone was now found went, they happiness to make
bholta,

lagua teto baddo puttur baigia

m%

began his

in

son

big

baje

to

instrument

of

field

was

natsne

to

bar

and dancing

of

noise

te

awo tjebla
when house near came then

buto, zabla ghare

iiere

ekki apno

shunueni,

was-heavd-by-him

one

own

shadueni
su
putsueni
mahno
yo kut
man was-called-by-him him was-asked-by-him this what

chu,

teni

by him

is,

zabue

tin5

brha

ao

tine

babbe

batsure

palure

was-said

thy

brother

came

by-thy

father

calf

kept

keraweni

ya

galla

caijga

was-caused-to-be-made-by-him

this

matter-for

well

halal

lawful

su

ladueni,

bhue

roshe

antar na gahne

he-was-found-by-him he in-a-huff became

go

beihr

teto

went

out

his

patiane

su

him

lague,

to persuade

babb

cace,

not to go wished father

in

began

teni

by-him

apne

babbo

own

father-to

kite
barie teni khidmat
mi
keuriem
answer was-given by-me how-many years thy service was-done-by-me

jiwab

akho

tino

thy

ditto

mi morii kade bakre

na
not by-me was- turned, ever goat

kade

saying ever

kan

na

dittuifc

au

for

not

was-given-by-thee

keramutu,
may make,
ni

zabla

tino

when

thy

puttur

ne

sathi

khushi

own

of

with

happiness

vir5

udzarueni

liath-a

friends

phatt

bau

killed

was, by

te

teni

him

to

zabue

him was-said

tino

zeiii

mal

kanjrie

by-whom thy property

te

wasted-was-by-him, and

with

of little-one

me
me

apne dOstS

came

son

bacco

to

tete
his

harlots

khatir paluro batsuro

sake

kept

puttra

tu

sada

Son

thou

always

calf

me
me

sathi

with

41
zo
k!
mino chu so tino cbu, pnr khushi
what anything mine is that thino is
but happiness

chi
art

khush
happy

bhono

carjgl

gal

buti,

tino

yO

to-become

good

matter

was

thy

this

r5

te

huni

was

and

now

mli

uthilo

razi

arose

well having-become

bho!ta,

brha

kSrnl

make

to

marl

go
gone

brother dead

ghadza

go

lo

hiinl

now

gone was

lost

g5.

being- found went.

Extracts,
Rati

icch

p5uo

kukkria

khiani

phiri

bacUlo

nuksan

At night

bear

fell

hens

to eat

then

great

harm

kerueni

padro

mS,

was-done-by-him

level

in,

magar

bhiia

after

became

BU

to-him

light

men

ten

mS

and den

in

track

there

tila

hatha

then

from

cale

house to coming
gal

ti

of

letter

coming

is.

ami,

bakro,

khat,

bhanda,

to bring,

goat,

beds,

vessels,

ghare

kukkur
cocks,

itthe

jeno,

chip.
is.

Au
I

about

arna,

dero

to bring,

dwelling

any

bhei
niay-liecome

fault

bhue.

hazir

present became.
cilki,

waddie

Buffalo

of

tax

two

ten-annas

big

hapat

dwelling

in

dm

also,

by people

dere

kih kasfir

ghiwano

drinker

there

loke

day

to

bi

ga
went

nashi

di

Labourers

MaT
cumnewali

fell

phiri

Mazur

having-passed-on house-to to-come, there

to-give

his

is.

Tahsildar

fine

tet

pouo, titlhe

to eat

second

chi.

then

food

came,

j^

deno

far

doke

citthi

zerimano

dur

awa,

ti

ta

su,

to-him,

ga

lagia

TahsUdare

laijgheita

again

chi.

Last-year of matter

killed.

early

to-him, not were-attached, then runiiing

ghare

Paru

mara.

was

phiri

and

khane khan

na

su,

otrei

going went

was

asleep

te

cale

titthe

bunduki
dittia
again
guns
were given

went,

became

suttoro buto,

phiri

go

bhm

dash raahna, khurie

zaro

te

lo

zulm chu.
yo ahi pur
is.
this us ou violence

also

Shdu
100

nikkie

bi

duddli

milk

little

bheda
sheep

bnkri

goats

.shO

six

1
42

rupayya

tsSur

rupees

four

ik sala

map

ana
annas

gahcarai.

ghini

az

buta,

taking

diara

hukm na

deodar of order

are,

chia badne na
is

to

da

not

mS

beuro

in

kid

buto

which

lagua,

len

ze
if

banawa
making

cha,

are

chu

katne

to,

is

cutting

of,

was
te

to take they-have-begun

taking

ghar
house

gana
cha,
g5ru
to-day cows counting are,
az

chan,

Here

grass-feeding.

one-year-old free were to-day

ghins

Ittbe

and

ilia

to

mul

it

of

price

bori

lakri

zo

what other wood

cha.

to-cut not giving are.

{Note.

JammS to
and their

The
Sri

dero referred to above is the annual procession

Nagar and back

of the Inner Palace or Maharaja's Ladies

escort).

.)

from

Siraji.
1.

ikk, one.

2. dui,

two.

37. mattho, son

38. dhi, daughter.

kamo,

3.

trei, three.

39.

4.

tsour, four.

40. jlmldar, cultivator,

5.

panta, five.

41. gual, shepherd.

6.

shah, six.

42. Panniesar,

seven.

slave.

43. Shatan, Devil.

7.

satt,

8.

atth, eight.

44. dis, sun.

9.

nau, nine.

45. cann,

10. das, ten.

11. bih,

twenty.

12. panza, fifty.

13. shou,

14. hattb,

hundred.
hand.

15. khur, foot,

16.

nakk, nose.

17. acchi, eye.

18.

muh, mouth.

God.

46.

moon.

tara, star.

47. agg, fire.

48. pani, water.

49. ghar, house.
50. ghor5, horse.

51. goia, cow.

52. shuna, dog.
63. bildf, cat.
54.

kukkur, cock.

19. dant, tooth.

55. batki, duck.

20. kann, ear.

56. khar, ass.

camel.

21. ke, hair.

57.

22. rut, head.

58. poto, bird.

23. jib, tongue.

59. gisno, go.

24. idd, belly.

60. khano, eat.

25. pitth, back.

61. mishno,

26. loha, iron.

62. jaino, come.

27. sonna, gold.

63.

28. candi, ruppa, silver.

64. kharono, stand.

29. bab, father.

65.

30.

i,

mother.

lit,

sit.

marno, beat.

marno,

die.

66. deno, give.

31. brha, brother.

67. daurno, run.

32. bahin, sister.

68. kharo, up.

33.
34.

mahnu, man.
zanan, woman.

69. nero, near.

70. uro,

down.

35. zanan, wife.

71. dur, far.

36. mattho, child.

72. agar, before.

44
73.

pat, behind.

88. goru, a cow.

who.

74. kani,

87. dant, a bulls.

75. ki,

what.

89. dant, bull.

76. ki,

why,

90. gorii, cows.

shun

-a, a dog.

77. t6, and.

91.

78.

but.

92.

-ei,

79. ze,

if.

93.

-a, dogs.

80. a, yes.

94.

-eia, bitches.

81. neh!, no.

95. chero, a

82.

96. bakrl, a female goat.

liai,

alas.

83. ghor -o, a horse.

a mare.

84.

-i,

85.

-a, horses.

86.

-ie,

mares.

a bitch.

he goat.

97. chera, goats.

harn -o, a male deer.

99.
-i, a female deer
98.

100.

-a, deer.

nam kut chu F what is your name ?

ghore tlii ummar kittS cLi ? how old

1.

tino

2.

ye

3.

611ah atha Kashmira

Kashmir ?

tS kitto dur

chu

this hoise

is

how

far is

it

from hero

6.

babbo te gharo ma puttur kita cha ? how many sons arc

in your father's house ?
ajj ail bara dur awe, I have walked a long way to-day.

6.

mene

4.

tine

is

married to his

8.
9.

tete puttre

chitte ghore

me mate

my

sister.

kathi chi, in the house is the saddle

gharo m^
white horse.
kathi pitthi pur kasi laththo, put the saddle upon his back.

7.

tlicro

tsatse to puttur teti behni sathi biao ro chu, the son of

uncle

to

tl

korre raarii

a, I

have beaten

his son witli

of the

many

stripes.
10.

paharo

te shire

goru bakria tsarS chu, he

is

grazing cattle on the top

of the hill.
11.

ghore bi butto

tal

bishru chu, he

is

sitting on a horso

under that

tree,

brha behni atha baddo chu, his brother is

yet5 mul dhai rupayyo chu, the price of that

12. teto

taller

13.

is

than his

sister.

two rupees aud

half.
14.

men5 babb ye nikkS gharo rahS

chu,

my

father lives iu that small

house.
15.
16.

17.

18.

19.

20.
21.
22.

yo rupayya te de le, give this rupee to him.

yo rupayya tin. ghini je, take those rupees from him.
mast maro thu te radzu sathi bandhi thu, beat him well aud bind

him with ropes.

khuho mS pani ghini je, draw water from the well.
me ari ari cal, walk before me.
kahto mattho ti pata jS chu ? whose boy comes behind you ?
yo kah atha mul awath, from whom did you buy that.^
gramo ketsia hatiabalia atha, from a shopkeeper of the village.

RAMBANI.
Rambcani

is,

like Poguli whicli it closely resembles,

conuected with

however farther away from Kashmiri than Poguli is.

This is evident from its vocabulary, also from various points in its grammar, such as the formation of the Passive voice by means of the verb go
instead of the verb come, and the greater use of compound verbs it is
Rarabaui has
still more noticeable when we consider the pronunciation.
very largely a Panjabi pronunciation, Pogali is pronounced like Kashthus for example ghor'^ would be differently pronounced in the
ja'nl
Kashmiri

it is

two.

Nouns.
Plur.

Sing.

N.

babb,

father

G.

babb-a
-a

suij (f. sani, pi. sana,

D.
Ab.

-a

mahn-o, man,

So

Shnna,
Fern.

sanyi)

tha
obi.

s.

ghof^, horse,

also

babb
babb-an sun, &c.
-an
-an thi

dog and

-a

u. pi.

lOk or lok"',

tsirru,

-a

obi. pi.

-an

boy

goat do not change for the nom.

pi.

Nouns.
Sing.

N. kurhi, daughter

Plur.

kurh-ia

G. kur-hi san (sani, sana, sanyi)

-ian, &c.

D.A. -hi

-ian

So ghori, mare
Zanand, woman takes zandni in the plur.
Shnnei, bitch does not change for the nom.
hahin, sister has obi. hahina.

pi.

The short vowels at the end of words are very indistinctly pronounced, and as Rambani is never written it is often extremely hard
which short vowel is being used, or whether what seems like a
short vowel is really one, or is merely the necessary emission of breath
to tell

after a consonant.

Pronouns.

Hambani.
1.

ik, one.

2. dill,

two.

3. cei, three.

4. tsaur, four.

37. lok, son,

38. kurhi, daughter.

kam^, slave.
40. zamindar, cultivator,

39.

5.

pants, five.

41. gual, shephei-d.

6.

sh6, six.

42. Panmesar, God.

7.

satt, seven.

43. Shatan, Devil.

8.

atb, eight.

44. diis, sun.

9.

nau, nine.

45. tsanni,

moon.

10. das, ten.

46. tar^, star.

11. bib, twenty.

47. agg, fire.

12. panzah, fifty.

48. pani, water.

13. sbau,

hundred.

14. hatth, liand.

15.

khur,

16.

nakk, nose.

foot.

17. ncch, eye.

18.

mu!, mouth.

49. ghar, house.

50. ghor", horse.

51. gan, cow.

C2. shun a, dog.

53. hilar, cat.

54.

kukkur, cock.

19. dant, tootli.

55. batki, duck.

20. kann, ear.

56.

21. kesh, hair.

57. St, camel.

22. rut, bead,

58.

khot^, ass.

pakhrii,

biixl.

23. zibb, tongue.

59. gatshnu, go,

24. pet, belly.

60. khanu, eat.

25. pittb, back,

61.

26. loha, iron,

62. enu,

27. sonii, gold.

63.

28. candi, silver.

64. kharonu, stand.

29. babb, father.

65.

30. amraa, mother.

66. denu, give,

31. brha, brother.

67.

daurnu, run,

32. bahin, sister.

68.

ubhu, up.

33.

34.

mahn, man.
zanan*, woman.

bimnu,

sit.

come.

marnu,
marnu,

beat.

die.

69. nere, near,

70. kbalo,

down.

35. zanan^, wife.

71. dur, far.

36. lok, child.

72. agar, before.

49
73.

pat, behind.

87. dant, a bull.

74.

kam,

wlio.

88. gau, a cow.

what.

89. dant, bulls.

75. kut,

76. ki, kizug, wliy.

90.

gawa, cows.

77. te, and.

91.

^lun

78. par, but.

92.

-ei,

79. zekar,

93.

-n, dogs.

80. a, yes.

94.

-ei, biU'hes.

81. na, no.

95. tsirru, a he-goat.

82. bai he, alas.

96. tseli, a female goat.

gho

if.

84.

-r^, a horse.
-ri, a mare.

85.

-ri1,

hoi'ses.

99.

86.

-ria,

mares.

100.

83.

-a, dog.

a bitch.

97. tsiiTxi, goats.

98. bar -n, a

male deor.

-ni, a female deer

-n, deer.

1. tino
2. es
3.

nam

kut chu

gbore sani kit?

what

umr

is

chi ?

your name

how

old

is

this horse ?

Kashmira t5. kito diir chu, how far is it from here to Kaslimir ?
tini bappu sani gi kita loka che ? how many sons are there in your
father's house ?
au az dur hanthi kari call gyus, I have walked a long way to-day.
mini pitrie sana lokii teshwe bahini sathi biahtumut chu, the son of
my uncle is married to his sister.
gi m chitte ghore sani kathi chi, in the house is the saddle of the

itt

ata

4.

5.
6.

7.

white horse.
8.

kathi teseT pithi bhei lathas, put the saddle upon his back.

9.

mi teswe loke mata korra ditmat

many

ches, I

have beaten his son with

stripes.

11.

pahar sani shiri bhei bakriS gawa sunal chu, he is grazing cattle
on the top of the hill.
yu ghora bhei buta khal bimi chu, he is sitting on a horse under

12.

tesau brha tgshwe bahina th badu chu, his brother

10. yii

that tree.
is taller

than his

sister.

13. tesau
1-i.

15.

16.
17.

mul dhai rupae chu, the

price of that

is

two rupees and a

mino babb is matthe gi rah chu, my father lives in that small house.
tes yu rupayya denu, give this rupee to him.
tin rupae tes thS ghinni laina, take those rupees from him.
tes juan marnias gazari sathi ganthi, beat him well and bind him
with ropes.

18. talao
19.

20.
21.
22.

half.

mS

mi agar

tha pani kari, draw water from the well.

walk before me.

kasau loka ti pat pata e chu ? whose boy comes behind you ?
yu kas ths muli an chut ? from whom did you buy that ?
garaa sani ketsi hatiabala tha, from a shopkeeper of the village.
cal,

POGULi.
The Poguli language

Ramsuh which

east of

therefore spoken in

spoken over a small tract of country

18 miles south of the Banihal Pas.s.

is

is

Jammft

State.

It resembles Kashmiri,

to

the

It is

though

it is

Most Pogul people know

Kashmiri.
Nearly
all
the
some
peculiarities of Kashmiri are found in
a modified form in Poguli, which being a border language contains also

quite unintelligible to speakers of that language.

a number of points in
their fountain head.

Peristan.

common

with dialects which look to Panjabi as

Poguli differs very slightly from the dialect of

Pogul and Peristan are two streams flowing into the Bishlar,

which in turn joins the Cinab. The tract of country across the Bishlar
from Pogul and Peristan is called Sar its inhabitants arc said to speak
;

the

same language.

Nouns.
Sing.

G.

maul
mala sun

D.

malis

N.

Plur.

Mal-a
(f.

Log.

manz,

Ab.

,,

laba

Ag.

mali

sin, pi. saua,

f.

sanya)

-an sun, &c,

-an
-an, &c.

&c., &c.

,,

,,

So loh or luh, a boy, loka sun, lokis, loki, &c.

mohan, man, mahna sun, mahnis, &c.
There seems to be considerable indifference about the inflection -is,
and one hears -as and -us, but whereas -as and -is seem rare for inanimate
objects, so one seems very rarely to hear -us with nouns denoting sentient
beings.

It will be noticed that the genitive postposition docs not, as in

Kashmiri change, according

The oblique

what word

it

follows, into

hun or uw or

of smi is sani or sanni.

'

Fern. Nouns.

Sing.

N.
G.
D.

to

kuhri, daughter

kuhra, sun, &c.

kuhra

Ab.
laba

Ag. klihra

Plur.

Kuhr-a
-an sun, &c.
-an
-an &c.
~an

2iH.

52

There are as in Kashmiri, though to a much less extent, internal

vowel changes along with inflection. These changes make it difficult to
give one word as a type of many others. There are peculiar consonantal
changes also. The following are examples in addition to the words
viaul and molian, above.

53

day before yesterday, Is, yesterday, az to-day, rate, to-monow,

cindus {cde, three, and das, day), day after to-morrow, tswdhiii, (|uickly.
acca,

Verbs.
Auxiliary.

Past. I

chu

chus chus

Pres. I am, &c.

was

ah -tus -tus

-tii

chisam

chi

clietli

-sam -tath -ta

(also auhtus, &c.)

Pharnu, strike, beat.

Aor. or Fut.
Pres. I

am

Impf.

was

may

or shall beat phar- a -us pliairi pliar

,,

,,

,,

past.

,,

abtas, &c.

,,

Agentive form of pronouns with phartu

Past. I beat, &c.,

have beaten
had
,,

phartumut chu
ahtu
-ahoth -ahun

Pres. Perf. I

,,

,,

Plupf.

,,

,,

-am -uth -uu

beating. Pr. p. pliarti (iudeel.) with pros, auxiliary chus, &c.

phat-iha

Conditional.

-os

Imper.

-aham

-ihi

phar

,,

phari.

Participles pr. p. pharti, pa. p. phartumut, having beaten, pliairkari

The
tenses

by using the particle pharani with the various

ylun come, thus aw os phm'ani, I was beaten, yaua pharani, I

Passive is formed

of

shall be beaten.

Gatshiu, go.
Aor. Fut.

gatsha

Past.

gos

gatshus

Pres.

-un
geo

geoath

SfC.

Pr. p. gatshti pa. p. gyemut.

Part.

Pres. Perf. Plupf.

gyemut

chus, ahtue, &c.

Yiun, come, pa. p. amut.

Aor. Fut. Yaua yowus
Past.

as
p.

Aor. Fut. deaua

yauam

yeau

aosam
deti pa. p. dyutumut
deowus deu deauam
ao

as

Dhin, give, pr.

youth youn
auath aua
deouth

deoun

dyut, used like phaitu

Past.

Asuu,

geosam

go

gos

gatsh or gatshti chus,

-uth

gatsh-am

getshi

become, pr.

having become aiskeii.

asam asuth asun

p. as, asti,

Aor. Fut. asa

asus

ais

Bylninn,

Past

bimtiis, like ahtiis.

sit

Aor. Fut.

bim -a

,,

-us -i

seated

-am

-uth
rah -

bimi

-un

am -uth -uu.
Rahnu, remain, Aor. Fut. raha rahus rili
rohn rahn -sam -ath -a
Past.
rahn -us -us
Bi7iu, fear

Aor. Fut.

Past.

biwa

or

biuwa,

frightened

binus like ralinus.

Piun, diiuk, Aor. Fat. peoa peons piwi p6

Past,

&c.,

pint,

used like phartu, with

-am -ath -un

fern. obj. pit.

bii

54

Karnu, do, past, ko (with

fern. obj. ke) pa. p. kyemiit.

zapnu, say, past, jo

dhaiinu, walk, &c., past, dhautus
klialnu eat, past, khao (with fem. obj. kliae)

Causative verbs are formed by adding -al to

the root of the verb,

e.gf.,

khalnu, eat, khdlahm, cause to eat, feed.

Pronominal suffixes are used somewhat as in Kashmiri. When -n

jo
e.g.
is used as an agent to express by him, a vowel change occurs,
was said, joas was said to him, but jiln was said by him, similarly ko
was done, kiln was done by him, dyutiin was given by him, prustiln was
asked by him. Note q}so pashtnmi, was seen by-me, Jilmnai, was said
to me (i) by him (n).
To be able is expressed by Jiagnu used with the root of a verb, e.g.,
:

haga gatsh,

cue

am

or shall be able to go.

The Prodigal Son.

Yakis mahnas

One man
Baba

to

two sons were

by-little

mi

yo

pata

lokhcye

loki

after

by-little

son

kaujuin

all

and

far

country

and

he

tin

samuztu
became

and

mal

lacar,

helpless,

hima

s5r

husks

swine

own

field

allakmat

kar

sut

there

bad

work

with

phana,

yebla

destruction,
tyes

kiin

when was-made-by-him

mulkus manz

that country

terki

mulkus

in

sakjit

kal

severe

famine

rahnawalis

laba go,

went

there-of country-of dweller near

pyentu panani kheti manz

by-him was-sent

ter

te

fell

su

bainti,

together

property spending then

te

mauei dusei
dividing, five
days

mal,

was-made

pe

kharc

give,

niulkus

ada

mal

me

to

diir

was-made-by-him own property

saurui

comes that

deli,

te

safar,

panun

kiin

mi

su

said,

jama

was-made-by-him journey

in

was

ko

saurui
all

jo,

father- to

part

own property

them among

by him was given

own
yeau,

tiauan manza panun

dyut

malis

hissa

me

property of what to

Father thy

manz

lokhcye panani

mains

tina

tin

dih loka ahta

in

sor

gas khalalne kica, te

swine grass feeding

khalti

ahta

su

zapti

eating

were

he

saying

ahtii

Avas

ai^

for

khala

may-eat

yaii

and what
idd

stomach

55

ahtns

bhava,

te

may-fill

and anyone

klls

mlna malis

jiin

then

was-said-by-him

my

stomach

are

and

filling

gatsha te

tyes

him

near will go and to

zapa

avi

Khuda sun guna, au chusna

sin
I
am not
and God of
kara

also

make

su ahtu

tirhui

nalmut
embrace

him

wontus

Hatse

was-said-to-him

guna,

chusna

ail

-worthy

thy

son saying-to-mo

am

sin

naukaran

and him-to attach

jot

pair

his

and

fat

miun

lok

may-make,

ray

son

miltu,

yablai

lok

waigi

son

dholau sun

drum
yu
this

te

was-found and

big

him

tars

te

came pity and

Loki

and

kiss

was-given-by-him.

By-son

mi
ko
tiuu
te Khuda sun
by-me was-done thy and God
of
Mali

zaptiam.

By

thy son saying to me.

all

hand

own

dadd
juan tswohai
garment good quickly

then

in

pananan

father

laugthas

bring

khoran manz

wail,

attach-to-liim

auri

ring

feet

in

anthan te karthas halhal, as khalam khushi

calf bring-it and make-it lawful, we may eat happiness

karam,

ziith

to

ao

yiith wots

te

now

tyes

ditsen.

tyeswe ahtus manz

laug

tyes

te

laba,

mith

tiun lok

servants-to was-said-by-him

malis

and came father near

te

sarni khota

jiin

ao

ml

mo

te

father

worthy

not

zaptiam

te

was-seen and

Baba

laik

malis

lok

baltiin

kusne
was-made

khafta

will stand father

tiun

that after he stood

and by father

ful-ly

laik

pata kharuthi

tin

mali

te

far

tygs

sho,

laboiirer like,

was

he

to

mazur

p(Hh

mi
ko
tiun
by me was-done thy

father,

te

t!

cliyi, pfira

labourers are,

Hatse Baba,

say

I will

moznr

how many

phaka phatti, au
hunger of dying, I

am

gs

linsli

when sense canie-to-him

kyeta

father's

chyi bharti, te &u chus

idd

yabla

deti,

was-to-hini not giving,

tyabla

laba

na

of

kut

manz

field

in

phatmut auhtu go zinda rautumut auhtu

was went alive
lost
dead
.was
tiauei

karui

khu.shi

by-them happiness
auhtii yabla

to

ke.

make

own

His

was-raade.

su panani gharus

was when he

tyesau

house

wot

tin

arrived

by-him

huntiin
prustiiu
te
awaz
sun
dancing of voice was heard-by-him and was-asked-by-him

nasni

go

tin

joas

what went by-him was-said-to-him

tiun

barun amut elm

thy lu'other come

is

te

and

56
mali yiith

tini

by-tby father

fat

wots

hallml

calf

lawful

tyes kici

kiifi,

was-made-by-him

tjSs

tbat-for

to-liim

miltu
juana paitb, su go mast kabli au
geo
gatshaliana, te
like bo went very angry I bouse-to will-go not and
was-found well
tyesau maul

gotbo nyistu

his
tin

panani

by-him

own

kbySzmat

tin

manaltiin

te

and

out went-out

father

malis

was-persuaded-by-liim

dyutiiu

jawab,

te

by-me and by-tbee ever was-given not

panana dostan

kbusbi

own

happiness

ko

tiun

was-made

thy

fat

for

knal

kath

thy

word

was-turned

tselya path

me

goat

na

balti

au

kid

not

kara

may-make

yabla

tiun

lok

ao

yin

friends

with Avhen

thy

son

came

by- whom

mal

kanjriin

s!t

kharab,

harlots

with

evil

kyemut
by-thee made

joas

mina loka

sit,

property

tyeswe kicya mot wots

him

to

kyet

tin

mi

na

dyit

zot

ti

to-bim

answer how much time

father to was-given-by-bim

ke
mi,
te
zat
service thy was-done by-me and ever

mi,

so,

calf

tin

halh'al,

lawful,

ti

my

by-him wae-said-to-liim

chus hamesha mi sit te sarui

always me with and all
art

yu

ciz

go,
karnu juan ciz
Khushi
Happiness to make good thing went

tiun

thy

is

tu

thou

miun su chu tiun

mine that is thine.

cliii

thing which

son

cliu

is

barun phatmut
brother
dead

auhtii, gf5

was wont

miltu.
rautumut auhtu yablai
was
now was-found.
lost

zinda,
alive

Extracts.
Ail as waiga

was

pesis

field

rara

manz

pashtumi
shaput, ada dhora ginn
there was-seen-by-me bear, then stone taking
ter

in

au

gos

went

I-fell-to-it

rushing,

ahta

mahna,

tini

were

trill

30

hakka,

men by him
hakka

jungle-beat,

janglas
jungle-of

bii

anta

lutus

pat

head

on

came house
sbal

were-killed jackals

pentUn
were-sent-by-him

Sahbas sit
Sahib with

gioh nisb.

as

aii

afraid, I

tsailih

forty

near.

pants

tin

pata

five

that

after

mahna
men

go
went

Sahab

rohn

Sahib

stayed

ter

shaput

antiin

there

bears

were-killed-by-him

abt
8,

te

and

57

khalo

Lassa

phirtu.

down he
watus

jamadav caprais

By Lass^

turned.

peutu nu Ss
dih dus
caprasi was sent I came two days

dant lehti abtus au ter

jiimnai
Sahab
arrived there, oxen grazing was I, there was-said-to-me-by-him Sahib
ter

panin

ao

boH^

zop

own language

came,

auhtu,

tsat walti

pahrus

he went

tE,

one-watch

I stayed

ten

yards

deep

tamasha

laig

baini

fun

began

to see

up-to,

panin

jiin

days

Snhib

dahan gazan duggu

go

sui

swimming was

din dusan rahnus Siihabus

speak, two

bo^U

mahna
men

food

Wat wata

tap

trouble

On-the-way

sunshine

sunshine in he-was seated, going

zop.

speak.

hat

Sahab

on.

Sahib was

pahran

din

two

pSt.

Avatches

(i.e.,

boH^

ahtu

zapti

saying

te
Mast
tap
ahtu
Sahbi
Great sunshine was and by Sahib

pananyi toipa

own

was

at night

sani

6 hrs.) language

kyici.
for.

not.

ahtu

sakht,

was

severe,

halla

was' bravo

bo^U

language

gonthtu

dastar

was-knotted

turban

rat

a-htii

na,

was-eaten-by-him

laiga.

pata,

That after

khain

was-attached.

gatsTiti ahtu,

Tin

50.

great

bimi

Sahib

pantsa.

mast

ahtu

with

head towards stayed

taklif

tapus

Sahab

bakkhi, rohan

hit

khalnu

zop

was-said-by-him own language speak

sft

ratti

seizing

(i.e.,

keeping me)

P6guli.
1.

yakb, one.

69
72. agge, before.
73. pat,

74.

behind.

kam, wbo.

75. kut,

what.

76. guzzi,

why.

87. daut, a bull.

88. gau, a cow.

89. dant, bulls.

90. goitri, cows.

91. hunn*, a dog.

hu^nS

77. te, and.

92.

78. par, but.

93. hunn*, dogs.

79.

94. hunya, bitches.

if.

a bitch.

80. aX, yes.

95. katlu, a hegoat.

81. na, no.

96. tsel, a female goat.

82. hai, alas.

97. katla, goats.

gho

-r*,

a horse.

98.

84.

-ri,

a mare.

99.

85.

-r*, horses.

100.

83.

86. ghueur*, mares.

har -n, a male deer.

-n*, a female deer.

-u, deer.

.3

1.

tiun

2.

yes

nam kut chu

glioris ummur

mir
4. tini

6.

r.

what is'ydurnarae

kyit thi

how

pata Kashii- t kituk chu dur

3. ita

6.

i^

-I

old
?

is this

how

far

horse
is it

from here

to

Kash-

mala sani

g\

manz keta loka che

how many

sons are there in

your father's house ?

ail az dur tl dhautus, I have walked a long way to-day.
mini pecow sani loki chu tyesye bina sit byah kjemut, the son of

my
7. chitti

uncle

is

married to

his sister.

ghora sun zia chu gi manz, in the house

the saddle of the

is

white horse.
put the saddle upon his back.

8.

tyesye cari pSt zin

9.

mi tyeswe lokyas shahtei

his son

with

10. bala sanni lutus

many

chu ghofis

k5rrei sit

phartumut chu,

have beaten

stripes.

p5t su chu gallas gas khalal, he

the top of the

11. su

li,

is

grazing cattle on

hill.

pSfc kolis

khal bima, he

is

sitting

on a horse under that

tree.

12. tesau barun tesei bina khota bor chu, his brother

is

taller

than his

sister.

13. ittek
14.

kimat

thi dai rupae, the price of that is

miun maul chu

tes lokhcyis

garus manz

two rupees and a

rahti,

my

half.

father lives in

that small house.

15.
16.

ye rupai tyes dyen, give this rupee to him.

yail rupia gyun tyes, take those rupees from him.

17. ty6s

mast phari

te

razan

sit gathin, beat

him well and bind him with

ropes.
18.

19.
20.

21.
22.

khuhus manz pa! kari, draw water from the well.

mi aiggi dhaui, walk before me.
kasau lok chu ti pata pata dhaiiti ? whose boy comes behind you
ti kas laba tjes mol gintu ? from whom did you buy that ?
gama sanni dukandaras laba, from a shopkeeper of the village.

KISHTAWARI.
Kshtawari is spoken in and near the village of Kishtawar, an important place with 2,500 inhabitants, not far from the S.E. border of
Kashmir. It is a dialect of Kashmiri, which it very much resembles.
In Kishtawar Kashmiri is perfectly well understood.

Nouns

Masc.
Sing.

mhal

N.

-u, father

G.

-i

- ,, mauz
- hata

-is
-is

manz

Ab.
Ag.

-is

hata

-ien

-in

obh

-iau

ghtir-i, -is &c., PI. ghur^, obi.

so also sktir^^ boy

is

-i

-ien hun*^

D.

ghtir*, horse,

mhal

sun

Log.

Then

Plur.

(Ag

ghufien &c..

shtirien)

also a declension ending in -a -as &c., for the oblique cases.

ghar house, ghar -a sun, -as, -an, Plur. ghar, ghar -an -au.

So

also dand, back,

tsliyor^ he-goat, pi. tsher'^

Fern.

Noun

Sing.

62
or

yi, this

who, declined like

rel.

who G. kasim, D. &c.,

kyut^ how much f. kitsa,

kas;

ko

miaun,

tsauiiy tyisun,

su, yisun &c., plur.

anyone, obi.

fcS

yim &c.

kBisi

how many.
and hun (of timan hun) are declined like

kitya

pi.

asun, tusun,

adjectives.

j||

Adjectives are declined very

much

Many however

like nouns.

are

indeclinable.

Comparison.

used with

'

expressed by nishi, and the positive form

is

zabar good,

nishi,

zahar, better

Than

than

all,

zabar,

nishi

better than,

is

sdriwi nishi

best.

Verbs.

am

thus thukh

thu thi theaua thi

Past 1 was &c., asus asukh asu aisi aseaua asai (or ausus &c.
tsotun, beat Pr. Pa. tsotan pa. p. tsotmut, having beating, tsoti, or tso^it
Aor. or Fut. tsot -a -akh -i -an -iu -au

Auxiliary Pres. I

Imper.

&c.,

tsot

tso^iu

Pres. Ind.

tsotan (pres. p.) with Pres. Auxil. boh thus tsotan &c.

Impf.

tsotah -a

Conditional

Past

me

-akh

Past.
-i

boh asus

,,

-au

-iu

&c.

-an.

tsotum, tse tsotuth, tin tsot, asi tsot, tusi tsoteau, timau

tsotukh.
Pres.

Perf.

Plupf.

me thum
me asum

tsotmut &c.
&c.

,,

Passive, tsota with the various parts of gatshuu^, go,

gatshan, I

am

being beaten.

Gatshun^, go pr. p. gatshan, pa.

p.

gomut.

Aor. or Fut., Imper., Pres. Ind., Impf., Cond.

Past

gos

gokh

gou

Pres. Perf.

boh
boh

thus

gomut &c.
gomut &c.

Plupf.

marun

die,

past

asus

mud

-us -ukh

rihun remain, past rath -us

heun take, past hyut,

yiu7i^

boh thus tsota

come, past

as,

is

mudu

ge

all

regular like tsotun

geau ge

&c. pa. p.

mudmut.

-ukh -u &c.

used as in Kashmiri for begin

*

'

(with the

infin.)

akh, a5 &c., pres. p. yuan.

kheun^ Aor. or Fut. khyema &c., as in Kashmiri.

Pronominal

suffixes are very

common,

e.g.

Dative, dyim, give me, dyitis give him, asias

were to him, zabas

will

say to him, even indirect connection as shur^ tyesun marigos, his son died
to

him,
Ace. hanayim

make me,

tsoiis

beat him.

6S

pJmum,

Agent.
I

I turned,

hanm

did

(.agr.

dyituth, thou gavest, tsottm

did (fern, obj.)

w. masc. obj.) karyini

he struck,

tsof^ati

you

struck, hetsakh, they took (fein. obj.)

Zahunas he said to him, usno -(n-) uako-(8-) kaha,

There is no suffix for the 1st plur.
ditinus, he gave to him.
Compound verbs are found on the Pahari and not Kashmiri model,
u^ai dyuttin, he wasting gave, he wasted, marigau, he dyiug went, ho
Double

suffixes.

died.

The Prodigal Son.

mahnis
man-to

Aikis

One

.shuri

two

sons were-to-him

asias

zabun

panani

was-said-by-him

own

mhalis
father-to

zhe

dyim

te

tin

give-to-me

and

by-him

lokrin

shufien

little

son-by

manza

daulata

wealth

timan
them-to

pananis

own

miaun

his.si

my

part

from-in

panan^

dolat

bantl

own

wealth

dividing

thukrien dosan naanz lokrin shurien sanVi

few
days
in
little
given-was-by-him
son-by
all

jama

ditsin,

kari

dishas

safar

country-to

journey

dui*

having-made far

mar5

karan

pata

evil

work

after

mal

korun
was-made-by-him
ujarun,

property was-wasted-by-him

barbad

karun

tath

dishas

wasting

was-made-by-him

that

country

gau, tath jae

helpless

went that place

pananyis zaminas manz

of

may

manz
in
sinyi

of

ao

zaban
to say

pananis dilas

came by-him

and

there

ghari

sorui

what honr

logu

great famine

rathu

own

sSti

not.

Yei

yima
what
yad

own stomach

began these with

na.

he

by-hira

panun

sSti

fell

tini

sozun,

yiman

all

peon su

kal

baddii

tsunawani

kS

tis

tin

tete

near remained,

diwan asu
and to him any one giving was
tg

fill

man

one

sur

shima siir khewan aisi su

husks swine eating were he
bhara

in

t&

swine to-cause-to-feed was-sent-by-him

in

land

manz

hinis aikis shakhsas labi

lacar

own

yei

together

ghari su hSshas

What hour

zabun

heart with was-said-by-him

he sense

miaui

mhali

my

father

khgwan boh y6ti

bhari
yad
how-many labourers are stomach having filled eating I here of

bhuci

hunger

kitya

maran

mazur

lagus,

to die began,

thi

boh
I

wathi

having risen

pananis mhalis nisha

own

father

near

gatsha
will

go

64
te

zabas

ai

mball

me

Sahiba

sun

te

and

will-say. to-him

father

by-me

God

of

and

ratbus

na

tsaun

sbur^

not

thy

son

karum

ath

was-done

that

me
me

laik

pananien

own

labi

worthy remained

near came be

mbalis

yet

was

far

and

gbuj^

thy

son

not

thy

sin

zaba,
I

to

may

say,

tars

him

pity

te

hun^i

and

kiss

ratun

mhali

ai

father

karum, ath
laik
ratbus
that
was-done
worthy remained

tsaun gunah

of

perceived

zabunas
Tin
By-him was-said-by-him-to-him

was-given-by-him-to-him.

tsaun

by-father was

father

tis

in-embrace was-seized-by-him

ditinus.

te

lawun

nalamati

baving-run

sun

mbalin

asu,

came-to-him,

zaba,

wathi
pananis
mazuran hish banayim,
own
labourers like make-me, having-risen

dorita

na

sin

may-say

awus

mg Sahiba
by me God

thy

su hazza dur

ao,

tsaun gunah

mbalin

pananien

by-father

own

naukaran
servants-to

zabun

sariwi

nishi

juan

poshak

kadi

was-said-by-hira

all

than

good

raiment

having-taken-out

aniii

tg

lagius

yis

hathas

isin^

aqkhuc

lagius,

ring

attach-to-him

bring and to-him attach-to-bim this-of hand-to

khoran padiSru
feefc-to

te

rachmutu watswa yor aniu

and

sboe

kept

te

karius

halal

here bring and lawful make-it

calf

miaun yi shur^ mudmut asu zinda

karau,
khyemau khushi
dead
was alive
we may eat happiness may make my this son
as

mynl.
ramut ausu te
went lost was and was-found.

r go

Khushi

karan^

hgtsakh,

Happiness to-make was-begun-by-them.

Tyisun badd'^ shui* wajjan manz ausu, yei ghari gharas nior ao
in
was what hour house near came
field
big
son
His
dbol

wayun

te

drum

beating

and

naukaras sad

natsunuk
dancing of

waz
voice

lawun
was-perceived-by-him,

guarun

dyit

aikis

yi

servant-to call having-given was-asked-by-him this

one

kya samuz
tin
what became by-bim

tyis

zabun

tsaun

bboi

aui

tsani

mbalin

to-him

was-said-by-him

thy

brother

6ame-to-thee

thy

father- by

tisine khatira

his

sake

rachmutu watsu
kept

calf

marun

aiji

was-killed-by-him this

khatara

tin

sake

by-him

65

juan

su

to-him

well

lawun,
was-perceived-by-liim

na, tisun mlial^ kanara

lagu

began not

father

his

out

having-goue

lagus

to-persuade began-to-him

mlialis

own

by-him

b5zawun

nyit

jawab
dyutun,
wucch
kityan
father-to answer was-given-by-hini
see
how many

pananyis

tin

su krudhi samuz, andar gatsliun

he angry became in
to go

warhien

tsan

khezmat

years

thy

service

karyim
was-done-by-me

tsaun*

zab*

thy

saying

phirum

na

me

zat

put

dyituth

was-turned-by-me

not

to-me

ever

kid

was-given-by-thco

yaran

pananien

zafc

ever

na boh
not

khushi

karaha
yei ghari tsaun
yi
own
friends witli happiness might-make, wliat hour thy
thi8
shur'5
yin
tsaun
mal
ao
kanjran sSt
udai
thy
property harlots with causing-to-fly
son
came by-whom
sSt

dyutun

khatir rachmut^^

isini

was-given-by-him this-of

sake

mhalin

sSt

thukh

with

art

zabuu

miaun thu tsaun

whatever mine
is
thine

son
thu,

hamesha

thou

always

khushi

karaii

te

happiness to make and

is

bho!

yi

tu

Ai shuria

ikentsa

khush samuzun gatshihi, tsaun

happy to-became was-proper thy

was-causcd-to-be-

calf

by father to-him was-said

killed-by-thee,

m5
me

kept

tis

marawuth

wats^

mudmut

asii

zinda

go,

dead

was

alive

went

this brother

ramut ausu te
myul.
lost
was and was-gained.
o"Stort.

Yeti

aseau

Here

was

Nawab Sahibau Labbhu Raui

sahib-by

pifcsan

warhan,

ponna

five

years,

then

ponna

basal at

complaint,

then

samuz ponna
became then

sapuz

he became
gyas

came-to-him

mari
gos,
dying went-to-him,

lukau

him on

rachmutu

placed,

tyespan

TahsllJar

by-people

zamlndarau

kliualikh

farmers

raised

kaid
maukuf, yath kilas manz
imprisoned
this fort in
put away,
tari

telegram

mhast

ryuwan

much

wept

manz

khabar

shur^^

in

news

son

zaci

clothes

tsacien,

tyesau
his

darh*

were-torn-by-him beard

66
panani

pucien
pahra
dyutos
sathi,
shalir
was-pulled-out-by-him, guard was-given-to-him along with, city-to

own

ponn Natbu Mai

then

sozukh,
was-sent-by-thera,

Sahibas

sStbi

mbast

minnat

Sahib

with

much

entreaty

panun pan mokalawun Nbori yor

yinac
weeping was-done-by-him own body
to-free
Again here coming-of
karin,

zari

marzl karan thu,

desire doing is,

nianaus

asi

wo

na,

will-agree-to-hira not,

faryad

gatsbau.

Su tbu

complaint

will-go.

He was

asi

Nawab Sababas

we

Sahib near

,,

baddu

zulmmiaru,
great oppression-maker

labi

pata

taii

tbat-very for

yath raulku sun su thu mehrana sarazumu^, tin

karun
this country of he was acquainted become by-hira was-made-by-bim

yath

mulkas

pananyi

marzi

sathi

zaminas

this

country-to

own

desire

with

land-to

Lacaran
Helpless

mahanyieu
men- to

kach.

measurement.

badawun, badien mahnien zamin ziyada asiai,

big
raen-to
land
to increase,
more was,

thukfi

banayin.

little

was-made-by-him.

katha pana
luk sari
This matter upon ppople all

Ai

tyispan
bira

upon

official

made

krudhi samazei, su hakim asi

gatshi na
angry became, that ruler to-us desirable-is-not

(The meaning

of the last sentence but

one

is

that this

out poor people's land to be more than it really was, and so took higher
taxes from them
similarly he understated the amount of rich people's
;

land).

Kishtawari.
1.

akh, one.

2. zhe,

37. shurii, sun.

two.

38. kori, daughter.

ghulam,

3. tre, three.

39.

4. tsor, four.

40. zamindar, cultivator.

5.

pants,

7.

41. poha], shepherd.

five.

6. .she, six.

"'

satt, seven.

8. eth, eight.
9.

slave.

nau, nine.

42. Sahib, God.

43. Shetan, Devil.
44. suraj, sun.
45. zosun,

moon.

10. dah, ten,

46. tar", star.

11. wuh, twenty.

47. nar, fire.

12. pantsa, fifty.

48. pan, water.

13. hat,

hundred.

14. hattho,
15.

hand.

khor, foot.

49. gharo, house.

50. ghurfi, horse.

51. gau, cow.

16. nasth, nose.

52. hon*, dog.

17. acchi, eye.

53. braur^, cat.

18. shund,
19.

mouth.

dand, tooth.

54. kokkar, cock.

55. batak, duck.

20. kann, ear.

56. khar, ass.

21. wal, hair.

57. Stii, camel.

22. lot, head.

58. janwar, bird.

23. zeou, tongue.

59. gatshua", go.

24. yad, belly.

60. kheunS, eat.

25. dandu, back.

61. bihun",

26. shethar, iron.

62. yiun^, come.

27. sonn, gold.

63. tsotun'^, beat.

28. rop, silver.

64. khari khari riun'^, stand.

29.

mhalu, father.

65.

marun^,

sit.

die.

30. mhaili, mother,

66. dyun'i, give.

31. bhaui, brother.

67. dorun'^, run.

32. bhain, sister.

68. hosh, up.

33.

34.

mahnu, man.
zanan, woman.

69. ni6r, near.

70. bon,

down.

35. kolai, wife.

71. dur, far.

36. shuF^j child.

72. bon^h, before.

68
73.

1.

2. is
3.

4-

5.

6.

7.

nam kya tLiii, wliat is your nnmc ?

ghnri si ummar kitsa the? how old is this

tsaun

horse

? how far is it from here to Kashmir ?

tsan^ mhal^ sin gharas manz kitya shuri thi, how many sons arc
there in your father's house ?
boh hanthus az mhast diir, I have walked a long way to-day.
miau^ peti^ sinyi shurien karun tesinyi bhenyi sati biah, the son of
ray uncle is married to his sister.
gharas manz thu safed ghuri sun zin, in the house is tlic saddle of

yeti hata Kashiri lai kyuta thu

the white horse.

8.

tesinyis dandas thoyiu zin, put the saddle

9.

me

tsotum tyisun shur mhast,

upon

his back.

have beaten his son with many

stripes.

10. su

thu dhari hinis mokhas pan mal tsunawan, he

the top of the

11. su

thu kulyis

tal

is

grazing cattle on

hill.

ghuris pan bei, he

is

sitting on a horse under tliat

tree.

12. tyisun bh5i thu tyesinyi

bhenyi hata badd^, his brother

is taller

than

his sister.
13.

tathun mol thu dhai ropie, the price of that

is

two rupees and a

half.

14.

Miaun mhal thu tath

Ibkuri gharas

manz rihwan, my

father lives in

that small house.

15. yi ropai dyitis, give this rupee to him.
16. tyis

hetsa tima ropie, take those rupees from him,

17. tyis ts5tis

jan paithyi te razan sat gandis, beat him well and bind

18.

him with ropes.

khuha manza khual

19.

me

paii, draw water from the well.

bonth hanth, walk before me.
20. kasun shur'i thu tse pata yiian ? whose boy comes behind you
21. tse kas hata su mol hyututh ? from whom did you buy that ?

22.

gamakis kasi wanawalis hata, from a shopkeeper

of the village.

The

Sasi Dialect

its connection with other dialects.

have noted the chief points of resemblance

between Ssi and other dialects in the North of India, and done so in
the hope tliat the facts brought together may be of some assistance to
This in turn may
Philologists in deciding the origin of the Sisi dialect
throw light on the origin of the SSsi people. This list of resemblances
is necessarily incomplete (I have not been able to get access to the relevant specimens collected by the Linguistic Survey of India) but it
seemed better to note such points as occurred to me than to wait indefinitely for further knowledge.
In the following lines

The Sssi

dialect here referred to is that spoken by Slsis in the

The following abbreviations

North of the Panjab.

naming dialects

are employed in

Bha (Bhathiali) Br (Braj)

Bar (Barmauri)
Dh (Dhundi or Kairali)
Ga
Cam (Cambiali) Cur (Curahi)
(Gadi) Gujar (Gujar) Gjt (Gujrati) Jai (Jaipur!) Kag (Kaqgri)
Band

(Bandeli)

Kash (Kashmiri); Kul (Kului^; Mai (Malwi) Mar (Marwan) Me

Panj
Pad (Padari)
Pag (Paijgwali)
Nai (Naipali)
(Mewati)
(Panjab!) Po (Poguli) Pu (Punch!) Ram (Rambani) Sir (Siraji)
;

Tim

(Tinauli).

These dialects are distributed as follows Jammu State Pad', Po, P u.

Ram, Sir Camba State Bar, Bha, Cam, Cur, Pai) Rajasthan Jai, Mai,
:

Mar,

Dh

Me

Band Knrjgra Ga, Kaij, Kul Murree Hills

Naipdl Nai; GuJrRt Gjt; Kashmir State Kash; Scattered Gnja,!'.
United Provinces Br,

There are also Panj in the Panjab and Tinauli in N.-W.F. Province.
The Criminal Argots referred to are the Cuhra, Qasai and Gamblers' Argots.

Compare,

Sasi.

Nouns Masc. in consonant, I, u,

have Oblique Sing, in -H
Obi. Plur. Masc. & Fem. -I
Fern. Sing. Obi. in -a

Pu
Ga
Pu

obi. in

~a

obi. pi. ~e

Sir fems. in -I for obi.

Abl. case tho

Panj, &c.,

Loc.

Dh, Pu, Gujar

bice

thd,

Br

ts,

bice,

Me

add -a
tat,

Gjt

thi

Panj wicc

Pronouns.
1st S.

Nom. hau

Br and Cam haU

hii

Pai),

Gujar, Mai,

Mar

Gjt hu, Po, Ram, Sir Pad,

Bar,

Ga au

:;

71
Isfc

Plur. Gen.

mhard,

Kul

Kar)

iuhdrS;

Gnjar,

ISfew,

Jfar,

mhdro
while for the Gen. 8ing. I'u
and Dh have vihdrn, Tin vmhra Miil,
;

Mar, Gujar ynhaio

Jai,

2nd Sing.
2nd pi.

tau

Kul

tarn

Gujar,

Gen. tuhara

thau,

Mew

Gjt tamB

tarn,

Cnv J iihdm; Gujar, Mow

^ASro; Kul Ihaindm; while

Pu and Dh have
Jai, Mar ^/mro.

thiird

for

Mar

Gen. Sing.

tuhdrd, Jiu tchrd, Mai,

Sasl,

2nd plur. oblique tarn

Demonstrative Pron. Sinj
(nora.) ed, this

Gjt
Braj

tarn,

2/?i,

Panj Gjt

o,

for fem. Jai,

Mar.

G ujar have yd
Agent

Pag

in.

in

Pu, Cam, Bar,

Cui*,

Bha, Kar)

Ga

iju

inni

Br has iid and Bund in

Pai) un, Pu, Cam, Ga, Bar, Cur, Blia, Kai)
tml Nai una le or fina /e for obliciuo
Br has uni, and Band n
The cerebral n of the Sasi in and un is found
for oblique

remote

oh,

Agent nn

in the oblique sing, of Mai, itu, Mai- in

and

tnf for the near demonstrative,

nni (Mai) un or

tint

(Mar) for

mote, also in Sir. Agent

for the near

yeni,

tlio

and
re-

and tnn

and remote dem.

Demonstrative Plur.

Near

Mar Mai

Oblique in

Agent ind
Remote Obi. un

ina,

Pag

ini

Mar, Mai una, Par) uni

Ag. nno
There

ai'e

similar resemblances in the

n la-

tive and interrogative pronouns.

Verb.
Auxiliary Pres. I am, resembles very
Sing.
Past.

Thiyyd,

much Urdu,

Hindi, and Panjabi

Plur.

Thiyye

Cam. thiyd, thiye Par), Cur, fhyd, thje

Pad the'^, thi^ Nai 3rd s. thiyo, 3rd pi.
;

thiye

Ga, Bar

pi. thit.

72

Kay

Future horjgra, he will be

Pres. Past ends in ~ta

ho^gha.

Hill dialects having ta or

are Par) and

In compound verbs where

Urdu

in

the root of one

Cur

ta,

to

as the ending

Gujar

to.

Practically all hill dialects from

to

is

Kaqgra add the

-I but

Hazara

Gujar does not

joined to the second Sssi

adds ~l to the root.

Adverb,
elhl, here, ethd,

Tcare,

ithl, ithd

Kaij othu,

there

othi,

where

?,

jar^,

hhi, then, after

iw,

Bar

from here,

where

now

telhi,

for the r cf. Pai) iriya,

Gujar,

that

Bar

Kul,

Dh

from here.

hlil

ih.

Vocabiilary.

lohna, beat, kill

Kash, ISyun, Cuhra, lothna

lugna, die

Cuhra, lugna

tliaifQlcna. sit

Qasai, thairjg rahna, keep quiet.

kulna, do

Cuhra, kulna

bel hulna,

hnrlma,

Cuhra,

keep quiet

Gamblers, Cuhra, hurknd

huqqa

Pu

pauniy shoe
hhat,

fauni,

Kash, Pu, Dh,

bed

kajjd, farmer,

hel kul.

Sir, khat

Cuhra, kajja, English, ccdger,

&c

C libra, toma

toina, fine, fat

has not been thought necessary to mention

the numerous inflections and verbal or pronominal forms in which Sasi
resembles Urdu or Hindi, and in the case of Panjabi of the many points
In the above notes

it

one or two have been adduced. In the case of these

three languages it would have taken up too much space to mention every
My object was rather to refer to languages which
point of resemblance.
of likeness only

are spoken over small areas and are for this reason less well known, and
in particular to draw attention to the hill dialects, with a number of

which Sasi has many points

in

common.

}
The Notes on

the Kdngri

and

G:1di

dialects were, in the first inatAnoo,

compiled by the late Mr. Edward O'Brien.

He, however, did not

live to pre-

pare his notes finally for the press, and when a proof copy was printed from
his manuscript it was deemed advisable to have it revised.
I have accordinffly

gone through

all

the notes and vocabulary, revising them and

making uumeroui

Some words I was not able to trace. To such words an astoriak

has been prefixed. They are chiefly names of plants or of fish and are found

additions.

almost exclusively in the vocabulary.

in

In some cases words somewliat similar

my

form and meaning came under

observation and are inserted in square

brackets after the asterisked words.

Mr.

It has been thought better to adhere to

O'Brien's system of transliteration.

The KdngrI

Kdngr^

spoken with some variations over a largo portion of

The form of it given in these Notes is aspecially that of

dialect is

District.

the eastern portion of Kdngrd proper.

Man4i

State,

and

should be made

Kdngri

and

is

still

further east Kului in Kulu.

still

and Chamed,li, both

Ohamba

in

It

has

the north aroBhaVeAli

the Gazetteers of

many

of

these reference

Mandi and Chamba.

points of resemblance to Maiide^li

resembles Bhateali and Chamedli.

closely

bearing of forms like minjo vich,

p.

to

To

For a treatment

State.

Appendix

to the

a dialect of Panj^bi.

more

Further east we find Mandedli in

tijjo vich, in

For the

linguistio

me, in thee, see the note on

286 of the Punjab Census Report for 1901.

language of the Qaddis who inhabit a

Gd-di 18 the

them Gadheran, lying

south-east portion of

district, called after

in the north-east portion of K^ngrsi proper

Chamba

State.

The Chamba

it is

allied, very naturally, to

neighbouring

Chamed^i and Bhatedli in Chamba State and

Bharmaur
The dialect

is

smh

as

District of

Part of Gadheran, and Bharmauria speak the Gadi dialect.

purely Pahari;

and the

Kdngri

dialo^'t''

in

Kaner^-

ia

Ita

grammatical forms will well repay study; the verbs as exemplified, for
example in gdhnd, go, are peculiarly interesting. Thus, forms hke gachhd,
go, ichhun, I may come, remind us of the gachhnd, achhnd of the Pnnchhi
dialect of Laihnda spoken in Punchh State, and of the dialect spoken in
except for the vocative ca-e, the
Simla States
game as the singular, a phenomenon common in dialects of the
Notes there are
and of Kulu. Among the songs which follow the Kdngr^
special iy indi.-ted.
included a number of G^di songs. They will be found
present
The tendency of Gaddis to say kh for s is very noteworthy. In the
the pp.x.mity of
sis quits common, due no doubt to

the Murree Galis.

The

plural of nouns

is,

tate of their dialect

for ^7. is the more remark-pronouncing peoples. The fondness of Gdddis

sayhh and can lay only kh.
able that nearly all hiUmen find it difficult to

2m December

1904.

T.

GRAH AME

BAl LEY.


Notes ON THE DiALEOT OF THE Kakcra Valley,

EDWARD

.;v the late

EsQUiEE, c.s, Dei'utv (Jommi>^;ioner
of
Kevised with Additional Notes j5y the Revd.
T.
BAILEY, B.D., M.E.A.s., AVazikadad.

UJ3RILN,

K'^^,;KA

GRAHAME

NOUNS.
The doclension of Kaagri nouns is effecUa (excopt for tlio
case) as in Hindostani, by the addition of Postpositions
to what
called the
Formative case of the noun. Thus Nomhiatlre
horse; Formahvs Singular ghore

may bo
Shu,nlnr Jiora.
"

Genetive Sini/xdar ghoro da,

The following is a scheme of the formative and

the various declensions
:

<

Aj/ont

i"tc.

nominative ca3os io

The Proximate Demonstrative Trononn

Singular.
,i Eh, "this, he."
M
Nominative
, ^^.^^
| ^^'^
Accusative 1 r
,.
U4.u^i.j-^JO,-this,
toth.s."

Ablative
Genitive
Locative

Is

te,

"from

:^

Plural.

Accusative
Dative

Dative

Innih, " by this."

declined a^ follows

Nominative Eh, "

i.

Agent

is

this."

Jv dd, etc., " of this."

Is bich^ " in this."

these, they.'

/n/iVt
I

"these,

jo,

to

these

Agent

InhdU, " by these."

Ablative
Genitive
Locative

" from those.

In/oiil da, " of these."
Inhdn Inch, " in these. It
Inhdil

tc,

Example.

Eh

sack galdndeje dsd jie nardsa mnvp.

They say this true, that the hopeful lives, the hopclesi
dies.
Proverb.

Kdngrd
The Interrogative Pronoun Kyd " what

"

is

declined as follows

:-

Plural.

Nominative

iTz/d,

...

Dative
Accusative
Ablative
Locative

"

"what

"r

"

\Kojo, "fur what

.
"r"

Kais te, " from what "

Kais bich, "iu what ?"

...

!"

...

Example.

handhm da kyd phal

Janghd?i da nur guded Ram.
Rati de

Of wandering on

You

foot at night

spoiled the splendour

I Marriage Song,

Ram

paed.

what

(literally,
'

The Interrogative Pronoun Kun " who

Singular
Kun, " who

fruit did

"

is

light)

you get
of

your legs '

Oh

thus declined
Plural.

"

Nominative Kun, " who ? "

Dative
f Kus jo, " whom," " to Dative
)Kinhdi\ jo, "whom,"
whom ? "
Accusative)
Accusative \
"to whom?"
" from
Kus te, " from whom ? " Ablative
Ablative
Kinhdh
te,

Nominative

whom?"
^ Kus dd \
'^
\ Kus di >
\
(. Ku^ de

Genitive

of

Kinnin, " by

Agent

whom ?

whom

"

C Kinhdn dd

Genitive

By whom was your green

,,
*^

)-

Kinhdn, " by

Agent

Terd mungid dupattd kinni?i rangi

")

\Kinhdhdi
iKinhdnde)

'^^^

whom

dupatta dyed

Rbmote Demonstbativb Pronoun Oh "that," "

Singular.
"
Oh, " he

Dative
"lf7/o,"him,tohim."
Accusative )
Unmii, '* by him."
Agent
CUs dd -)
Genitive
\ Vs di J- "of him."

Phdri chharjhdt

she," "he," "

it."

Plural.

Oh, "they."
Unhiin jo, " them, to them."

"^

{Usde

"

dittd.

{Kdngra.)

Nominative

9>'

Unhdn, "by them"

C Unhdn dd ")
I Unhdn di
[."of them."
(. Unhun de
J

Correlative Pronoun Snih.

Singular.
Saih, "that, the same," Saih.

Nominative
Dative
Accusative

Plural.

Tinhdn

X Ti

jo.

Agent

Ttwrm.

Tinliau.

Genitive

Tis da.
Tis di.
Tis de.

Tinhdn da.
Tinhdn di.
Tinhdn de.

Relative Pronodn
Singular.
Jo,
"who, which."
Nominative
Dative
\ Jis jo, " to wliom, to
xA.ccnsatlvo

which."

Jo.

Plural.
i

Jo,

"who, which."

Jinhdn and jinhuu

jo,

"by whom,"

Agent

...Jinnin, "

Jiuhnn,

(reuitivo

...J is da,

Ablative

...Jis te,

Jinhdn da, "of whom."

Jinhdn te, "from whom."

by whom."
"of wliom."
" from whom."

Other pronouns are

Kni, someone, anyone.
Kichchhj something-, anything.
Je hoi, whosoever.
Je Tiichchh, whatsoever.

Examples.

Saih airnid mdil da bard Iddjd

hai.

He is a great darling of his niollier.

Tis dijtinds bar! lardhi hni.
His wife

Main

is

very qnarrelsome.

hahil hhi bit la.

Tinnit'i

(Ihawwe ware, hichh

'ntfar hhi tinnin

oiahiil hittd.

engaged a vidcil. He consnmed (my) money, (but) he did not

even make any answer.
Jinhdn musaddid?i dd hat, tinhdn hhare 2)er\\ pal.
Those who have the assistance of the officials, have their grain

receptacles {pern pal) full.

Jinhdn jo, Rdjed, tn-d trdn.
Those to whom, Oh Raja, is ycur help.
Tinhdn de ghar na l;idri na manjjen' hdn.
To their houses is neither food nor strings for their beds.

ADJECTIVES.
Adjectives used like nou la are declined like nouns. Adjectives qualifying nouns are not inflected unless the Nominative Singular Masculine
end in a. When the Nominntive Singular Masculine ends in a, the adjecThis
tive is declined like nouns ii; d, the feminine being like nouns in i.
is contrary to the rule in Ur. d, but in accordance with the rule in certain

Hrms

of Panjiibi.

Khard ddmi, goon nan, Agent Khareh ddmien.

Gen. Plur. Kharedh ddrnidn dd.
Khari junds, good woman, Gen. Sing. Khar id j una sd da.
Ag. Khariei'i jiimUei'i.
Bittid

didi'i

Comparison
good,
best.

is

te

hhard,

ghorid'b dd, of the daughter's horses.

is made by means of the postposition

better than

this,

sahhhnih

te

Txhard,

te,

better

as Jchard^

than

all,

PRONOMINAL ADJECTIVES OF QUANTITY.

Itnd, so much or many (Demonstrative).
Titva, so much or many (Correlative).
Jitnd, as much or many (Relative).
Kilnd, how much or many ? (Interrogative).

PRONOMINAL ADJECTIVES OF KIND.

" such/'

Idehd,

''

like this "

Hindi Aisd.

"such'' "like that/'

Jidehd, "like which," " as"
Kidehd, " like what," " how,"

Waim.

T*c?e/ia,

,,

Jaiftd.

Kaisd.

Examples.
IdeJid guar Icoi mere dilckhne hich nifih ded.
fool like this came within my experience (within

No

8aih sdhah

What

my

seeing).*

hidelid hai.

that sahib like ?

Jidehd agla thd tidelid hi hai.
As the former was like that exactly
is

Pronominal

Adverbs

is

he.

direction like idhar, " hitlipr," ndhar,

thhher," jidhar, "whither," fidhnr, "thitlier," hdhar, "whither/' seem
to be wantino- in Jandari.t
of

PRONOMINAL ADVERB OF MANNKR.

Proximate Demonstrative.
luhdi'i

or

ilnhat'i,

Relative,
J/n/idu, " as."

"thus"

Correlative.

Interrogative.

"
Tinhdn, " so

Kinh dh,

'
'

ho w ?"

ADVERBS OF TIME.
Agdhdn, "before " (Hindi age),
Aj, "to day," as in PanjAbi.

also

agm.

Kal, " to-morrow, yesterday/'

Parson, "the day before yesterday, or the day after to-morrow."
Chauth, " the fourth day past or future, conntinor to-day as the
first day, to-morrow or yesterdny as the second, &c."
Panjaulh, "the fifth day."
Chhiauth, " the sixth day."
Pachdchdn, " after, afterwards,"
Phiri, "again/'
Bhidgd, " in the morning."

Sanjjhd, " in the evening."

Bdramhdr, "repeatedly."
Kadi, " sometimes, ever."
Kadi na, "never."
Kadi haddin, or Jcadi na kadi, " sometimes, rarely."
Nit, "continually, always.
Thii would be in Gadi

Such a

fool

)}

fnha guar mere heme ma na

came not within my

a.

seeing.

(Observe " herna," to see,

''
ma " for manj, in,
" a." 3rd singular past tense of ind

"'

to

come "=dyd.)

t J4ndar or Jhandar is tha term used by the Gaddfs for the country not included in
their country, Gadheran.
[It literally means 'cotton-clothed,' i.e., the people not dreBied in
TfOoUsn garments like the Uaddis.]

PaMfir patthar Jinhdn de chit.

Ana maldivd hadl kaddi>\ nain maldwd nit.
The mountain people are wretchet', whose hearts are stone.
They join bodies rarely, they are always joining eyes.-->So^.
Eun, " now."
Pdpi

lah

ADVERBS OF PLACE.
Neren, " near."
JDilr,

"far."

Far J " over, across."

" on both sides.
[Tar, " this side," udr-pdr,
^^
Wdl, " to, towards." Tahsilddrs ivdl jd ; {jdh in gmgiilar, ja
plural,) " go to the Tahaild^r."
Pardhdn, " on that side." (Hindi yare).
Urdhdn, " on this side." (Hindi we).
Ithu tden,
,,
^^ ^j^.g
Idhi taen, J
Uppar, " up."

m
^

Bu7ih, heth, "down."

" without," are as
Aiidar, '' witbin," and hdhar,
Agdhdn, "before," or aggen.
Pachdhdn, *' beliiod," or pichchhen.

"- {Gddi).^
Taithe, Tahthi, " there
Tai'thi, Gaddi seite galld hatd hari.
There with a Gaddi I talked. -D/iamtoZa.
Handrd, in Gaddi and Narti in Kangri,

m
.

tt-

Hindi.

''elsewhere.

o
So

" they abandoning their

apni zamin chhadi handrd na gdhande,
land do not go ehewheve."\,Gddi).

PRONOMINAL ADVERBS OF TIME.

Remote Demonstrative. Relative.
JdUu, " when."
Then.
Han, hun, ihhen, " now,"

Proximate Demonstrative

Interrogative.

Correlative.

Tdhlu, " then."

-K^a/i^y^,
I

when?

PRONOMINAL ADVERBS OF PLACE.

Relative.
Jitthu, " where.'

Remote Demonstrative.

Proximate Demonstrative.

Otthu, " there."

Itthu, " here."

Itthe.--{Kutlehr).

Interrogative.

Correlative.

Kuthu, " where?"

Titthu, " there."

Taithe, " there." ((rftcZ*)

OTHER ADVERBS.
Nehiri, ninh, no.

Kainh, hajo, " why."

Iddheii taiieii, " for this reason.
Edn, " yes."

;)

8atdhi, " quickly."

Achchi tard, hhard hari, " well."

PREPOSITIONS.
The commonest have been given under the declension of nouns. Suboften both a preposition and
joined is a brief list of others. The same word
are given :
constructions
For convenience sake most, of the
i<^

an adverb.

Eeih, " under."

Mmjo hdl or hald, " beside me."
Minjo hane or main hane, " with me."

Tisdeh tden, " for him.''

Teren tiien, " about tliee."
Sethi, " like us,"
Tinhdjl bahkhi, tinhdfo hdl

Assdh

or bald,

linhail

den vusen,

towards them.

all

Tiste parant, " after it."

Tisden, chatihm pdsedu, "round about it."
Tussufb hardhar, " equal to you."

Minjo

te

parant, maiiiiMrant, minjo hind, " apart from

mo."

THE NUjMERALS
1,

Ik.

Do.
o, Trai,
4, Char.
2,

b,
6,

Panj.
Chkiyyd.

7, Salt.

8,

Atth.

9,

Nau.

10,

Das.

11, Gidrd.
12, Bd.rd.

17, Satdrd.
18,
19,

32,
33,
34,
35,
36,

Thdrd
Unnin

Bih.
Ikkl.
21,
22, Bdi.
23, Trei.
24, Chaubhi.
25, PanjL
26, Ghhahhi.
27, Satdi.
20,

afr/.
Teir;.

Ghautri,
Panjatri.
Chhiatri.

37, 8atattri.

38, Aihattri.
39,

t^wiwii.

40, C^d/i'
47, Sattdtl.
49,

Undnjd.

Panjah.
57, Saiunjd,

28,

T/ic?./.

13,

Tehrd.

29,

[7Ma;.

14,

Chaudd.
Pandrd.

30, Tihovtrih.

59, Undht.

31, Katti

60,

15,
16, Sold.

katri.

50,

or

(Saf/^i*.

67, Satdht.

6!.,

mean


CONJUNCTIONS.
The

chief conjunctioDS

are

Te, and.
but.

Apan,
Je,

if.

Bhdet'i, althougli.

THE VERB.
Auxiliary Verb.
Present.

Plural.

Singula^-.

Main hai.
Tun hai.

Assan han.
Tussan han.

Saih hai.

Saih han.
Past.

Plural.

Singular.
Main th^ (Fern. thi).

Assan

Tun th^ (Fem.

Tussiin the.

thi).

the.

Saih the.
Saih tha (Fern. thi).
The past thd, " was," is like Hindi.
Aj mere hoti hamahn pichhe hi rahi gae han.
To-dav mv <^ ^ servant 9 have remained behind. (Kcingrd).
.

"^

kitchen

Tussan aj hai hid parhde han

What are you

Eh Rajput halhe

han.
These are low Rdjputs.

{Kdnyra).

Pauna,
I.

nowadays

I'eading-

full.

Tenses derived from the Boot.

Present Conditional.

may

fall.

Plural.

Singular.

Pauan.
Pane.

Pauie.
Paua or pauhn.

Pane.

Pauhn.
Future.
I shall fall.

Plural.

Singular.

Paunghd, Fem. paunghi.

Paunghe.
Paunghi.

Paunghe.
Paungho.
Paunghe.

Imperative.

Fall.

Plural.

Singular.

Pan.

II. Tenses derived from the Present

Paua.
Participle.

Indefinite or Past Conditional,

I fall or

Singular,

Paund^.
Paund^,
Paundd,

should

fall.

Plural.

Paunde.
Paunde.
Paundti,

Present Indicative.
I

am

falling.

Singular.

Paund^

Plural.

hai.

P;iundc ban.
Paundo hun.
Paunde ban.

Paundd, hai.

Paund^

hai.

Imperfect.
1

was

falling.

Singular.

Paund^

Plural.

th^.

Paunde
Paunde
Paunde

Paundii tbd.

Paundd
III.

thd.

Tenses formed from

Past Participle.
Past Indicative.
I

Singular.

fell.

the.
the.

the.

AUNA,

go.

... Auan {3rd Plur. auhn).

Present Conditional .,
... AungM.
...
...
Future
...
... A.
Imperative ...
Indefinite, Past Conditional Aunda.
...
... Ayd, Fem. di, Plur. Se, Fem. ^fdn.
Past Indicative
..... AxheA, in the state of having come.
...
Participle

The others regular.

Jana

go.

(2nd Plur. jdd, 3rd Plur. j^hn)

Jdnghd.

Present Conditional ...

...
Future
Imperative ...
...
...
Indefinite, Past Conditional
Past Indicative

Jd^ii

Jah
Gec4.

Gehd, in the state of having g^ne.

Participles

Raihna,
Present Conditional

Future
Imperative

jdS..

Jd,ndd

...

...

Rehd,n,

...

Raihe,
Raihe,
Rainhghd,

...

Indefinite, Past
Past Indicative

Participle

remain.

Raih

Rahie.
Rehd, or raihn.

Raihn,
roll a.

Conditional Raihnd^
Rehd.
.
Rehd, in

the state of having re-

mained. The e in tliis word is

very long drawn out ; distingnishing it from the rchd in the Present
Conditional, the Imperative and
the Past Indicative.

Baihna or Baithna, sit.

Present Conditional ... Behdn, baith^n.
... Baihhghd, baithghd.
...
Future
baitb.
... Baih
Imperative ...
Indefinite,
ditional.

Past

Past Indicative

Con- Baihndd,, baithda.

...

Behd, baithe^

Transitive Yebbs.

MXrna,

beat.

Present Conditional... Md,rdn,

Future
Imperative

Miire,

M^rle.
Md,rd or m^rn.

Mdre,

M^rn.

...

...

Ma-glid.

...

...

Miir

md-rd.

Indefinite, Past Condi- Mardd.

tional.

Past Indicative

Present Perfect

...

...

Main

md,redi.

Tain md,red.
Tinni mdred,.
Main mdrea hai.
Tain mdrea hai.
Tinni m^re^ hai.

As^h md,red,.
Tusdn m^re^.
Tinhdh mdre^.
Asdn m^red hai.
Tusdn mdred, hai.
Tinh^h mdred> hai

Asdh mi'irt'.l tliA.

Tnsdn mdri':! thd.

Main mdre^ tM.

Pluperfect

Tain
Tiunni mdrcd

radreii tlid.

Tinhiih mJlrehii thd.

tha.

tliil,
with tho
rules for the agreement of w&rei,, rnAve^ hai, radrCii
Paujdbi.
object of the sentence are like those in Urdu or
Mdrehd, in tho state of having boon beaten.
Participle

The

Passive,

The

passive

is

formed by means

of the verb jayja,

go,

used

Tvith

the

past participle, thus,

I shall be beaten.
beaten.
was
she

Main mdred jdhghd,

Saih mdri
In the passive

gei,
it

generally has the sense of he killed.

Khana,

eat.

Kb'indd.

Indefinite, Past Conditional

Khddbd.

Past Indicative
Pi^iA,

drink.

Indefinite, Past Conditional

Pindd.

Past Indicative

Vit6j.

Dena,

give.

Indefinite, Past Conditional

^i^^'\

Future
Past Indicative

^^'''"^

,
Dmgghd.

take.

Lai?ja,

Indefinite, Past Conditional

i''''''^^'V.<

Lamgghd.

Future
Past Indicative

^^'^

Galena,

say, speak.

Galdndd.

Indefinite, Past Conditional

Past Indicative

...

Kabna,
Indefinite, Past Conditional

txalaiya.

do.

Kar^d.
^^ "'"

...

...

Past Indicative
jA^f^JA,

know.

^-

Indefinite, Past Conditional

Past Ind.cat.ve

...

be

is

take ^'^^^
Lai aund, bring, lai jana,

f/

,^^ y,^,

"^^Vifo^^s

^nnd avdjduu,

._

grazing (transitive).
in the habit of

Mam pauna lagghed, I

am

m the

act of falling.

Sentences.
1

2:

thy nan ?
Terimif^hydhair What is
age
hai ? What . .he
ghore Jkyi u.a,

, ,,
horse r
o! th.s ,,oo

12
.

3.

ItthuteKas].,nirJcitnidurhai?
'''

many sonfre tlferef '

^""^^

'^"

'

^^'' ^"''

""^^

^"^'^^'

came.^'

''

^^*^^^^'

''"^'^^'

8.

T^.^.'c?

9.

J^jatn

^imi>ar

'^'"

^*'

^ ^^^^^

''''''

^"'^^'

far

'^ ^^^ ^^^'^^'^

"

^^^-

uoele^Lo^;^arJS?^Iht':.^t!^
Lorse^LaddlT

From here how

MiU pdi dea. On

(^--) how

^--^^^^^^-

^^ ^^^ house

is

My

the white

back pat the saddle

his

hsde puttre jo bare horre mare.

Kashmir

f^om very far walking

'^^

^"^-

is

I beat bis sou

many stripes
^^'^^^^^^^ ^- Hegra^e^
goats on tfrt^^th't^lf-^'^^^^^'^^^'

t hl'sf
'""'^ "' "

tree is'seafefon

than

Ms Illit

'"^^^^'

^^

'"^^^

thftlalTtlsC^''^

"'^

^'^

15.

Tisjoe\rnpayyedeidea.

16.

Ba^},^

rupayye

tiste lei led.

'^^^^

KMi^u^e

ly.

Matte (or minjo

habif of

te

that

bigger

is

of that

is

^- My

two-

father

G.ve him these rupees.

Take those rupees from him

n.uchLhTm^;irt:p:r''"'""''''^^ '^^^^18.

P-ce

-'^-^^

^^^^^^'-^

^e under

His brother

^-^-

'"''^ ""' ^''*' '"^^^^^ ^--

and-ltlf^pfei''
lives it

''' ^'"'^ '^^^ '^^''^'^^^ ^-'-

Having beaten him

pdni haddhhd.
te)

agge

Drawn water from the well

chald.
Walk before me
-- ^-^^ ^- ^ whose son

c!:^J^:^;:^^^'''

21.

8c,U^U.ssdnhuste.^ullenled?

22.

(^.ra.. de

is in

the

From whom did you buy that

From a shopkeeper of the village.'

'^

tkU hai^dnie

te.

SONGS.
MARftJAGE SONQ.
^e ha^dhne jo chhaddi
deh, Kdhnd.
hoe. gharhdri, Rdm
Aggen tu thd, Kdhnd, hdlu
gudtu,
Mim hoed gharhdri, Bdrri.

-fi^a/

Hun

Give up wandering at night.

Oh Kahna
^ow you have become a married
man, Oh E^m
^'^ ^"^^"^ ^ Pl-^^h-an and a
cowherd
;7u'L:"h'
^" T"" ^^^"""'^ ^ married man, Oh Rdm
Mnli
Madiria del sang chhaddi
de tu Kdhnd,
!

'

^W

'
'

Hun

hoea gharhdri,

Now'vou hav^f"
it^ai/ir IS

Rdm.
'^' ''"^'^."^ ^^i^^ ^^--' Kahna.

a Gujar and Maihri

a Gujar-woman.

13

""""^

"' weddings cf

Khatris^?nfaoTa-''

BhmanB,

U.jput, and

bachhdi kdfi hdmalri,

bachhdi sutranji ji;
Tussdii at baho angane.
We have spread black blankets,
The opposite party in marriage (Kuram) have
spread carpets
^5s<i7i

Kurmeh

Come you and

sit

down

in the courtyard.

'

[^oe.-In marriage parties the bride's family are " kuram "
to the
bridegroom's party and the bridegroom's pany are " kuram "
to tho
bride's.
There is no English word which ex))rcs3e3 the relationship.]

Ki
Ki

tussdfi

mangde

tulcrd

muchrd,

tussdn adri de bhukkhe the.

Assdn mangde kurameu dla ddrid^
Lei chubdren baithe the.

Question. Do you want a morsel or a piece of bread

or are you hungry for the whole ?
Answer. yVe want the wife of the Kuram,
They took her and were sitting in the upper atorer.

Geneeosity.

{Gddi).

Kldli Sdli sahke bhdi,

Thikrid

ri

Kdnijo

pujdrf,i.

dhdl bandi;
tire Ide
giddar
Chalande
Sdli balandd hhujji khdni;
Mali balandd kdni lisai hai

Mali and Sali were two own brothers,

They made a shield of bits of earthenware.
They shot a running jackal with an arrow.
;
Sail says " Let's eat it fried
"
M^li saya " The one-eyed woman is ill ;
" Let's take it to the one-eyed woman."
Sansdr Chand, Katoch Kajput of Kangra, marrying a
pretty Gaddi woman whom he saw herding her cows

Song on

Rd,ja

(Dharmsd,la)
Gaddi chare bakrinti,
Gaddatj, chare gain,

l^

Ghard bhajie saprid,

Binnd khdu gain,
Eer jawdn ruid,
Rdje Gaddan behi.
The Gaddi was grazing his goats
The Gaddi woman was grazing her cows
Her ghara was broken on the rocks,
The cow's ate the pad (worn between the head and the jar on
Seeing her young face,
The K^ja married the Gaddan.
;

it).

;!

Jandhae Song.
Be.

Pusd, p

usst,

Kajo russi,
Lahuld ged mandnd ;
Chal pussi bhat khana.
Darling, darling,
art thou sulking.

Why
A boy

(son)

has goue to pacify thee

Come, darling, eat thy rice.

Jane jura na,
She.

MaiA nahin aund.

Puni nahin mukdi

2.

Tandnahifi trutdi
Sas nahin dkhdi
Je pdn ie je jdnd.

The ball of wool never comes

The thread never breaks;

to an end.

My

mothor-in-law never saya

" Go for water."

Sahnu Mali's Song.

Gaddi Song
(1

Suhi, suhi pagri nd

(2

Mdlid Sdhmui ho

(3

Mdnhuh

(4

Bhatii rijhinjan mangdni,

(5

Mdlid Sdhnud bo

(6

(7

(8
(9

(10

(H
(12
(13
(14
(15
(16
(17

ldi}i,

halale jp lildri,
I

teri Jcaterd khalru t

Pitthi

ho !
Tundeid
Ldled
Pete kaserd halaru ?
ISdlid Tundeid ho !
Pete mdli-rd halaru.
Sdlid Tundeid bo f
Ktigti-rd thekd na laindy
Mdlid 8ahij,ad bo !
Kdfd, kdtd dagld na Land,

Mdlid Sdhy,itd ho I
Mdnhuh, halaleje hd thekeddr,
Mdlid Sdhnud bo !

(3

do not put on.

Mali
S4hna*!
Oh
People will say you are a dyer;

(4

Bring

(5

Oh M^H

(6

Of what

(1

(2

(7
(8
(9

(10
(11
(12
(13

red, red pagri

rice of Bhati,

Sd.hnu
the skin on your back
!

is

(full) ?

Oh Laid, Tundei
In your womb whose child is there
Oh SiUi Tundei
In your womb is Mali^s child.
!

Oh
Do
Oh

Tundei.
not take the contract of Kugti,
Mdli Sahnu
Sail

(14).
(15).

(16).
(17).

A blacky

black coat do Dot put on.

Mali S^hnu
People will say you are a contractor.
Oh Mdli S^hnu.

Ob

"Mdli Sdhuu," (7), *' LdU Tnndcf," " Riili Tnndei/

Mdli, L^la and Sdli are the naiDes of the porBona.
S^hnu and Tundei are the names of their castes.

Notes. {2),

" Balale " is the 3rd person

balnd "to say."

(3),

The wooiNa
1.

2.

Z.

Samhhud merd miihriyd dd ndt

Samhhud dherd (^) hoi^ lai, ^)
Dherd hoi lai ho meri jdn !

5.

6.

Samhhud khdi

7.
8*.

9.

10.

l\.
12.

13
1.

2.
3.
4.
.^S

ho meri jdn
(*) hachhdi.

Khdi karijd
Dohar dindi

Samhhud

karijd,^

oi kari 0) jd,

8oi karijd meri jdn

Samhhud

Kdidjmd

Ammd

soi kari jd.

dord [^)hachha

(6),

meri

Samhhud dyd

Oh Sambhu, my first darcer

Ob Sambhii be slow {i.e., stay
Bh slow, my life
Oh Sambhu bo slow.
!

of wheat, ghi

Bread

and

ddt,

,,

L,r

12

leader in a Gaddi dance.)

here).
(*.e.,

I:

11

(),

bo.

7.

10.

choia

(!)

5h Sambhu eat before yon go

Eat before you go, my bfe

6.

{Gddi),

of Sawbiiwa.

t^amhhud dherd hoi lai.

Kaiiakd ri roti, ghiu,^ ddi,

4.

from

plural, future tense,

(literally

,, ,

*
"having eaten

>'\
go.
)

,o go
s:SfsLeVSe
my bfe
you
go,

Sleep before

(Ute.allj "

having slept go.")

Ob Sambhu sleep before yon go.

white frock.
(With) a black like girdle (and) a
!

karke," "
Dher " ,s the

be "
.

<.

(.)

1,0

wheuce
,,
^'-

comes

k.U
kW karke "nni" so HI
A
Hm a.d Pan ,A.
" dhira]

^^

,,,

8
_^

slowness,

^crkV.>t"i;^:t'th:i':rof"ka,ak"is

^^

aa.a
for

tl.em

oTi ending in a consonant to p^epavc

^rS'''rthrt-rnt participle feo.in,no

^^,

to

(,)

".S"'"';

fo-n

similarity an^
Sr-'^ronominal adiectivo of

^.?S?ttt"cSt;'bLT:'oo, which

thoGaaa. winds

'

'

^^\:^ asl?^a:rh-t:a-:rirdt

th.

Hachhd means "

white."
the capacious woollen frock worn by Gaddi
men and women. It is secured round the waist by the
*'
The " chold " comes half down the thigh on
dord, ."
men and to the ankles on women. The *' (lord " round
the waist makes a large body in the " chold, " above the
THe body is called the " khokh/' and forms a
waist.
receptacle for very miscellaneous articles, such as a number of newly born lambs, biead, or wool for spinning.

C).

" Chold"

(8).

The Gaddi
1.

is

girl's choice op

Td hudhru jo nd deni c'idchua,

deni, chdchud.

ratid hlioll ho.

Sajre chiinde

2.

a husband.

de^i, chdchud, dafii, chdchud,

3.

Td chdharajo

4.

Hd.k ydnde n(hi gahnde ho.

Td dtir-defii jo nn derii, chdchud, deni, chdchud,
Goru chug'mde jo deni ho.
Td ro^i jo nd deni, chdchud, dpi),i, chdchud,

5.
6.
7.
8.
9.

10.
11.
12.

tui

Sajre rhunde rand hhuchgdhli ho,

Bhaird char an de jo deni, chdchud, deni, chdchud,
Khokha hhart dtld mds ho.
Bhaird de puhdla jo deni, chdchud, deiii, chdchud,
Pifthijo deld chofu ho.

1.

To an

2.

I shall

old

man

do not give me, father, do not give me, father.

3.

be a widow while my hair is (still) freshly done.

To a servant do not give me, father, do not give me, father.

4.

5.

To one who

call

He gets up and goes

(and leaves me).

lives far away do not give me father, do not

comes

give

me, father.
6.
7.
8.
9.

10.

11.
12.

To one who grazes a herd of cattle give me.

To a sick man do not give me, father, do not give me, father,
I shall become a widow while my hair is (still) freshly done.
To a herder of sheep give me, father, give me, father.

He

me

his pocket full of meat.

To a tender of sheep jjive me, father, give
back.
He will give me a frock for
will give

me, father.

my

In translating this song all Uia "Jd,s"

Notes.
should be omitted. They are without meaning.

and

all

the

"hos"

" Jo " in the first, third, fifth, sixth, seventh, ninth, eleventh and
twelfth lines is the sign of the dative case.
"Chach" in Gdddi and " chdchu " in the valleys of K4ngra is a
jommon word for " father."

second and eighth lines is " If you marry me to

in old or a sick man I shall be a widow before my hair, which was done
"or my wedding, is ruffled," i. e., I shall be a widow before my wedding

The meaning

Iress

is

worn

of the

out.

" Bholi " in the second line is the feminine third person singular
uture, from " bhond. " " to be."
" Gorii " in the sixth line means a herd of horned cattle.
" Khokha " in the tenth line is the body of a Gaddi's frock which is
nade into a pocket by the frock being tightly bound at the waist with a
vooUen rope called " dord," which passes several times round the waist.
" is used. to carry miscellaneous articles. The wearer's dinner
[!he " khokha
aay be seen in iter even half a dozen new-born lambs or kids

" G^hli " in the eighth line is the feminine third

future, from " gc4hnd" " to go," " to become."

"De]4"inthe

twelfth

line

is

third

" den^ " " to give."

1.

2.

3.

4.
6.
0.
7.

8.
9.

10.
11.
12.

13.

14.
1.

person Bini'ular

person singular future, from

The Song of Raja Gopi Chand. {Gddi).

Chanan chauki ho riipi jhdriydn Rdjd Oopi Chand naMe,
Td
Td
Td
Td
Td
Td
Td

ammar

On

a seat of sandMl-wooJ, with silver ewers, Rdja Gopi Chand

bhold bo aghnd. chdndi bargd, thandi blind kalautl de,

chhajje bo bai(hi mdtd Nain Bantl nain liharl, hhari roe.
fhiri uparhiin here Rajd Gopi Chaud, Td mdtd Nain Danti roe,
kuni ditti, mdtd, tijo gdCi ? Kuni balle mande hoi.
nahin ho ditti, betd, vnnjo gdfi, nd balle mande hoi.
kxttii ho heru, mdtd, mandi hdkhri ? Tiseri hdkhrikadhdti,
na ho herd minjo, beta, mandi hdkhri, nd koi gdlidii do.
Td jaisi kdydn, hetd, teri, taut bdwal it-re ri.
Td jal hal mdti ho gei hid bhasamdn ri (fheri.
Tdsikh den, mdtd, meri pdie umar kdydn.
Td jog dhidyd Rdje Bharthari, paiumar kdydn.
Td jog ho dhidnd, mdtd, mun, meri pdni wnar kdydy\.
Id jog dhidyd Rdje Gopi Chande pdi umar kdydn.

was bathing.
2.
3.

" The heaven is clear like silver whence do the cold drape come ?"
Sitting in the balcony his mother, Nain Banti, was weeping
bitterly.

4.

5.

Then again Raja Gopi Chand looked

Banti was wee})ing.

His mother Naiii

up.

" Who gave, motlier, to you abuse Who spoke

words "
me abuse nor were spoken
She. Neitlier was given, son,
words."
eyes
His
you), mother, with
He. " Then who looked
tear out."
eyes I
eyes, nor gave me
8he. "No one looked at me, son, with
He.

evil

6.

''

to

evil

7.

evil

(at

will

8.

evil

abuse.
9.

10.
11.
12.

13.
14.

was thinking that) a^ your body is, so was your father's.

He was burned and became clay. He became a heap of ashes."
He. " Then g:ive me advice, mother, make my body immortal."
She. " H^ja Bharthari became an ascetic. Ha made his body
immortal."
He. I would become an ascetic, mother. I would make m/
body immortal.
So R^ja Gopi Chand became an ascetic. He made his body
(I

immorfal.

A
1.

2.

Song.

Nihtd di tdn Jatfi Luhdnu jo chhali, chhaU puchhdi.

Tali duhld tiin kit gvne hoid ho.
Jatti of the plains chaffing, chaffing, asked Lubdnii).
Qhe.
For what reason have you become loan ?

(A

3.
4.

Td ek tdn ho tuttu, ho gorie, Jamrm'idn dd hdld

Tdn duje ho tan tutti halri prit hi.

ho.

First, oh fa'irone, the Jammu revenue ia deficient

cannot pay the revenue).
Secondly, the love of a girl is broken off {i.e., I have been

5"e

[i.e.,

jilted).

5.

6.
7.

8.
9.

Tdn dheddu

hdlii

denni hdn Ltihdnudn,

Bhari denni hdn JammuaJi de hdfe ho.

Tali nawiu naivi'o Idnni hdn prit ho.
She.
I will give you tny ear-rings and nose-ring,
I will pay the Jamrau ravenue.
Then I give you nev/, new love.

Lubd,nn.

Luhdnudn dheddu hdh'i denni hdn.

janjiri
hdle
matthe
di
ho.
DiLJe
She. Then at the first instalment, LuMnu, I will give mj earrings and nose-ring.
And at the second instalment the forehead chain.
Td

ijahile ho idn hdfe bo

10.

Td ammd hdjhim raihnni

11.

Bdpu hdjhuii raihnni hdn,

Tuddh bdjhun dhiin ho madhuni ho.
Then I will remain without mother, Lubd-nu
She.

12.

Luhdnudh.

hd?l,

and I will remain without father.

Without thee I am silent (i.e., sad).
(This song is incomplete).

SoNa.*

{Gddi).

Uchi, uchi mdrhid merd sri thdkar sondd

Rddhd bdu jhuldndi

Krishna.

hd.

Td tu kajo rutthi rufihi meri Rukmani Rddh

Tuddh

hin nindar

na aundi

hd.

Td daranidn mochru, jifhanidn mochru',

Mu gori mochru nahih hd.
Krishna. Td tu mat ruthin, ruthin meri RuJcmani Rddhd

Rddhd.

Rddhd jo mochru lei dennd hdn.

On a high, high eminence my Lord God
lld,dhd, is

Krish'-aa.

is

sleeping

fanning a breeze.

Why are you pouting, pouting, my Rukmani

Without you sleep does not come.

Rddhd. My younger sisiers-in-law (have) shoes,

shoes ;
I fair-complexioned (have) no shoes,
(To me fair is no slioe, literally)
Krishna. Do not pout, pout, my Rukmani
To Rddhd I will give shoes.

my

Rd'^hd. ?

elder

sisters -in-

laAV (have)

Ditty.

Khasam mare

...

...

...

Dal

...

...

..

hal hare

Rddhd

husband die.
One may wander
If a

to

Ydr mnre

...

...

Kihhdh

...

...

KhiJid httte

...

...

...

Talli pdie

...

...

o..

search of another).
If a lover die.
How can one live ?
"If a blanket ia torn,
l^nt on a patch.

Amhar

...

...

...

If

...

...

,..

How

jind

futte

Kinhdn sind

...
_

* This Song

...

is

heaven splits.
can one sew

incomplete.

it ?

and

fro (ia

Notes

on the Gadi Dialect op the Kangra Gaddis

by

EDWARD
Kangra.

the late
Di:puty Commissioneu op
Revised with Additional Notes dy the Rfv
T
bailey, B.D., M.R.A.8., Wazieabad.

O'BRIEN,

Es^uike,

c.s.,

GRAHAME

NOUNS.
The declension of G^di nouns is effected {except for tlio
a^ent case),
Hmdo.tdni by the addition of Postpositions to what
as
may bo called
the - Formnt.ve
case of the noun. Thus Nominative
Sinrjular khanddi
(a flock), l^ormative Singular khande ; Genitive Singular
khando rA, &c.

m
_

The following is a scheme of the formative

declensions, showing also the nominatives plural

cases

Nom.

I.

Mase. in a

II.

,,

III.

IV. Fern,

Format. Sing.

Khanda

Khande

in u

Gobhru

Gobl.rn

in a eonsonatit

Ghar

Ghari.

in a

Biar

Biari

Khakho

Khakho

in

VI.

in o

V.

Sing.

Nom.

in

the various


The other

postpositions are, as in Hindostd,ni, indeclinable.

The following paradigm

gives the six declensions in full

Exceptions The Locative.

3rd declension ; locative formed by adding e to nominative :
She.
Main ho ghare sas kalihdri ho.
Td teri ho ta sassd jo, gorie, charkhd le deld ho.
He.
Baithi ho tan Jcatan Jcatde ho.
To me at home there is a cross mother-in-law.
She.
[^vhcel
Then to your mother-in-law, Fair one I will gire a
He.
spinning
Let her sit and mind her spinning.
!

Examples

1st declension

Masc. in

a.

Mere bh^i male ak khandd

Norn. Sing.

My

h^.

brother has a flock.

Ih bheddu mere burhe-re khando-rjl lic'i.
This sheep belonns to {lit. is of) my father's flock.
Ih khande-ri mdlikni kasri hd.

Gen. Sing.

Dat. Ace. Sing.

The owner of the flock is ill.

Ann khande jo ak kuttar palnu huii.
I bring up a dog to guard {lit. for) the

flock.

Agent Sing.

Aufi khande lurhai ditta thu.

I was thrown down by a flock.

Loc. Sing.

Gaddf khande manj kharurd rahnda thu.

The shepherd was standing in his flock.
&o khande thaunghara jo a h^.
He has come from the flook to his house.
Ai khande mat nakhi gachchh
Oh flock, don't run away
Mere bhdi male khande hin.

Ahl. Sing.
Vac. Sing.

Nam.

PI,

Gen. PI.

T)at.

Ace. PI.

Agent

PI.

My brother has flocks.

Ih bheddu mere burhe-re khande-re hin.
These sheep belong to {lit. are of) my father's flock.
lau khande-ri mdlikni kasri ha.
The owner of the flocks is ill.
Ann khande jo ak kuttar pdlnu hun.
I bring up a dog to guard {lit. for) the flocks.
Aun khande

lurhai ditta thu.

was thrown down by the flocks.

Gaddi khande manj kharurd, rahndd, thu.
The shepherd was standing in his flocks.
So khande thaun ghara jo ^ ha.
He has come from the flocks to his house.
Ai khandio mat nakhi gachchhd
Oh flocks, don't run away
I

Loc. PI.

Ahl. PI.

Vvc.Pl.

Exception :^"Fem, in

a.

Aun bujhnun

barkhd, na bhone

ri.

I think there will be no rain.

Masc. in
2nd declension
Ak gobhrd madarse jo gdhndd hi.
Norn. Sing.
A young man goes to school.
Ise gobhru rd burh^ gyani hJi.
Gen. Sing.
The young man's father is wise.
*
Ise gobhru-ri kalam kharl ha.
The young man's pen is good.
:

Balu ra laskandd suni.

The gold of the nose-ring sparklij."

Song.

Dat

Ace. Sing.

Agent Sing.

Gurue ak kitdb gobhru

jo ditti.

The teacher has given a book to a young man.

Tini g bhrne minjo kliabar (n'tii.
The news was given me by

Loc. Sing.
AhJ. Sing.

Voc. Sing.

tliat

young man.

Grobh^u (manj or ra^n) barf mUI li^.

There is macli wisdom in the ytjung man.
Mein tia gobhrn thaun khari gal khuni.
I have heard good words from that young man.

Ai gobhrud

r^zi hairi.

Oh yvung man art thou happy.

Rati ba rdti ind jana chhadi din6,, chhorua.
Picha thaun lurhli ohori, jinde Khojud,.
" Grive up coming and going every night, Oh boy !"
"From behind a great rock will fall (ou you) dear Khojda

Song of

V*

Khoji'i.

Lurhli " will roll down " is third singular feminine future from
"
Lurhnd, " to roll down

Nom.
Gen.

PL

Dat. Ace. PI.

Agent

Pi.

Loc. PI.

Ahl. PI.
Voc.

madarse

Young men go

jo gahnde bin.
to school.

Tid,n ():obhru r^

burh^ gj^^i hd.

Grobhrii

PI.

The voung men's father is wise.

TiS-ri gobhru ri kalama khari hin.
The young men's pens are good.
Gurue kit^^a gobhru jo ditti.
The teacher has given books to the young men.
Tiyyen gobhrue munjo khabar ditti.
The news was given mp by young men.
Gobbiu manj (or md^n) bari akl hd.
These is much wisdom in young tnen.
Main tidn gobhrii thaun khari oal khuni.
I have heard good words from, those young men.
rd-zi bho^
young
men
be happy
Oh
Ta jang^hlu jo d^^li suthanu, dhola apne jo.
Then for his thighs 1 will give trousers to my

Ai gobhruo

PL

Dative.

lover.'

Song of a ivoman equipping her

lover

for crossing a mountain fass.

Bhera re puhdlnu jo deni, chachua, deni chachda.
Pitthi jo dela cholu ho.

"To

a herder of sheep give me, Father give me, Father

For my back he will give a coat.
!

Song of a woman on

the

choice

of a

husband,

" Deli " is the third person singular feminine and " dela " is the third
person singular masculine of the future tense from dend, "to give.^' Deli
Dela He will give.
I will give.'
Zrd declension

Kuse

.'-'Masc.

tarike tusila wich hdjar

On what
Nom,

Sing,

in a consonant.

date

am

I to

hhond (Nagrota)

be present in the tahsil

Merd, ghar taun thaun chour kuroh hi.

My house is four miles from here.

?
?

Ghard rd m^lik Kulu jo chale^o hd.

The owner of the "house has yone to Kullu.
Ghara ri mdlikni jo ak charklui do.

Gen. 8ing.

Give the mistress of the house a spinning wheel.

Dat. Ace, Sing. Ih bat ghara jo gahiide hil.
This road loads to a house.
Loc. PL
Jiyan ghare gha pouru bhond^ h^ tiytin manj
tauli

Fire

is

bari.

ag lagandi ha.
easily caught by houses which aro roofed with

grass.

Ghar^ manj

Loc. Sing.

man) chul ate ghard ate lotc ate thdli hin.

a fire-place and water-jars
and
brass vessels and dishes.
Mere ghard thaun Shahpur ak pard hd.
It is one stage from my house to Shahpur.
Ai ghard, mat dh^en
" Oh house do not fall "
In

All. Sing,
Voc. Sing.

(or

a house

are

Aith

declension

Nam. Sing.

Fern, in a consonant.

Bi^r jhulu karinde ha.

The wind is blowing.

j
'

bara ha.
The power of wind is great.
Bid,ri-ri chher kannd jo taune karo dindi hd.
The noise of the wind is deafening.
Dat. Ace. Sing. Bid,ri jo rukhe de
Shut out the wind {lit. tn the wind).
Bid.ri sab khail bhani ditte hiu.
Agent Sing.
The slates are broken by the wind.
Bidrimanj (or man) matgachen na takasri bhuch
Loc. Sing.
Do not go into the wind or else you wUl get ill.
Bid,ri thaun pichtde bho.
Ahl. Sing,
Get away from the wind.
Ai biari meri kanakiijo khanlb mat kar
Voc. Sing.
Oh wind do not spoil my wheat

Gen. Sing.

Bidri-rd, jor

g.^hlu,

Fasla rd beld aich rehu ha.

The time of the harvest having come has continued.
bth declension

Nam.

Sing.

Gen. Sing.

Fern, in

i.

apne nikke jo pyar karendi h&.

A mother loves her child.
Puttar ijji-la bhaira charandd hd.

Ijji

The son

feeding his mother's sheep.

So apni ijji-ri kitab parhende hd.
She is reading her mother's book.
Dat. Ace. Sing. Burhe useri ijji jo ghundii ^ni ditta h^i.
The old man sjave a veil to his mother.
is

Agent Sing.

Ih pattu useri ijji banau hd.

This woollen stuff has been woven by his mother.

Loc. Sing.

Ijji

manj

There

is

(or

mdh)

much

mate

diih

hA.

love in a mother.

Ahl. Sing.

Main apni ijji thaun rupeyya leu

I got money from my mother.

Voc. Sing.

or Ai ijjle riso kar

cook food
mother
Oh
Ijji apne nikke jo piydr karii karundi
Mothers love their children.

Ai

ijji

Norn. PI,

hd.

hin.

Gen. PI.

Puttar ijji-re bher^ charu karande hin.

The sons are feeding their mother's sheep.
So apni ijji-ri kit^ba parhendi hd,.
She is reading her mother's books.

Dat. Ace. PI.

Burhe ud,nri ijji jo ghundu ^ni ditta ha.

The old n^en gave veils to their mothers.
lb pattu danri ijjie banad bd.
This woollen stuff has been woven by their mothers,
liji niatij (or m&h) d4h mute hd.
There is much love in mothers.
Mein udnri topi uahri ijji thaun dndi.
I have brought their hats from their mothers.
Ai ijjio riso kurfi

Agent. PI.
Loc. PI.

Abl. PI.
Voc.

PL

Oh mothers cook

food

6th declension

Nam. Sing.

Fern, in

o.

Khakho apni nukhd

jo sind, sardndi h&.

teaching her daughfcer-in-law

mother-in-law
to sew.

is

how

Gen. Sing.Masc. Khakho-i^ ghar dur hd.

The mother-in-law's house is far away.
Useri Khfikho-ri gd nakhi gei hd.
Her mother-in-law's cow has run away.
Dat Ace. Sing. Mere bhdi khakho jo ak bhair bakshfsh ditti h&.
My bi other has given a sheep to his mother-in-law.

Agent Sing.
Loc.

Gen.

PL

Dat. Ace.

PL

Ih dhan useri khakhoe baddhe bin.

This rice has been cut by his mother-in-law.
Useii khakho manj (or mdn) bard dharm hd.
There is much good in her mother-in-law.
Meri baihn apni khakho thauh apne mdo bdbd-re ghare
gich pujji hd.
My sister has come from her toother-in-law into her
parent's house again.
Ai khakho apne jawdi site pydre site balu kar
Oh motlier-iu-law speak gently to your son-in-law.
Khitkhoa a| ni nukha jo Bind sdrdndi hin.
The mothers-in-law are teaching their daughters-inlaw how to sew.
Cdnii khakhod-re ghar dur liin.
The houses of their mothers-in-law are far away.
Udiiri khakhod-ri gdi nakhi gei bin.
The cows of their mothers-in-law have run away.
Mere bhdi udnri khakhod jo dui' bhaird bakshish ditti
hin.

My

brothers have given two sheep to their

mothers-

in-law.

Agent PI,
Loc.

PL

AbL PL

Ih dhan uanri khakhod baddhe hin.

This rice has been cut by their mothers-in-law.

khakhod manj (or mdh) bara dharm ha.

There is much good in their mothers-in-law.
Meri baihni apni khakhoa thaun apne mdo baba-re
ghare gich pujji hin.
My sisters have com from their mothers-in-law into
tJanri

their parent's house again.

Voc.

PL

Ai khakhod, apni jawai site pydre site baM kard.

Oh mothers-in-law speak gently to your sons-in-law.


Agent Sing,

CakJ

Mori khakhoe ih kam karu h^.

ray mother-in-law this deed was done.
Meii khakhod jrhara goi.
My mothers-in-law went home.
Meri khakhoe raeri janani hi^Ari difcti hd

By

Nom. PL
Agent PI.

My

motrher-in-law has ruined uiy wife.

POST POSITIONS.
The following require the nouns which they govern
with

re

have the gonitivo

before.

Tale,

below.

Andar,

in.

Sdmhne,

in front of.

Up par,
Bd,har,

above.

Paihle,

before, in

outiiide.

*Marure,

through, or in

*Mola,

qnence of.
conformable

Bdte,
in place of.
Tdin, tden, for, on account

Parant

in the

of,

formative caae

conso-

to.

but require the noun thoy govern to

re,

without.

Bin,

Pichhorn or

Manj
in or

behind,

pichhiiro
Sahi,

among.

Mdn 1

appearance.
below,
towards, with, near
like, of

Bimh,

Pdr

beyond,

Seite,

with.

Majat

tijne.

after.

The following do not require

he

to

Malle

(Urdu

or mdrfat (by help of )

is

feminine as

Ih

kam

pus).

majat

teri

bhu.-i

Examples.

Tudh

bin nindar na indi ha.

Without you

sleep comes not.

Hatti knjo & thu ? Lund tamdku

For what had you come to the

re fdeii d
sliop

come.
Meih heru tidn re bdl bachche m;ille koi
I saw to his children no neigiibours go.

Heru

is

singular past

tense of

hernfi,

Urdu pds.
Gahnde present tense of gahnd, to go.
Aun Muhane malle thu tinjii roti khane

Dharmftdln Gadi.

tliil.

Yor

salt

.'ir^khi

to

jo

and tobacco I had

parekhi nahin

see; malle,

na

to,

was with Mohan. He did not invite me to cat food

did not ssy to eat bread.
Balu 3rd singular past tense from balnd to saj', to .^peak^
bolna.

literally,

e.

g.,

FIRST PERSONAL TRONOUN.

Nom.
Gen.
Dat.

Plurnl.

Ann, mun, anun.

A-^so, assun.

Menl

rn.la.

Munjo, mao-o,
munhun, mun.
Munjo, muiihun, laun.

> Assu jo.

Ace.
Agent.
Ahl.
Loc.

Mein.

Asse.

Mun
Mun

Assu thann.
Assu mauj.

Form,

Meiii,.

fchaun.

manj.

vmh, ma,

towards^

balii.

Singular.

gillindo.

Asse,

Urdu


Examples

Kom. Aun na pntande apne

jo.

Song.
I do not pull out my own.
[Gadheran).
galin^.
Mun joid re raste Ku^rkhi 30
I am going to Kuarsi by way of tlie passes.

Dat.

Muiijo sarm indi.

To me sl:arne comes. I am ashamed.
Dirdnidn balu, jitlmnian bdlu,

Mun

gori billd naliin Ld

version).

"(or

mdgo halu na ha

in

another

>

My younger sisters-in-law (have) nose-riugs, my elder sistersTo me (though 1 am fair) is no

in-]aw(liave) nose-rings.
bong.

nose-ring.

Ma go cbour khau bhaird bin.

With me are 400 sheep.
Md go Dianhu blieji de.
Send men

to me.
Munhun or mun dote khorairi jo p;abnA hd.
To-morrow to me is to go (I have to go) to

my

father-in-law's

house,

Munhun kbakho
1

There

Moge

must go
15 in

to

my

malle gdhna.
mother-in-law.

Kdngri a dative moge,

tis-rd patta nebin.

to me, as in

have no news of him {Dharmsdla.)

Agent. Mt-in kh-unu hd so Ldhor go tbu.

I have beard he had gone to Lahore.

"

Khund "

the past participle of khnnnd " to

bird person singular present tense of the auxiliary
bird personal pronoun. " Go" is the past participle
i( rpj^^ }> -g
^YiQ third person singular past tense of the

Nom.

is

plural.

{Song.)

hear

''
;

" hd "

is

the

" So " is the

verb.
of " gahna " " to go.'"
auxiliary verb.

Asse chour bhdi hun.

We

are four brothers.

of the plural of the first personal pronoun are

cnnntry talk unless it is necessary to lay stress on

Examples

rarely beard

tlie number.
the
plural.
seems
the
singular
generally
do
duty
for
the
to
conversation
lu

in

THE SECOND PERSONAL

PI'.ONOUN.

'

Examples-'-'

Teri bhed ra ndn kae lic4 ? Chitari.

g^^^^. ^z- j-;^^ .
"'^"*
Qn. What is the name of your sliccp ? Ans.
"Spot"
Chhorud, tujjo laran rikhni klulli, jlude Kliojii.
jjm^
Boy
a she bear with cubs (hirau) will oat yea, dear
Khoiu
Lok ta bhramande inuu tuddh karni initri.
Ditto
People then suspect me and you of making love.
Tain sadid. Td ai, jindo Khojiii
Ditto
You called me. Then I camo, dear Khoju
I'd, go keti thdhar goru bin ?
With thee how many head of cattle arc there ? i. e. IIow man?
head of cattle hasfc thou.
Tuddh bin nindar na aundi hd.
So}ia
Without you sleep does not come.
Tu3su thaun mein kd<2;haz mangii tbu.
From you I had asked for paper.
Tuddh seite mein balu thu.
To thee I had said.

'

Dote aun ta go na ild.

To-morrow I to you will not come.

THE PRONOUN OF THE THHID PERSON.

Singular.

Nam.

Uh;

Gen.

Userd, useri, usere.

Ace.
Agent.
Ljc.
Abl.

Form,

Uh

is

so.

Plural
So.

j^'J-

U'dnrd, udnri, udnro.

^^"J*^-

Uni.

U'ijen.

Us mauj.

U'dfi manj.

Us thaun.

U'dn thaun.

Us.

UViii.

any " be."

some " he " who

indefinite;

So is definite^
" tis " are also used

is known to the speakefj " Tits "

for the formative of uh and so.

and

THE NEAR DEMONSTRATIVE PRONOUN.

Flural.
Ih.
lah-ra, iah-ri, iau-ro.

Ida

jo.

lyypn.
Idh manj.
Idn thaun.
Idn.

ATIYE PRONOUN.
Pluraf.
So.
Tiaii-ra, tidn-ri, tidn-re.

Tidn-jo.

Tiyycn.
Tidn manj.
Tiaii thaun.
Tidh.

Examples-"
Jaseri khairi, tiseri nidhi.
Jinni bari tinni bid,bi.

Che spring crop belongs to that man to whom the autumn crop belongs,
rbat man marries (tbe girl) who betrothed her,
'
Khairi^Ms the autumn or Kharif harvest. ^' Ni^hi " is the spring or
Eiabi crop.

Formative Singular.
Terd,

man

"Why

is

tessd, seite kajo lagur^ h& ?

your heart attracted to that (girl)

Agent Singular.
Tinni

He

m6n

seite jord japati kari.

did violence with me.

{Kdngra),

Formative Plural.

Tu kajo kodd, jo pfahnd^ hain.

Meid, ndtd; goti^ chhure bin. Ti4n seite milrid gd,hnda hun.
Qn, Why are you goings to the fair ?
I am going to meet
Alls. My betrothed and her relations have come.
them,

THE RELATIVE PRONOUN.

Plural,

Singular.

Je and

Noon.
Gen.

Je and

jo.

jo.

Jase-ra, jase-ri, jase-re.

Jiah-ra, jidn-ri, jidfi-re.

Jas-jo.

Jid-h-jo.

Agent.

Jinni.

Jiyyefi.

Loc.

Jitin

All.

Jas-manj.
Jas-thaun

Form.

Jas.

Dat.
?

Ate.

manj.
Jian thaun.
Jidn,

Example

of the

Singular Agent Case,

Jiuui bari tinni bid^hi.

He by whom she was betrothed, married her.

Proverb.

THE INTERROGATIVE PRONOUN.

Pl'jiral.

Singula,r,.

Nom.
Oen.
Pat.

Kun?

Kun

Kase-rd, kase-ri, kase-re

Kian-ni,, kidn-ri, kian-re

Kas-jo

Kidn-jo

Ace.

Agent

Kui.ii ?

pGC.

Kas uianj.
Kas thaun
Kas ?

Ail
Form.

Kiyyen ?
Kian rnanj

Kidii thaun.

Kiah.

Eicamples

Singular Agent.

kahi hi ditti, mat a, tujjo galiaii

"Who gave, mother, to you abub'e ?

Tii

Kufii balle

Who

maode

heru, msita,

Who looked;

mother

mandi hiikkhi

(at

you) with evil

spoke evil words?

Song of Raj

Ta kuni bo

bol

'J.

Gopi Ghand,

Usdi hakkhi dindd, kadhai.

eyes ? His eyes I will tear out.

Song c/ Bdja, Gopi Chand,


29
The Neuter
follows

Interrogative Pronoun

''

kid,"

what

13

declined

Nom.

Kid

(tcw.

Kate-rd, kate-rf, kate-re

Ace.

Examples

^^-1

Eh

katorl chhiri hd.

" Of what wood is this ?"

So kaio go thu.
" Why did ho go V'

THE INDEFINITE PRONOUN.

Singular.

Koi.
Kaski-rd, kuski-ri, kaski-re.

Worn.
6^en.

Dat.

'

Ace.
Agent.
Loc.
Ahl,

No

Kaski

jo.

Kuni.
Kakl man],
Kaski thaun.

Plural.

Examples
Gen.

Agent,

Eh

bhair, kaski

bhoii.

This sheep probably belongs to some one.

Eh kam kuni karu bhola.
This deed will have been done (*. e., probably has been
done) by some one.

THE EEFLEXIVE PRONOUN APPE, APU' "SELF."

The single form apu does duty
Nom.

for both Singular

and

Plural.

Tethi

more remote than

is

Examples

uthi.

From where = kataon.

^o keti thd,har pahru liin ?

With thee how many head of sheep and goats are there
Inha gowar mere heme mdn na a.
" Such a fool never came into my siglit."
Td,

Muhan
Where
T;r.

kathi
is

Moge

hil ?

Mohan

To

ra patH^nchin.

tis

rae of

him there

no trace.

,,,,,,,

,^

Kia bnai yara kahra chalu hain ?

What, brother and friend, whither art thoii going
Tuiidh kanhe ind?
Whon are you to eotne ?
Aun kiinhe ichhui'i ? When may I come ?

(Dhar madia),
?

ADVJCRBS OF TIME.
To-day: Aj.

To-morrow

Day
Day

Dote.
after to-uiorrow Farohe.
after ihat Nacharohi.
:

Always: Sadd.
Mxamples

Ye.sterday lU, kal.

Day before Festorc^av Paraj^
Day before that: No.kharaj.
:

Agiim

Pliire.

Aun

dote ila^ 1 will come to-morrow.

Parohe chala gdhld. The day after t'l. morrow I will go.
Mun dote khaurairi mallo gdlina ha. To-morrow I have to ^o

my

father-iu'law's.

Hi mun, Monl re ghar guchhurit thu.

Louse of Mor.

Yesterday

ADVERBS OF MANNER.

went

to

th&

Dharvisdla GdcZL

Littlfl by little
Dhakh dhakh.
Quickly Taula taula (or taule taule).
Taula taula ^ah. Gro quickly^ quickly.
Slowly Miittha mattha.
:

Mattha mattha

ild.

will

come

slowly.

Dharmsdla Gadi.

One hundred
To

me,, with,

Mago chour khau

khau.

me

bhaira bin.

(mere p^s) are four hundred sheep.

Bhair one sheep

Bhaird, plural.

ADJECTIVES OF PLACE.
Agi^n the nest before, as agi^n mahina, next month.
Naragidn the next before but one;^ as naragian mahina, one month,
:

next.

ifter

Chhur4

much.

Dharmsdla Gddi.
tude kindre bht chhura

On

hd.

much

our side too was

(snow).

Dhai'msdla Gddi.

Right

Daihn^.

Left

bd,dn.

THE VERB.
The Auxiliary Verb

is

thus conjugated

Peesbnt Tense.

"I am."
''Thou art."

Aun hun.
Tu bain.

"

So ha,
Apse hun.
Tusse hin.
So bin.
Aun Gaddi hun.
Bat bin bara ha.
Asse chour bhai hun.
Mere chach iji bhi hin.

Examples.

He

is."

"We

are."'

" You are."

"Theyarr."

am a Gfiddi."
"The wind too is
"

ftrong."
are four brothers,"
"There are also ray father

"

Wo

and mother."
de
karan
Kae
rnthi ha.
?
["a tu kajo ruthi ruthi,
cause
For
what
Rd,dha
my
?
art thuu annoyed?'*
annoyed,
then
art
Why
"
"
thou
Whither
art
going
?
.u kahra chalura haiu.
Sovg of Thakar,
Past Tense.
meri Radha

Masculine.

Exawjples.

iTerti

Aun thd.
Tu thu.

Feminine

Sothie.

" Thou wert."

" He was."
thi.
"
thi.
were."
" You were."
thi.
thi.
"They were. 'J
" Where wert thou."

,^

We

Kahr^

thu,
Rali re koda jo gahnd thu.
"I wras to go to the fair of Ralla,"
to the fair of Halla to go was."
^

Mo
jo kajo

" I was."

thi.

So thu.
Asso thie.
Tusse thie.

thi.

Why

go thu.

literally

did you go to Nerti

"To me

lun apne nate sdke ri samhala jo go thu.

I had gone for news of my relations."
Kasaure ri huU hajri khundar hd.
Kasaura's daughter is very handsome. (Gddi of Dharmsdla)
Es thauii paihle jo sahib thu so khard thu.
The sdihib who was before him, he was good (Gadi).
BhOxVA.
Infinitive.

"

To BECOME, TO BE.'*
Bhona, To be, to become*

Root Bho, or Bhuchh.

Present Participle. Bhond4.
Past Participle, Bhii^-i or Bhuchhura,


I.-^Tens98 formed from the Root.
AORIST.
I

may be

or become.

Singular.

Pkiral.

Aun bhuclihun.
Tu bliueh.

Asse bhuchlnm.
Tusse bhun.
So bhun.
Fdture. *

So bhua.

I will

be or become.

Singular

Aun

bliuclihunla

or

riural.

bhola.

Fern.

Asse

bboH.

bhuchhunle or bhole.

Fam

bholi.

Tu bholl

Tupae bhole.
So bhole.

So bhola.
Example.

Jotd

ri

bat karari bholi.

of the passes will be

The way

difficult.

Imperative.

Singular.

Tu

Plwi-nl.

bho.

Tusse bhoa.
II.

Tenses formed from the Present Participle.

Indefinite.
I

am

or become.

Singular.

Plural.

Aun blionda or bhnni5n.

Tu bhonda or Wiunen.

Asse bhonde or bhuuun.

Tusse bhonde or bhunun.
So bhonde.

So bhondd..

Present.
T

am

or become, &c.

Singular.

Plural.

Aun bhondd hun

or bbunun.
Tu bhonda hain or bbunen hain.
So bhonda ba.

Asse bhonde hun or bhuudn.

Tusse bhonde hiii.
So bhonde hin.

Imperfect.

r was becoming.
Plural.

Singular.

Asse bhonde thie.

Tusse bhonde thie.
So bhonde tlii'e.

Ann bhonda thu.

Tu bhonda thu.
So bhonda

thu.
III.

Tenses formed from the Past Participle,

Past.
I

Singular.

Aun bbud
Tu
So

or bhuchhura,
bhua or bhuchhurd.
bhua or bhuchhura.

became, &c.
Plural.

Asse bhue or bhucLlnire.

Tusse bhde or bhuclihure.
So bhue or bhuchhiire.

* In Garhwali, "lo" is the termination of tlio future m4rlo let, 2ncl nnd ."^rfl persoas
singular future tense of " marn^ " to strike; " la " is the termination of all tliroe pTsona
plural future. The Kumaoni future ia similar. See Kellogg's Hindi Grammar, pp. 238, 239.


Perfect.

have become, &c.

Flural.

Singular.

bhu^ hun or bbuchliura bun.

Tu bbud bain or bhucbbura hain.
Aufi

So bbud, hd or bhucbburd, ha.

Asse bhue bun or bhucbhure bun.

Tusse bhue bin or bbuchhure bin.
So bbue bin or bbucbbure bin.

Ploperpect.
I

bad become, &c.

Singular.

Plural.

Auh bbuS

Asse bbue or bbucbbure tbie.

Tusse bhue or cbuchbure thie.
So bhue or bbubbhure tbie.

or bbucbbura tbu.
Tu bliud or bbucbbura tbu.
So bbua or bbucbbur^ tbu.

Infinitive or Vkebal Noun.

Bbona, being bbonera-ri-re, of being.
;

Conjunctive Participle.
Bbucbbkari, or Bbucbbkar "baving been " ^'or baving become."

Bbonde

Adverbial Participle,
"on being" or "on becoming."

site

Herna.
Her,

"eeetbou."

jS''^'^'^^

]"

Hernun

I.-

To

see.

Seeing."
^

Heru.

"Seen.''

Tenses of the Root.

AoEIST.
I

may

see.

Singular.

Plural.

Ann berun,
Tu beren.

Asse hemfi.
Tusse beran.

So ber6.

So beran.
FOTDRE.
I will see.

Singular.

Aun berunld
Tu berl^.

Plural.

Asse berunle or berle. Fern,

Tusse berle.
So berle.

or herl^. Fern, berli.

So berla.

berli.

Imperative.
Singular.

Tu

ber.

Plural.

" Look thou."

II.

Tusse bera.

"Look you."

Tenses of the Present Participle.

Indefinite.
I see.

Singular.

Aun

berandd.

Fern,

^ hernun.

Tu

berandd. or t bernen.

So

herandd,.

Plural.

berandi

or

Asse berande. Fern, berandi

^
bernun.
Tusse berande or t bernun.
So berande.

or

* Hernun. This form of the Present Participle is used only witb

the first person singular and witli the first uud second persons plural.
This form of tbe Present Participle is used only with
t Herncn.
tbe second person singuKr.

Present.
I ata seeing.
Singttlar.

Plural.

Aun
Tu

lierandd bun or hernun hun.

heranda, haih or herun liain.

So heranda

Asse heranda hun or hernun hun.

Tusse horande hin.
So horande hin.

ha.

Imperfect.

was seeing.

Singular.

Plural.

Aun heranda

A.S80 herandetlik).

Tu

Tus?e herande

So

thu. Fern, herandi thi.

thu.
heranda
heranda thu.

So heratido

Fem. horandf

thi.

thie.

thie.

Tenses op the Past Participle.

Past.
I saw.

Singular.

Plural.

Mein heru.

Asso heru.
Tu3se heru.
Tiyyeh heru.

Tain heru.
Tinni heru.

Perfect.
I

have seen.

Singular.

Mein heru
Tain

Plural.

Asse herii ha.

Tusse hei u Im.
Tiyjen heru ha.

ha.

lieru ho.

Tinni heru ha.

Pluperfect.
I

had

seen.

Singular.

Plural.

Asse heru tliu.

Tusse heru thu.
Tiyyen heru thu.

Mein heru thu.

Tain heru thu.
Tinni heru thu.

Conjunctive Participle.
Her, Heri kari. " Seeing," " On seeing."

Example
Her jaw^n ruiyd,.
Edjd; Gaddan behi.
" Seeing her young loo1<ing
The Rdia married the Gaddi woman."

Sovgof"

a Gaddi woman whom

Nokhi,"
Rdjd Sansdr Chand married.

Adverbial Participle.

Herande

site.

"

On

seeing."

Past Participle.

Herura, " Seen " correBponds to " dekha hud " of Hindi.

Bekhna.

To

sit.

Imperative. bekh. Sit (thou).

Present Participle. bekhandd. or bekhuh.
Past Participle.baitha and bithiard.


1,

Tenses formed from the

AORIST.
I

may

sit.

Plural,

Singular.

Asse bekh [In.

Tusse bekhan.
So bekhan.

Lun bekhun.
Cu bekhen.
5o

Root.

bekha.

Future.
I will sit.

Singular.

Plural.

kuYx bekhla.

Asse bekhle.

Pu bekhla.

Tuase bekhle.
So bekhle.

5o bel:hla.

Imperative.
Plural.

Singular,

Tusse bekh ji, Sit you.

rd bekh, Sit thou.

II.

Tenses formed fr om the Piesent Pariici'ple.

Indefinite.
I

sit.

Plural.

Singular.

Asse bekhande or bekhnun.

Tusse bekhande or bekhnun.
So bekhande.

\nh bekhan da or bekhnuh.

Cu bekhand^ or bekhen.
So bekhanda.

PiiESENT.

am

sitting.

Plural.

Sirigular.
\.uh

bel^anda or bekhnun hun.

or bekhuen hain.
bekhandd
Cu

Asse bekhande or bekhnuh bun.

Tusse bekhande bin.

3o bekhanrla ha.

So bekhande
Imperfect.
I was sitting.

Plura I.

Singular.

^uh bekhande thu.

rd bekhandd thu.
3o bekhaud^ thu.
III.

Asse bekhande thie.

Tusse bekhande thie.
So bekhande thie.

Tenses formed from the Past

Pariici'ple.

PAfT.
I ^at.

Plural,

Singular,

&uh

baitha or bitluira.
Pu baith^ or bithiira.
So baithd or bithurd,.

Auh

liiu.

Asse baithe or bithure.

Tusse baithe or bithure.
So baithe or bithure.
Perfect.
I have sat.

Singular.
baithd. or bithura huh.

Tu baitha or bithura haih.

Bo baithd or bithura h^.

Plural.

Asse baitho or bithure hrfh.

Tusse baithe or baithure bin

So baithe or bithure

bin.

6i

Pldpebpect.
I

had

sat.

Singular.

Plural.

Auii baitli^ cr bithura rhu.

Tu baitta or bithura thu.
So baithd or bithura thu.

Asse baithe or bithire fhi'e.

Tusse btiithe or bit'.iuie thie.
baithe or blthute thio.
Infinitive
fcjo

Bekhna. To sit.
Conjunctive Paijticiple.
Bekhi kaii. Havinjr sat.
Adverbial Pahticiple.

Bekhande

On

site.

sitting.

Participle used Adjectively.

Bekhura corresponds to "baitlm hui'i" in Hindi.

To

*fNA,

come.

Infinitive.

Trui.

Present Participle.
Past Participle

I.

Tenses

...

Tnda.
or chhura.

>ormed frovi the Root.

AoRI.^T.

may come.

Singular.

Ann
Tu
So

Plural.

aiefi.

Asse iclichhuh
Tusse aiva.

aiyd.

!So in, ain.

icbchhun.

FUIURK.
I

will

come.

Singular.

Ann iU
Tu
So

Plural.

Fern.

or chliunld,.

Asse ile or chliunle.

Tus-e ile.
So ile.

ill.

iU.
ild.

Aun

dote

come tomorrow.

I will

il^,

Fem.

Imperative.
Plural.

Singular.
Ttidi.

Come

Tusse

thou.
II.

ai^.

Come you.

Tenses formed from the Present Participle.

Indefinite.
I come.

Singular.

Aun

indd.

Fem.

Q'u indd.

So

indd.

Plural.

Asse inde. Fem.

Tusse inde.
So inde.

indi.
)3

)3

* To bring,

le-ina or lei-ina. or lei eina.

Bring,

lei-a,

Brought,

lei-a.

Bringing,
I will bring,

le-ind^.
le-ila

or

lei

chhxLuli,

indf.

it

fli,

Present.
I

come or am coming.
Plural.

Singul ar.

Aun

indd

Fem.

hufi.

Tu

indd, bain.

So

indd,

indi,

Asse inde bun.

Tusse inde hd,.
So inde hin.

&c.

hd,.

Fem.

iudi, &c.

it

))

t)

Imperfect.
I was coming.

Plural.

Singular.

Fem.

Ann indd tbti.

Tu indd tbu.
So

indi

Asse inde tbie. Fem. indi

Tusse inde tbfe.
it

tbi,

it

>t

So.

Indd, tbu.

ainde thie.

thf.

)i

Past.
I came.

Phiral.

Singular.

Aun

Fem.

ai.

Tud.

1)

i>

So

^.

d.

Asse ae. Fem. ai.

Tusse d,e.
;
i'
So^-.
}i
a
Perfect,

have come.

Plural.

Singular.

Aun
Tu

Fem.

^ hun.

bain.
A ha.

Example. J&v khit

A\,

&c.

a
Fever and ague has come.
S(>

,,

,,

Fem.

Asse Ae bun.
Tusse i,e hin.

&c.

6,

So

di,

chhurd, ha.

ae bin.

Pluperfect.
I

had come.
Plural.

Singular.

Aun
Tu A
So

Fem.

thu.
tbu.
A tbu.
d,

From

d-i

Asse de thie. Fem.

Tusse ^e thie.

thi.

So ae

the other Past Participle

tbie.

A'l

thi.

i)

" chhtird, another set of tenses

formed.
Past.
I

came.
Plural,

Singular.

Aun

chhurd,.

Fem. chhuri.

Asse chhure.

Fem. chhuri.

Perfeat.
I have come.

Plural,

Singular.

Aun chhurd

hun.

Fem. chhuri hun

Asse chhure huh.

Pluperfect.
I

had come.
Plural.

Singular.

Aun

chhuri thu.

Fem.

chhuri

thi.

Infinitive oe
tiji^.

Coming.

Asse chhure

thlo.

Verbal Noon.

I^Q-r^, i^Q-ri, i^e-re.

Of coming.

is

CONJDNCTIVB PaRTICIPLB.

Ai kari or ichh kari

Having come.

Adverbial PAUTicirLE.
tnde site. On coming.

Gahna.

To Go.

Imperative and Root.

Gah. " Go."

Present Participle.

Gahnda.

"Going."

Past Participle.

Go
I.

or guchburd,.

" Gone."

-Tenses formed from the Root.

Aorist.
I

may

go.

Singular.

Aun

Plural,

gachhfin.

Asse gachhun.
'J'usse gachha.
So gdhan.

Tu gachheh.
So gacbhd.

Future.
I will go.

Singular,

Aun galila
Td gdhl^.

Plural.

or gachhuhl^.

Asse g^ble or gacbbuhle.

Tusse g^ble.
So gable.

So gdhla.

Imperative.

Go

thou.

Singular,

Tu

Plural.

Tusse gachha.

gah.

Indefinite.
go-

Singular,

Plural

Aun gdhnd^ or g6hnuh.

Tti

Asse gd;bnde or gdbnun.

Tusse g^bnde or gdhnunSo g^bnde.

gabndd.

So gd,hnda.
I

Present.
am going.

Singular.

Aun

gd;lindd or

Plural.

gdhnun hun.

Tu gdbndd

bain.

So gdhnda

ha.

Asse g^bnde or g^bnun bun.

Tusse gdbndo bin.
So gahnde bin.
I

Imperfect.
was going.

Singular.

Plural.

Ann gdlinda tbu.

Tu gdhndd tbu.

Asse gahnde thie.

Tusse gdbnde thie.

So g^hud^ tbu.

So g^hndd

thio.

III.

Tenses formed from ihe Past Partic'xple.

Past.
I went..

Plural.

Singular,

Aun

Asse gae or gnchhure.

Tusse gae or gnchlmre.
So gae or gnchhure.

g nr guchliurd,.

Tu go

or guchliur^.

So Soor guchhurd.

Pbesent.
I

have gone.
Plural.

Singular.
gucliViur^ liun,
hfin
or
go
Aun
Tu go hain cr guchhura hain.
So go ha or guclihurd M.

Asse gae hun or guchhure hun.

Tusse gae hiu or sfnchhure hin.
So gae hin or guchhure hin.
PLDPEBfECT.
I

had gone.
Vliiral.

Sinaulnr.

guchhura thie,
Asse fifae
Tnsse gae thie or guchliure thie.
So ga thie or guchhure thie.
thie or

Ann go tViu or gu(^hliura tliu.

Tu go thu or {zuchhurd* tViu
So go thu or guchliurd thu

Conjunctive Participlf-,

Gachhi

kari.

Having gone.

Advkebial Participle.

Gahnde

site.

On

k\

going.

aun Ku^ti go thu. Today

Ann Bd,ri re kodd, jo gu'hhur^ thu,
I to tlie fair of Bdri had gone.
Examples.

had gone

The following very common verbs are worth nothing

Khdn^,
Piufi,

Indefinite, khdnda.

eat.

pindd..

drink,

Dena, give.
Laina take.
Balud say, speak.
do.
Karnd,
Lei-gahn4 take away

n
it
ft

is

te

Kugti.

Past, khd,u.
>r

piu.

ditta.
dinda.
Future, launU, lel^, Past, leu
lainda.
balandd. Past, balu.
karu..
kardd.
,,

conjugated like gahna.

MONTHS AND DAYS.

Sankrint, 1 st day of the month.
Bahi, 2nd day of the month.
Masant, last day of the month,
Bhadon. 1st is called* Bakrora.
Kala raahina, or black month
Kachalu, leaves are eaten.
[pntroru]
1st Ohetar, Dholru, the month of begging by professional beggars
with drums.
Baisakh, 1st is called Basoa or Brikhu.
Bakhdkh,
(Meaning not kuown).
Jaitb,* Ist is called Lohle hohle ri Saukrant.
Laira=Khawan or Sawan,* 1st is called Chirnu, the name of an ingect.
Chickari in Urdu who attacks cattle in Sawan.
No marriages are celebrated in Chetar or Sawan.

THE PARABLE OF THE

GOOD SHEPHERD
John X, 11-16.
Khari nal,l 1,1

^'-

-.
.
^
K-),
Kh,r4pali,l
aun hun.
.

bear) ]o inde heri ka.i

bl,i,rio ohhad
blirabbu
jo chhekandi (tear

'"

"''"^ "'^

,1,i^'i"

MA

j;'^.' "'.''

"'"kbi

blnibbu

fr^ihnda

h)1^t
nhatoan,,. h. .0 ^.jSi- ha
''"
a\e bhai^ ri
cUndt^l^rid?''"'''
J'un ate

jo

aun

bl.air^ ra t^in a,nf

Jdinda

Ate meii hor bhi bhaira hin

^nun ate so men hak khnnli

1.

Ter^nankya?

2.

Es ghore

there in

ri

What

'^'"

Ti,eri pihi _pr

J_

Lsera gobliru ma.n matd

Mthi

bakri

11.
So rukkhii tale
seated on a horse.

bigtlr I'aThis'fL:?:-"

15.
6.

o. well
18.
19.

'"'^

"

'^"'''^'

^^' ^'^''"

Ho. an,
Today

^'^ >>-

son, are

Uve

eo,

1 tH huse

He "
h

gra.i,,.
s mazing

J ! on
goats

u^ under
j
He

W.

the tn c

H.

-J

is

b.othe,.

Its prie is
.wo-and-a-haif rupee,

,,a.

^'-^ ^

-">"'''

My

father

I,>e, in

Gire him rupees

laine.

.Sr^Titt r^oTef '' ''''

Khuwwi thauii pan! khuli.
Mere agge chaM.

back pt the saddle

His son I have n,cl,
be,i.

Walk

Fr. him

^""^ (^"''

take the rupees.

baonha.

Hav.g beaten

Dra,, water from the well

before me

Vhose boy 1:1S;^^:H^^^^'^'^*^

'"''^^''^

^''

'"

hat?^^"
^^^^22.

H.a

i^

'^"" "'f^ '" -t)

'

0sjo rupayye dei dea.

Tes thauA rupayye lei

^''*^"'

ghore pur bekhura

oskdura ha.
h^
^
^

"^"

'^"^

^^oll

his

mSi-fi.

chiranda ha.

'^"

J^'.^Jh

ZTIZTI''^'''^ ^' ^^^

''"" ''-?

On

pS.

U--;l mal dh^i rapay,,

limaU hos"""

'the

is

8.

13,

'^=''^'""' ^''-^^

mil (or passj.

is

with

^^

I'f'

P'^'^^^

"''' ""'"'' '>-'"'">

the w';ite\t:i!s s::,dt:'"*

Soptapur

^f

fn

Stber'Ao'Lel"

^Jn,t^i:.tX

10.

klanl'V"'' ff"'
^^

thy name
umbar ha ? What

ketri

J*^

""^^

'

ate fkke

The following s^ntences will

dialect and f.cili&te
cXansTn

'" ^"" ^"^'^

hui^^^

el

a ate

I,

Girdn re ekke hatwapie thauh.

P^^''^'-^ ^"^^

^^ whom

From

^-

didst

^^''^^) 1^^.

thou buy

a shopkeeper of tha

42
Glossaet of woeds peculiar to the Kanc41ia District and the neighbouring
Esquire,

o.s.,

B. D.,

M.R.A.S.,

EDWARD

LATE

O'BRIEN,

Deputy Commissioner of Kangra, Revised with

Words

Additional

Bl THE

TRACTS.

HILL.

by the

GRAHAME

Revd. T.

BAILEY,

Wazieabad.

Note. The Sanskrit derivatioua are by Dr. T. Ph. Vogei, Archaeological Surveyor to
the Punjab Goverument. He Las employed the Irausiliteration eysttJin of the Asiatic {society
of Beugal.

i^

H.

.v..

Wfia

.^^

Cp. Compare.
Ij hoot.

Skr. Sanskrit.

......

._,id

Hindi.
Persian.
Kullii Dialect]

p.

Ku.

man forward

Agrola,

Means.

Related to.

in speaking..

" Kas pakhrue dd 6hM hai t*'

Ahl4, bird's nest.
that the nest ?).
Skr. dlaya, dwelling (in Himalaya).

(Of

what bird

it;

Aitki, this time, now.

Ajhan, yet,

still.

G. Akhoka, adj., of this year, akho, as in " akhoki chhalli paroki chhalli
thaun khari hin," " this yt ar's maize is (lit., are) better than last year's.'*

Akkar, man not

liable to forced labour.

Alliia= Amalfas.

Ambar, sky.

(Lambagraon).

Skr. ambara.

from Skr. ambu (water) ?

(Sbahpnr). " Tahsild^re kane tis dd an g hai" (he
At\^, relationship.
Skr. anga = member.
related to the Tahs-ilJar).
Amri, hardnni Innd,

is

cf. oitar,

"known."
Skr. aparam = other,

Anijujjh, ''not hidiieo,"

Apan, bub,

Appun,

(Suloh).

Skr. a-guhya, a-g6dha.

further).

oneself, myself, thyself, &c.

G. Aten, and.

" Mittardusman aukhi^de wakat pachhane," (Friend

(KAngra).
are dish'ntjuished at the time of difficulty).

A nkkh5, trouble
and enemy

Aokbi-bhari^ same as aukkhi.

Aunda, drain, a small drain cut across a

field to

drain

it

chalra or

chala).

Bachdlna, destroy, injure.

Badhi.id, to cut

= Vadlin^.

(Kangra).
(Bandla).

Skr. y/ vadh

= to alay.

Badka, elderly mnn, bead of family.

Basgar, a kind of grass, used for fodder and for ropea, Andropagon
involutum and Ercojjhorum cornosuvi (Stewart) cf. gao-dhaa ui^ld.
;

Baglu,

Bagnd,

ft

Ga'idi's purse of

untauned skin

(for tobacco).

flow.

G. Bagri,

field.

Bagruli, bundle of baggar grass.

1=

Bdgur, s.
whirlwind.

f.,

air,

wind. (Kutlehar). Ku. bdgar. Cp. H, bagula (babnld)

Bahnd, plough sow.

Baihaod, CHpable of cultivation,

Baihnj, bamboo.
Baihra, calf.

(cf.

behau).

Baihri, year.

Bajh, ploughed land.

(Kaloha).
P. bdj ( = tribute) ?
Bd,jhi, "except." H. b^j (cp. Flatts) ?
Rkr. va.jja ( = to be avoided).
Bajlothar, hard, strong, useii of hard, r.>und stones in a river-brd ri3
opposed to the soft sandstone of the cliff.s cf. kasrallu. (Baragrdon).
Derived from H. bajar = harii Skr. vajra = diaQiond.
Bajog-, loss.
Skr. viyoga
separahon.
Bakhan, ease, comfort. H. bakli^n.

Biildh, in the south of the District, i.e., in Hamirpur and Dera,

used for bullock. lu Fdlampur of Kdngra, aud Niirpui djind used.
Skr. balada.
G. Balna, tell, speak. H. bolna.
Ban, jungle.

is

Ban, or Hsiih, a covered spring.

Also a woman's nipple.
of Harjala."

Skr. vapi " At the b^in

is

the

camp

Bandri, straw mat.

Banhd

= Samalu)

Vitex negundo, Stewart, 166.

Banj, excommunicution. "Tijjo banj pdi ditt^,"

cated you). Skr. y/ varj = to exclude.

(I

have excommuni-

G. Baragh, leopard.
Barhnd,, Subst. masc. or verb, rain or to rain.
Baran, Skr. var?hana.
Skr. varsba-kala.
Barsdla, rainy season. Ku. barbal.
* Baruthi, the court-yard of a hou8e = cZd/dn, cf. uan. (Hamirpur).
Bpsa, a hamlet when high up on a hill. Skr. vasa (dwelling).
Basab, trust. Skr. visvasa.
Basand, ploughed land = taraddadi.
(Gaddi).
Basdi, a hamlet.
(Kutlehar).
Skr. vasati = dwelling.
Basinda, a hamlet, (inhabitant). Skr. y/ vas = to stay.
Basunti, Adhatoda fsaica, Stewart, 164.
Bat, a road. H. bat.
Bat, s. f. egg.

G. Bd,t, wind as in " baia bdt jhulura," (' a great wind is blowing ')
Skr, vdta v^ va.
Batlohi, brass pot.
Batra 60 % per annum of interest. (Kutlehar).
(Bhawarna).
Batt, upper millstone.
Tali, under millstone.
Batti, a measure, = two sera pakka.
G. Bauh, fore-quantar of a sheep. (Dharmsdla). Skr. bahu ) ( = arm).
(house)
(Sujanpur). Skr. vyavahara ?
Bauhar, upper story, roof
.

11

affaiis.

G. Bauhrea, sown.

Baunhkari, broom of long grass.

Beddo, see beuhs.
G. Behi, book (especially money-lender's).
(Properly the space in the
Behr^, a cluster of houses, a hamlet.
(Dhatwdl).
middle).
G. Bekanu, a wether.
G. Betan, wife. Ku. betri=girl, young woman.
Beuhl, dhamman. Skr. bilva [ = Aegle marmelos).
Bedhs (= beddo,) a willow. Stewart, 2068.
* Bhakrdri, a mallet for crushing clods.
(Baragrdcn).
Bhalel, fibre made from the bark of the dhamman tree.
Bhandaur, see darohld.

^ Bhangan, the name of a fish (Bhddpur). 'Be&s.

* Bharauta, a clod-crasher. (Nadaunti).
G. Bharukkh, s. f. hunger. Skr. bubhuksLa (?)
Bhaundu, foolish, silly.
Bhedu, a sheep geuerMlly, also a ram^ H, Ku. bhed
:

= ewe.
Bher, a ewe. Cp. bhedu.
(P^larapnr).
Bheth. a precipice.
" Bhittdn dei de^/' shut the door, {tit the planks used here as a door).
Bhrabhu, red bear
In Skr. powerful, lord.
Bhukr^n, a clod-crusher. (Dera).
,

Bhun,

field.

Biar, wind, as in " bari bidr, jhulijri,"

Bij, lightning when it strikes, while bijli

G.

(a

great wind

= the

flush.

is

blowing).

Skr. vidyut.

BiJangan, a clothes' horse, a stick suspended by two ropes from

ho eaves of a house. Skr. vilambana = pendant.
(Daro). Ku. Bir. Skr. viti = separation ?
Bir, a ridge between fields,
Skr. vistirna.
Birld,, broad.
Bitti, daughter, girl.
Boddar, peacock.
Budhi, mother.
Bub Id, adj , low, depressed. (Nagrota).
* G. Bujazu, tinder.
Bujhkd, load.
Buuh, adv., below, as in " bunh gachh top," (go down and search).
Kn. bunh.

Chdcha, father. Cf. H. chacha = paternal uncle.

Chak, head ornament.
Chakona, square. Skr. catush - kona = four cornered.
Chalrd = aunda, qu. vide (Malan). Skr. V. ca!. = to run.
* Chamal, the plant which children call "Jack-in-the-box."
Chamba, 3Iichelia campaca, Stewart, 5. Skr. campaka.

Chamrd, skin
'IChamri,
skm

(of cattle).
/

t:

(of

a^
man).
\

) ci
>

okr.

carman= skin,
i

(Gaddi).

ii.
i.leather,' shield.
i

Chandra, miser, cunning man.

G. Chardte, hind quarter of a sheep. (Dharmsd,la).
Chatrati, mahser, cf. kakidru.
{Dera, and Sujdnpur),
Chhah, butter milk.
Chhalli, maize.

Chhandr, bad woman,

Chharola, a stile.
G. Chhelria, goat, lamb.
Chhelu, a lamb.
G. Chhikkd, load.
+ H. char (=shaft) ?
G. Chhiri, wood.
Chhopa, vaccination.
Chhori, chhokri, girl.
Ghhoru, chhokru, boy.
Chhuh, the six-sided cactus.
Chhu-nali, water-cress.
Uhhubbd,, the rope with which a load of grass
basket,

is

* Chhumb, a stack of maize.

(Kutlehar).
[jhumb.]
G. Chimta, high,
Chiudna, think, wish.
Chirindi ? maple.
Choi, a stream, a torrent.
H. coyd, cp. PlattSt
Ciioind, to strip, to skin.

tied

+ chdbr^=

r^cbof "Is^ jimfna 50 Irai chou lagdo, tap nan hao ;"
streams are attached, there are nine mouths for the

ChoiS, a stream,
[to this land three

water.]

(Kdngra).

* Chunchal, a sort of blackbird with plumage blue tinted

Skr. cancu = beak) ?

From

in the sun.

Chupanje, interest on grain at 25% per anuum.

Churdfi, parched rice.

* Dd,gula, grape-vine, and Dhurd, grapo.

P.

ongur

G. Dah, courtship, as in "meri d4h karni," (make love to mo).

daha. heat (?)

Skr.

Dalhunnf, hive.

Dand, toorn. Skr. danta.

Danga, a stoue wall.
Dangu, a scorpion.
Dardknl, coward.
Uardtti, sickle.

Darohla, the multicomb,

unicomb, wild tree-bee.

domesticated tree-bee

little

by

cf.

bhandaur
"

Dataild, morning meal.

Daund, a wood-pigeon.
G. Dena, to cross (a pass, river,

Dhakh-dhakh,

little,

'

the
'

etc.)

dhakh,

little.

Dhamman=Beuhl,

((rrevia oppositifolia, Stewart, 27). H. dhaman.

Dharirna, to drag.
Dhera, crooked, as " dheri lakri," (a crooked stick).
G. Dheu, daughter. Skr. duhitar.
Dhi41u, earthen pot,
Dhidra, sun. Skr. dina-kara, divasa-kara? = day maker, i.e., 8un.

Phig, precipice.
Pliingara, Hind, arhar, a kind of pulse, Cajanus Indicus,
Dhiotra, a daughter's son. Skr. dauhitra.
Dbirnd, to drag. (Cbaumukha).

Dhiun, a tree with large leaves

(Lodhwdn).

Dhor, bullock. Skr.

dhur, dhura
burden).

bears a

dhurya, dhaareya

fruit,

Atocarpus

(Ramgarh).

integrifolia.

beast of burden.

(From

Dhura, vide Dagula.

Dikkna

see, look.

Dohru, blanket.
Poind, to tremble.
G. Dote, to-morrow,

cf.

H. dan-thain.

Dudhar, a hut in the cultivated land for the purpose of being near the
fields.

Ehra, like this.

Ekal, wild hog which lives alone.
Gd, cow.

garbh Locative of garbha = womb cf.

Skr.
Gabhe, between.
gab.
H.
Gaddi, a sheaf of rice. (Sal oh).
G. Gahnd, to go.
Galand, to speak, cf. H. galana.
* Gao-dhan mdl6 a rope of baggar grass and mango leaves suspended
(Baragraon).
ftcrOBS the path to a cowshed to avert cattle-disease.

'Gappi, chatterer, flatterer, as in Katochan di uttar mukkhi paraul

^hdlakdh jo sattu khusdmadan (orgappian) jo chad, at the north-facing
doorway of the Katoch to helpers (is given) ground corn, to flatterers rice.

Proverb.

H. gappi.

Gardka^ a clap i3f thunder.

parj,
Garju, thunder. Skr.

Garnd,, 'Carwa diffusa, Stewart, 42, very like karaundd, which

^ariftu ccrtindas.

is

* G. Gadld, latngur.
G. Gaun, hot.
tjhdlak, helper.
^hdlki, help.
Ghalna, to help. H. ghalnd has qaite a different meaning.
Gharethal, stand for water pots.
G. Gharingar, saddle of a sheop. (Dharmsdla).
(Saloh).
-Gha-iini, the bird which makes bottle shaped nests.
"Gharu, a precipice.
Ghatti, slope.
Xihoru, horse smaller than ghord.
Ghnard, a stack of rice-straw. (Kdngra).
<3rhunRanian, parched wheat.
Gid, the name of a fish. (Bhddpur), Beds.
(Dera and Sujanpur).
Gidli, name of a fish.
GolDhru, son. H. gabru =boy.

God, an eel-like fish, Mestacemhlus armatus. (Dera and Sujanpur).

Gohar, path to hamlet.
Gohran, cattle shed.
Gojhra, lap, part of garment.
Goru, a herd of cattle, as in " tere gorn kiti thahar hiu?" (how many
head are there in your herd?)
Gotar, tribe
gotra.

(restricted

Guhd,rd, open.
Gullu, a cob of maize
G. Gurld,, sweet.

to

the decendants of on ancestor).

Skr.

from which the graia has been picked.

Garlu, the sweet viscous matter deposited by insects on the leaves

and flowers of the mango in spring. (Rajhun).

G. Hachhd, white (of things and animals).

E6kh, eye. G. hdkkhri.

Skr. accha

= clean).

Bakhi, a glance, akr. akshi, akshau. "DuUih janien di hakhi lagi/*

(the glance of two lovers met). (Gaddi song).

Handhna, walk.
Handu, earthen cooking pot.
Bangi, sieve of wood and leather.

Hath-lop, groping, karnd, to grope. (Kangra).

Hatiard, a wretch, a murderer. + Skr. hataka.
Hattna, return.
Haud, ploughing the standing crop of rice,
hunghe " (the rice will be ploughed in Har), cf. or.

"Haud Hdy mahlne

Hera, shikar.
G. Herna, see, look.
Hi, yesterday, ai in " Hi aun kachahri jo na go,"
Ku. hij, Skr. hyaa.
jtntcherry did not go).

Hik-jor (brBBt-force), oppression, &c.

Hiun, snow, Skr. hima, (Himalaya = enow abode).

(yesterday I to

47
Hiund, Hiund^, winter^ as '^akhoke liiundii man] tuBSO apnn)]iRir
j^oat^ ihiML.
bakri kitthf charni hin ?" where will you grazo your shoep luid
winter?) (Dharmsala). Skr. hemanta.
* Hiunwdt, snow-blindness.

IbMn, now,

ibhla, ibhk^., of

to this time.

now, belonging

G. Ijai, mother.
Ikkar, kind of sugarcane.
Illan, kite.

Irkhia, shame.
Itkha, itbakha, to this side.

G. Jabara, an old man.

+ Skr. y^vad.
J^hlu, when.

and palla, names of

(Kangra).
Jaliha, dumb.

^^effll^r^

V)lighiff.

J^ni-mdni, tiohns volenti.

Jdnkdr, wise.
Japhlota, croton tree, Jatwpha
^""^^G.^ Jar, ^f^veT^is
come). Skr. jvara.

G.

in " jar

_,

curca^,

kbit icl.hu.d

,
ry.
Stewart's Ptaujab
.

(fev^-

hd/'

r.i

*
Planfp

and ague have

Jelld, hard.

Jhakb, jhdnjhd, stormy wind.

Jhrtsna, rub.

G. Jhauntu axe.
Jliuddu, henpecked husband.
Jhugdnk, annoy.
Jhumb = a stack of Indian corn.
Jhangd, house.
Jhungi, inferior house, shed.

G. Jora, rope.
(Hamirpur).
Junds, a wife.
(Bhawarna).
Jungla, yoke.
Juthuttar, husband's elder brother

Kb, crow, pi. kd,

Kahlu, when.

" mate k4 hin,"

(Lamb^grdon)

r
cf.

ll _.
chhnmh.

son.

(there are

many

crows). Skr. kika.

KmJo, why ? (Gaddi).^

youn^ r brother or his wife).
father'^
her 8 youn
(t.e., tat
annt
kakki,
uucle,
Kak,
G.
and .s.jdnp.n).
* Kakidru, mahser ( = chatrati). (Dera
,
..,
Kakri, cucumber.
and daik, evening.
* Kalbelan, the time between sunset
Kalhd, quarrel, t^kr. kitlalia.
G. Kalotti, black bear.
oowiler which fMrms
The red pvv
Ste^^^t,
.7^
tinctona
Kdmal EMlera
Umda and is used for dye, worms
on the capsules is called
Skr. kantaka.
Kandd., a thorn.
beetle
^ Kandi, water
Skr. karnika.a ?
62 DKr.
qt^^wart
Stewart, oz.
(Kotla-Niirpur)=Amaltds,
Kandr,
^

Eapbi, tinder (=biijazu).

Karal-Kachnar. (Kangra).
Stewart,
Karai. Baubinia Yariegata,

p. &y.

^^tt:'^:^t^J^^^v''^^^
m

"""' ''"'"'

.^^
kar^a
f^^^^

or oblong
stack of rice, .,.are
Maadi). +bkr.
KasikrS, a crab. (Pbelu

'"^Xri

^'"''^

^'

Kaaar, swarm.
^^^
sandstone whfcR
T^
^i^
u,eo or cattle
(Baragrdon)

""^

^^
J^Tlu'
tracks
by the feet o

cf.

rapidly worn into

kasari^and
Tal
otthar
'
"'tJi^Ji-i'aar.
is

Kasari, sick.
(Bara^rdon)
Kasa:al. Be, bens aristata.
Rasot is made of the root of tho
kasmal
* Knur, a weed w,th a yellow flower
(Lodhwan), observed
"^iveu in neias
fields
generally
February and March.

Kawar
^^^

gandal, a plant of the aloe kind

Aloe rerfoliata, Stewart,

*K"endu, Deafpyros montana, right bank of

Beds.
Kes, hair.
Khad, stream, river.

G Khadnd,

call.

Kbi^du, a ram.

?V^T^??:^

^i^'^'P'

""

splititer.

^^'^^'^' *^^ "^^"

""^

Beds)

Skr. sakala (and salaka)

fi^^'

'

Urdu Mahaser.

'(Bhadpnr on

G, Khalai, locust.
Skr. sdlabha.
Khal-dard, resin of the diil, (Pinus longifolia),
Darini
Khalri, skin (of a sheep or g.>at
a flock, (Dharaisdia)asin "tussere
.(> KJianda
.

.,

kh.nde mani

""^"^

Khard" ood

^'^

"'"'^ ^'''^'

^'^ ^^^'^ ^"

-^^'^^

ketrr
flock)?

G. Kharal, hair.
G. Kharat, loss. Skr.
sar to break.
Khdri, basket. Skr. khdra, khan = a measure
of capacity.
^
G-. Knaiina. stand up.
G. Khauhrd, father-in-law.
Skr. svasura.
G. Kheil, a porcupin.^ ( = saihl).
Skr. salyaka

'

KheU.

cold.

KhiH,la,nd fallen out of cultivation. Skr. khila =

fallow land
Khil-sal, rtnt tor uncultivated land.
* Khikhnrna, to teach. Skr. y/siksh.
G, Khikhnd, tea -h.
G. Khokha, the receptacle above the dntd.
Khuchna, to have sexual inreicour.e uith,

Khuchina, pa-s. verb,

Khukh,

fnm

foregoing.

pntf-bal), Stewart, 268.

G. lOiukka, dry. Skr. sushka.

G. Khulnd, take out, cast out.
G. Khunnd, hear, khunand, cause to hear.
*Khuiini, name of H fish. (Bias).
Kharerti, foot and mouth disease, (also called
Idlu)
and jo, dative affixes, as in - Debi Chand
her; ki

Kf,

^hand went

to shoot).

Kichh, something
Kird, snake.

Kiun,

common

"^

= kuchh.

Skr. kita (= worm).

bean.
(Lodhwan).

G Kod I foi?^''

^^^"^^^^ ^ large landing net. (K6ngra).

Kokrd, blue rock pigeon (Mundhi);

KothM,

a clod-crusher.

Kudl, slope.

chalia,'

{vide pdrar).

(Kdno-ra).

(Bangar).

Kttkraile-dd-thd, a stack of maize stalks.

Kukndla, maize-stalks without the cobs.

(Suloh)
(Lanj),

(Devi
^Levi

From Skr. kula (= family) ?

or kunli, a stack of grass.
KunnuQ or kunlu,
a stack of rice, round with a peaktd top.

^'
(Suloh).
Kurkd,, name of a fish. (Dera and Sujd,npur).
Kuli,

girl.

Kunl^

Kuskana, speak softly.

Kutd,hdn, on what side ?
*Kutdr, dog. Skr. kurkura, kukkura.
Kuthu, where ?
Kut-phdt, land cultivated after an interval
Ldhar, land in which rice

is

of 2 or 3 years.

cf.

ka

(Lanj).

not grown.

Laira, Sawan.
Lairthi, lying-in woman.
Lak, waist, " Merd, lak dole"

("my

waist swings").

Lakoldi, shelf in wall.

G. Ldn^, fine or smooth, as "pitthd Idn^ hd," (the flour

Larh, a ram used for breeding.

is fine).

LauhH, boy.
Leh,

thistle.

(Lodhwan).

Lhd;d or

Hid,, s. m., a landslip.

* Lindak, tail of cattle only.
(Baragrjlon)
G. Lingni, K^ngri lingn^ or linghat, tail.
G. Lodh^, blood, of an animal. Skr. lohita

Lotki, lotri, waterpot.

Lugari, di'ink of rice juice.
Lundare, sickness like measles.
* Lunj, wages for picking cobfcon

Lurhnd,

(=

red blood).

(Tira in Kutlehar).

fail.

Mach, a kind
handle, for levelling

of toothless rake,
muddy land.

made with a curved blade and a

Machld, lazy.
Magar, kind of bamboo.
M^hnun, man.
* Makhar, a swarm of bees.
Makhir, honey.
Mandhd, flying fox. (Sujdnpur Tira),=manchd,h.
Manjii,

(Kotla).

in.

M^ran, Ulmus campestris. Stewart, 210. (Nagar in Kulu).

* Masarin, potentilla.
(Triund, Dharmsdla).
Mata, much, excess.
Matotrd, at enmity.
Megh, rain. Skr. megha
cloud.
Mesn^, hush up.
Mhai, buffalo. Skr. mahisha, Pukhto mekba (
female buffalo).
Mhdi, herder of buffaloes.
G.
Mulnd, to meet, to be joined, to be procured, as in " minjo
Nurpurd mdn ik dhd,r mull hd,," (I have got a range in Nurpur).
Mirtr, leopard.
* Mugi, a square receptacle made of mud and straw.
Munh, mouth. Skr. mukha.
Mukld,, sufficient.
Munakh, or manukkh, husband. Skr. raanusha? (= man).
Mund, head. Skr. munda (= bald, bald head, head).
Munnu, boy.
G. Nachrohi, the fourth day.

Nagar, town.

Skr, nagara.

G. Nai, river.
G. Nakarj, the day before the day before yesterday,
Ndl, stream, also nald n^lu, smaller thau ndU.
Napilii^, to wring, (clothes, &c.).
G. Nar, stone.
Naun, a masonry tank as in *' Thuiali da naun./'
;

Neha, like this.

Nhasen^, run away. G. Nhakhn^.
Nher^, nhi^r^, darkness.
Nid,rd,, niru, weak young child or animal unable to digest.
Nihdlnd, wait.
Nihl, the plains.
Nihlidj plainsman.
(MaUn).
Nllrl, blue jay.
* Nimd.n, slow.

Nindar, sleep.
*

Obnn, an umbrella of leaves on a 'bamboo frame (asapohru at

Darini), Hamirpur.
Obri, covered room.
Ori, shed for sheep or sfoats.
^ Pukhto watar = wateredj irrigated.
Ottar, baranni lam), cf. amri.

Pachdhdn, towards behind.

Pachhainnd, recognise^
G. Pd,hal, shepherd.
P4hu, tenant.
Paiun^, sharp..
Pakhriia, a bird.
G. Piiluliih paiuci, fight.
* Palla, see jalara. [p^ld, cold ?]
Palosnd, bring up, rear.

Pdnsard, Wendlandia exserta, Ktewart, 17.

* Pararu, a small stack of wheat.
Paraul, s. f., the gateway of a house.
Skr. protoli ?
H. paul ?
G. Parar, foot.
Pd,rar, blue rock pigeon (Mundhi), -yicZe Kokrd. Skr. pdrdvata (turtledove).
Parid,rd, Erythrina arhorescens.
tree with large leaves, thorns, and
knotted (?) bark. At Punder in Nurpur I saw some wandering tribe
making broad bands of this wood, which they made up in rolls and used
for making the hoops of sieves.
G. Parj, the day before yesterday.
G. Parohe, the day after to-morrow.
Parora or Porora. Tree with long pointed glabrous leaves.
Patandar, parents.
Pathd,, name of a fish.
(Kdngra).
G. Patold, plain.
* Pat' fd,, father's younger brother, and Patrer-i, his childrenSkr.
pitrya (= paternal).
Patrii, a water-plant with leaves like porrel.
(Lodhwan).
Peru, a large basket consisting of a cylinder with narrowing mouth
and a hole near the bottom for taking out the grain stored in it.
Ph%u, phaguf^, wild fig.

Ph^t, meadow.
Phatnd, strike Tvith Bword.
Phattu, a shinglo for roofing (Darini).
G. Phiri in^, return.
as in " Parmesure di^ kirpa te tuereii ghareh ch6r
phukkdn ban" (by the favour of God there are four persona in ray house).
Picchen, behind, Skr. prsthe. Locative of prishtha =back.
(Hamirpur).
Pippal, red pepper.

Phuk,

life, soul,

get ready, as in
(Song).
palauquin)
Skr. pita.
Piuld, yellow.
Pirna,

to

" pird meri

pd,lki,"

(get

ready

my

Pragr^, light, as in " pragr^ kar " (irmkH a

* Prasan,

:and

is

thread as

wound upon the

it is

spindle.

light).

spun, i.e., as from

Skr. prasarana ?

wool

becomes thread

it

Pugnd, be acceptable.
Puhdl, shepherd.
Pukkd, pokd, kiss.
Pukkarnd, help.

G. Puthi, prep, and adv., up, above, upon, as in " pu^hi mal
tgachchhe," (do not go up).
* Rana, queen bee.
Skr. r^jan (= king) rdj^naka (= kinglet).
Rirhl, spur of a mountain.

Rikh,

(Rihlu'.

line,

Runk^, tinder box.

Runkhar, hard hearted.
Rurhu, s. m. fixed rent=P. Chakauta,
G. Rutti, bread.

= thoupand

Sahansar pdin, A spai-atjui^ racemnsus Stewart, 233, (

"Skr. sahasi-a-pdda (thousand-foot).
Saihl, a porcupine. Punjabi, seh ; in Gddi, KheiU.
,

Skr.

root),

salyaka,

S'ala, snlva = quill.

sallaka.
Sdld, wnman\s red clotli covering,
* Samalu, see Bannd

Skr. sdnda, i.a. sa-anda mpaus provided witli testicula

Ghirlhni
(anda = egg, testiculum) * Puklito sanda (= male buffalo).
A Ghiitlmi cmnot become a -widow any
T-and uihh, Jhota sandh ninh.'
more than a male buffalo can beconie a bull. Vroverh.
Sandli, a standing place in shade for cattle.
Sangra, narrow. Skr. sankata.
Sappar, a cliff, or rock.
* Satha, always.
Ski-, sarvatha in any case.
G. Sathri, a bundle of rice, cut but not yet tied. (Sulnh).
Sauka, the state of liaving a rival wife. " Sanke par j^nd maiii no

Sandb, a

bull.

'

did not consent to go on the condition of being a

rival wife), Hansu vs. Mt. Koko.
Sp, the functions of a barber, a shave. (Kdngra).

maiizur nabin kia."

(I

(Baragraon).
Skr. sisa, sisaka.
Simbal, simmal, Bomhax ske-piaphyleum.

Sel, bark-fihre.

Sik, lead.

Sindh; whistle.
Sinna, wet.
* Sirignd, ground-bee.
Sit, (Gddi, kbit) ague.
Skr. sita (= cold).
Sitak. bark of a tree (Baragrdon).

So, placenta, bearing

young

(of

animals).

Skr. -^ su to bear.

(Rajhun).
Sotna, to glean, sweep, or collect by sweeping.
Sudru, suari, small field next to house.
Suhklu, sweet wheaten bread.
Sohd,, slight raio.

(Lanj).

a parasitical plant. I have only seen it growing on

(Nurpur).
I cannot trace it in Stewart,
leaves.
Fleshy
mango trees.
"
bari
hai,
hun
assdn
thelu pdi
Is baraa sukoi
Sukoi, diought,
tbelu.
dene," of.
G. Sund, sleep.
* SuQ^i), needle. Skr. sivyati, to sew ^y siv.
*

Sukdman,

Sup, a winnowing basket of bamboo.

Sup

of the tili of kdna grass.

Sutidgar, trader.
Sutriljan, marigold.

Tdhdn, on this

Ghhaj

is

a winnowing basket

in Urdu, see Fallon, suh. voce.

(Hamirpur).

[Sartaj, sartdjri].

side.

Skr. tadd, khalu ?

Tdhlu, then.
* Tan, a viachdn.
Tandird, tandirtd, silver neck-ring.
Tap, see under thelu.
Tarphaudi, crooked (morally).
" mein tussu saite, takrdr kari-leo
Ta'=;ih^, trouble, annoyance, as in
" (I n>ade a promise with you, why
tusse roz roK munjo kajo tasihd dind ? hd, ?
do you daily give me trouble ?) (Dharms^Ia Gd-di).

Tdu, father's elder brother,

Skr. tdta

fern, tei,

and

tair,

i,

are

his children.

Tauld, quick (also Jdudri). Cp. H. turat, Skr. ivarita, cp. H. tund,
Skr. turna.
(Gddi). Cp. H. tann.=i, Skr. tapas.
Tau'ndi, s. f., hot season.
Tepra, squint eyed.

G.

(Dharnis^la).
"
eh meri thaini hai," (this
Thain-^, deposit,

Th^har, a head

(of cattle).

is

to

be kept for me), also

verb, to deposir.

an obstacle. Cp. H. thakana to weary, to harass.

Skr. sthala = land, floor, H. thai,
Thallen, prep., below.
Thalli, nether millstone. (Bhawarna). Skr. sthali = land, floor (athala)

Thdk,

H.

s. f.,

thai.

G, Thandd, lazy,

Thelu, a flat piece of wood placed in a water-course to make the flow

of water evenin order to divide it equally amongst the smaller channels by

means

of pieces of

wood

* Thil, snail, [phil].

{tap) fixed in the thelu.

Skr. stima (Y/stim

),

slow, creeping?

Thippu, gill's covering.

This, going slowly, stopping.

f hulla,
G.

thick.

Skr, sthula.

Thungar, parched grain.

Tr^mb^, copper.

Skr. tamra,
Skr. trish,

Trikhd;, treh4, thirst.

Tuar, Sunday.
G. Tundi, sheep's trotter,

cf.

thudu

Udn, courtyard of house.

Ukkhal, wooden mortar (for pestle),
l/ndhmukkh^, undhrd, pig, boar.

in Kuluhi.

foolish

man.

Undrfir, a hamlet.
Un8d,n, a spindle held in the hand.
(Dharmsdla G6di).
T/r, planting rice by hand, " ass^n nadda ur bhi-lei-chhadia,"
(we hav

planted the rice by hand in the marshes) of. hand.

Usdhal, fr. osnd, a descent.
Usna, ascend, as in " muhun thon n6n usindhfi, mnUlia nmttlia
ild" (by me Jt cannot be ascended, I will come slowly).
(Dhannsilt
Gadi) ; cf. osna.
LTt, stupid.

Ut^h^n, on that
Utfirb, vomit.

side.

^*^,

ft

*.

RETURN TO the

circulation desk of

any

University of California Library

or to the

NORTHERN REGIONAL LIBRARY FACILITY

BIdg. 400, Richmond Field Station
University of California

Richmond,

CA 94804-4698

ALL BOOKS MAY BE RECALLED AFTER 7 DAYS

2-month loans may be renewed by calling

(510)642-6753

1-year loans may be recharged by bringing

books to NRLF

Renewals and recharges may be made 4

days prior to due date.

DUE AS STAMPED BELOW

SEP

1 6 2000

12,000(11/95)

GENERAL LIBRARY

U.C.

III!

BERKELEY

mil mil

BDDDflEbMSa

nil

nil